Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Salt Lake City City Zoning Code

PART IV

REGULATIONS OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY

21A.36.010: USE OF LAND AND BUILDINGS:

The following rules shall apply to the use of land and buildings in each zoning district:
   A.   Enclosed Business Activity: All business activity, service, storage, merchandise, display, repair, processing, assembly and manufacturing shall be conducted wholly within an enclosed building except where specifically provided otherwise. Permitted off street parking lots, off street loading facilities, and outdoor sales in zoning districts where such outdoor sales are permitted, need not be enclosed.
   B.   One Principal Building Per Lot: Not more than one principal building shall be located on any lot except that:
      1.   With the exception of buildings located in the FR, R-1, SR and R-2 Districts, more than one principal building may be located on a lot subject to all principal buildings having frontage along a public street.
      2.   Lots in the RP, BP, M-1, M-2, M-1A, AG, AG-2, AG-5, AG-20, A, OS, NOS, and EI Districts may have multiple buildings on a single lot regardless of street frontage and subject to meeting all other zoning regulations.
      3.   This section does not apply in instances where multiple buildings on a lot are regulated elsewhere in this title.
   C.   Frontage Of Lot On Public Street: All lots shall front on a public street unless specifically exempted from this requirement by other provisions of this title.
   D.   Hazardous Waste Prohibition: It is unlawful to permanently store or dispose of hazardous waste within Salt Lake City except for incineration of hazardous waste as allowed in the industrial M-2 Zoning District.
   E.   Flag Lots In Nonresidential Districts: In the CG, BP, RP, M-1, M-2 and M-1A Districts, flag lots shall be permitted, subject to subdivision regulations; provided, that:
      1.   As part of new subdivisions or through the planned development process only when the flag lot is proposed at the rear of an existing parcel;
      2.   The flag lot access strip shall have a minimum of twenty four feet (24') of frontage on a public street; and
      3.   The subdivision review process determines that it is not desirable or necessary to extend a public street to access the parcel.
   F.   Regulations Conflicting with the Salt Lake City Wildland Urban Interface Code. The Salt Lake City Wildland Urban Interface Code as adopted in Title 18 shall take precedence when a provision of Title 21A conflicts with a provision of the Salt Lake City Wildland Urban Interface Code, but only as to those properties shown on the Salt Lake City Wildland Urban Interface Map. (Ord. 68-25, 2025: Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 3-25, 2025: Ord. 8-18, 2018)

21A.36.030: HOME OCCUPATIONS:

   A.   Purpose: This section establishes regulations for home occupations within all dwellings to ensure they are compatible with any surrounding residential land uses and do not negatively impact the surrounding neighborhood. Home occupations are intended to promote local and sustainable economic growth and development.
   B.   Permitted Home Occupations: All home occupations not specifically listed as prohibited may be permitted subject to their compliance with the standards specified in Subsections G and H of this section.
   C.   Home Occupations Prohibited: The following businesses, regardless of their conformance with the standards in Subsection G of this section, are prohibited as home occupations:
      1.   Auto repairs;
      2.   Kennels;
      3.   Welding shops or machine shops;
      4.   Large appliance/electronics or equipment repair or service (washers, dryers, refrigerators and other appliances or equipment that are too large to be carried in one individual's arms);
      5.   Truck hauling;
      6.   Deliveries;
      7.   Stables;
      8.   Bottling plant;
      9.   Commercial bakery;
      10.   Industrial assembly;
      11.   Laboratory, medical, dental, optical;
      12.   Laboratory, testing; and
      13.   Any use that causes the emission of odor, smoke, gas, dust, vibration, magnetic or electrical interference, offensive noise, or other similar impacts extending beyond the property line of the lot where the occupation is located is prohibited.
   D.   Application: Applications for home occupations shall be filed with the Salt Lake City Business Licensing Division. Business license applications shall include the following information:
      1.   A complete description of the type of business proposed including the location of the storage and operations area for the home occupation;
      2.   The expected hours of operation of the business;
      3.   The expected number of clients per hour and total expected number of clients visiting the home per day; and
      4.   For home daycares, the applicant must submit the expected number and ages of children, the number of employees, both total for the day and the expected maximum number to be on the premises at any given time, along with proof of appropriate licensing from the State of Utah, or where applicable, proof of exemption. First and second home daycares each require a separate business license.
   E.   License Required: It is unlawful for any person, firm, corporation, or association to engage in a "home occupation" as defined in Chapter 21A.62 of this title without first obtaining a license pursuant to the provisions of Title 5, Chapter 5.02 of this code. Prior to issuance of said license, the standards set forth in this section must be satisfied and all applicable fees shall be paid. All home occupation business licenses shall be valid for one year, and may be renewed annually.
   F.   Determination of Completeness: Upon receipt of an application for a home occupation, the zoning administrator shall make a determination of completeness pursuant to Section 21A.10.010 of this title.
   G.   General Standards: Home daycares are exempt from the following standards and shall be subject to the standards in Subsection 21A.36.030.H. All other home occupations shall comply with the following standards:
      1.   The home occupation must be clearly incidental and secondary to the primary use of the dwelling for residential purposes;
      2.   The dwelling unit must be the principal place of residence for the person(s) conducting the home occupation;
      3.   The area of the residence, used for home occupations shall remain in character with the rest of the home except for such minor alterations necessary to conduct an approved home occupation;
      4.   The home occupation shall not be conducted in, nor in any way use, carport, or any portion of the yard. A home occupation may use a garage or other fully enclosed accessory structure provided all other standards in this section are met. As per Section 21A.36.200 of this chapter, a home occupation license to distribute produce grown on the premises for off premises sales may be conducted in the rear yard and include the use of accessory buildings but may not occupy required parking areas;
      5.   The home occupation work conducted at the residence shall not involve more than one employee from outside of the home, persons lawfully living in the residence may be employed;
      6.   Except for those vehicles identified by this chapter (urban farms), and the applicant's personal transportation, there shall be no vehicles or equipment stored outdoors, which would not normally be found at a residence. Service vehicles defined as an "automobile" in Chapter 21A.62 of this title which double as a personal vehicle such as taxicabs, limousine, or other vehicles used for mobile businesses and used for off site services may only be parked on site in a legal parking area;
      7.   Delivery of merchandise, goods, or equipment, to the site of the home occupation, shall be made by a vehicle typically employed in residential deliveries. No deliveries to the site of the home occupation by semitractor/trailer truck shall be permitted. Loading and deliveries to the site of the home occupation shall be limited to the hours of 8:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M.;
      8.   No mechanical or electrical apparatus, equipment or tools shall be permitted in the home occupation except those which are commonly associated with a residential use or as are customary to home crafts, and which do not exceed 220 volts;
      9.   Tools, items, and equipment which are offensive or noxious by reason of the emission of odor, smoke, gas, dust, vibration, magnetic or electrical interference, noise, or other similar impacts extending beyond the property line of the lot where the occupation is located, are prohibited. Tools, items, and equipment used for the operation and maintenance of an urban farm must comply with those storage requirements itemized by Section 21A.36.200 of this chapter;
      10.   Stock in trade, inventory or other merchandise shall be allowed to be kept only in the interior space of the dwelling;
      11.   No outdoor storage is permitted in conjunction with the occupation other than produce for off premises sales, outlined in Subsection G.4 of this section;
      12.   Home occupations involving visitations from pedestrian or vehicular traffic shall only be conducted between the hours of 8:00 A.M. and 10:00 P.M.;
      13.   Any home occupation requiring client(s) visitation shall not occur at a frequency of greater than two clients per hour, and no more than one client may be served at one time and not more than one place of vehicular parking shall be occupied by a client at any time. Client(s) shall include one or more person(s) with a unified interest in visiting the home occupation at one specific time;
      14.   Only one nonilluminated nameplate, with a maximum sign face as specified in Chapter 21A.46 of this title, stating the name of the business or occupant and mounted flat against the building, shall be allowed. Except for the permitted nameplate, the home occupation shall not make or require any internal alterations, other than those necessary for an approved home occupation, nor any external alterations to the residence that creates the appearance of a commercial operation, nor shall the home occupation provide any visible evidence from the exterior that the building is being used for any other purpose than that of a residence; and
      15.   Direct retail sales are prohibited. Incidental or secondary sales ensuing from the services provided in conjunction with the home occupation are permitted. Limited sales or distribution of produce grown from an urban farm shall be permitted as specified by Section 21A.36.200 of this chapter.
   H.   Home Daycare Standards: A home daycare as defined in Chapter 21A.62 of this title may be allowed as a home occupation within a legally established residential dwelling, except in the M-1 and M-2 Districts. Home daycares shall comply with the following standards:
      1.   Group size shall not exceed 16 children at any one time, supervised by the number of caregivers required according to state licensing requirements;
      2.   Outdoor play areas provided for the home daycare shall be located only in the rear or side yards of the dwelling;
      3.   The home daycare must be accessory to the primary residential use of the dwelling (a second home daycare is exempt from this standard as permitted by state regulations);
      4.   The dwelling must be the home daycare provider's primary residence (a second home daycare is exempt from this standard as permitted by state regulations);
      5.   The dwelling used for the home daycare shall remain in character with the residence except for minor alterations necessary to conduct the home daycare; and,
      6.   A provider operating a home daycare within their primary residence may obtain an additional business license for a second home daycare within a separate residential dwelling that is not their primary residence as allowed by state regulations, provided:
         a.   The first home daycare is operating under an active business license, and the home occupation is in good standing with the city; and
         b.   The structure is not altered in any way that would prevent future use as a residential dwelling.
   I.   Decision by the Zoning Administrator: The zoning administrator shall issue a permit for the home occupation if they find that the standards of this title are met.
   J.   Loss of Home Occupation Use: The zoning administrator may terminate any home occupation use upon making findings that support either or both of the following conclusions:
      1.   Any of the required licenses or permits necessary for the operation of the business have been revoked or suspended; or
      2.   Any of the provisions of this section have been violated.
   K.   Termination of Home Occupation: The licensee shall be responsible for the operation of the licensed premises in conformance with this code. Any business license issued by the city may be suspended or revoked per the provisions of Title 5, Chapter 5.02 and this section.
   L.   Appeals:
      1.   Any termination of a home occupation may be appealed pursuant to the provisions of Title 5, Chapter 5.02 of this code as if the termination were a business license revocation.
      2.   Any person adversely affected by the denial or issuance of a permit for a home occupation may appeal that decision to the appeals hearing officer pursuant to Chapter 21A.16 of this title.
   M.   Existing Home Occupation Licenses: Existing licenses for home occupations which were legal under the prior zoning ordinance regulating home occupations but which are not permitted under this title are subject to the provisions of Chapter 21A.38 of this title.
   N.   Nontransferability: Permits for home occupations are personal to the applicant, nontransferable and do not run with the land. (Ord. 8-24, 2024: Ord. 3-13, 2013)

21A.36.110: COMMUNITY CORRECTIONAL FACILITY:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of this section is to permit the establishment of a "community correctional facility" as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title, subject to the provisions of this section that provide a community involvement process and site selection criteria to address the health and safety of the community including neighboring properties and facility residents.
   B.   State And City Licensing: No community correctional facility shall be established, operated or maintained within the city without a valid license or operating contract issued by the Utah state division of licensing or department of corrections or other appropriate state agency, and without obtaining a Salt Lake City business license. For types of uses that do not require a state license, the applicant shall provide evidence from the state of Utah indicating that the state does not require a license for the particular facility.
   C.   Small Community Correctional Facility Authorized As Conditional Use: A "small community correctional facility" means a "community correctional facility" as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title that provides temporary occupancy for up to thirty (30) individuals exclusive of staff. Small community correctional facilities, as either principal or accessory uses, may be allowed as a conditional use, pursuant to the provisions of chapter 21A.54 of this title, pursuant to subsections B, E and F of this section and pursuant to sections 21A.33.030 and 21A.33.040 of this title.
   D.   Large Community Correctional Facility Authorized As Conditional Use: A "large community correctional facility" means a "community correctional facility" as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title that provides temporary occupancy for more than thirty (30) individuals exclusive of staff. Large community correctional facilities, as either principal or accessory uses, may be allowed as a conditional use, pursuant to the provisions of chapter 21A.54 of this title, and pursuant to subsections B, E and F of this section and pursuant to section 21A.33.040 of this title.
   E.   Community Correctional Facility Authorized As Conditional Use: Community correctional facilities, as either principal or accessory uses, may be allowed as a conditional use, pursuant to the provisions of chapter 21A.54 of this title, pursuant to this subsection and subsections B, C, and F of this section, and pursuant to sections 21A.33.030 and 21A.33.040 of this title, subject to the following requirements and provisions:
      1.   Program Description Required: The applicant must provide a detailed description of the treatment program, operations, management and security plans of the facility, with the amount of information satisfactory to the planning director, which clearly indicate that the facility will operate as a "community correctional facility" as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title and consistent with the purpose statement in this section.
      2.   Site Selection Standards:
         a.   A small community correctional facility shall not be located within one-half (1/2) mile of any residential zoning district boundary.
         b.   A large community correctional facility shall only be located within an M-1 light industrial zoning district and be located west of Interstate 215. A large community correctional facility shall not be located within one-half (1/2) mile of any residential zoning district boundary.
         c.   Each community correctional facility shall not be closer than one-half (1/2) mile from any other community correctional facility.
         d.   No community correctional facility shall be located within one-half (1/2) mile of any public or private K - 12 school, place of worship, public library, nursery school as a principal not ancillary or accessory use or children's daycare center as a principal not ancillary or accessory use, publicly owned playground or park. The establishment of such land uses within the specified spacing criteria after the occupancy of a community correctional facility shall not create nonconformity or be the sole cause for denial of a conditional use permit for the expansion of an existing authorized facility.
         e.   Spacing requirements are measured in a straight line at the closest point from property line to property line.
         f.   The site has reasonable access to transit.
      3.   Site Design Standards: The applicant shall provide site plan and conditional use application information that evidences that adequate setbacks and buffers between the property lines and any structures or fenced compounds enclosing usable areas of the facility are provided. Additional setbacks and buffer areas may be established by the planning commission to mitigate any determined potential impacts. Additional setback for buffer areas may include visitor parking, landscaping, storm drain detention basins exclusive of required landscaped setbacks. Any required fencing or walls as a condition of approval must be nonclimbable fencing or walls of a design approved as part of the conditional use approval.
      4.   Operational Limits:
         a.   A community correctional facility may provide ancillary, temporary occupancy for individuals placed as part of, or in lieu of, confinement, rehabilitation, or treatment as such ancillary, temporary occupancy is described in section 21A.62.040 of this title. A community correctional facility's ancillary population shall remain less than twenty five percent (25%) of the facility's entire resident population.
         b.   Community correctional facilities are for temporary occupancy. Residents shall not reside for a period greater than thirty six (36) months, excluding ancillary residents who shall not reside for a period greater than six (6) months.
   F.   Conditions Of Approval: An applicant's failure to comply with the conditions of the conditional use approval or with any standards provided herein shall be grounds for revocation, suspension or modification of the conditions or the approval by the planning commission.
Following the planning commission approval of a conditional use for a community correctional facility, the applicant shall submit to the planning director the most current operational and incident reports submitted to the state department of corrections every twelve (12) months. In addition to the state reports the applicant shall describe the effectiveness of any impact mitigation strategies required as part of the conditional use approval.
   G.   Authority To Modify Regulations: In approving any community correctional facility, the Planning Commission may change, alter, modify or waive any provisions of this section as they apply to the proposed development. No such change, alteration, modification or waiver shall be approved unless the Planning Commission finds that the proposed development:
      1.   Will support the reconstruction and reuse of an existing structure and site in a manner that will not violate the purposes of the standards for which a community correctional facility may be approved pursuant to this section. (Ord. 66-13, 2013: Ord. 2-09 § 1, 2009)

21A.36.120: REGULATIONS FOR GAS STATIONS AND FUEL DISPENSING FACILITIES WITH UNDERGROUND AND/OR ABOVE- GROUND FUEL STORAGE TANKS:

Gas Stations and Accessory Uses that have fuel tanks on-site, such as Truck Stops, Fuel Distributors, and Storage uses, as defined in Chapter 21A.62 of this title, shall be allowed in zoning districts provided in Chapter 21A.33 "Land Use Tables", and are subject to the provisions of this section. Utility facilities, public safety uses, hospitals, and other similar uses that maintain fuel tanks for the purpose of storing fuel in order to provide emergency power are exempt from the provisions of this Section.
   A.   General Standards:
      1.   All fuel dispensers and fuel storage tanks (above or underground) shall comply with the requirements of this section and all other applicable regulations, including the applicable reference standards and any other applicable regulations of the State of Utah and Federal regulators. In case of conflicting provisions in any of the above-listed rules, the strictest restrictions shall apply.
      2.   Distance from water bodies: All underground and above-ground fuel storage tanks and gas vents shall be a minimum of 350 feet from any existing water bodies (pond, river, stream, canal, etc.), water resources, public parks or open space -that are one acre and greater in size.
      3.   Distance from property lines: All underground and above-ground fuel storage tanks and gas vents shall be a minimum of 30 feet from any property line.
      4.   Associated pump islands shall be a minimum of 25 feet from any property line and adjacent buildings.
      5.   Fuel vents: When a canopy is provided, gas vents shall be located at the top of the gas pump canopy.
      6.   New underground fuel storage tanks: All new and replacement fuel storage tanks put underground shall be constructed of non-corrodible material or designed to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored fuel to ensure greater durability and lifespan.
      7.   Leak or surface-runoff contamination: If contamination occurs, the property owner shall be accountable for any cleanup and remediation of the subject property, any City property, and any downstream water or soil contamination.
      8.   Nonconforming status: Fuel tanks and pumps that are unused or out of service for one year or more shall be considered willfully abandoned and will not be eligible for nonconforming status. The use shall not be restored unless it is restored to comply with the standards of this section and all other applicable sections in this title.
   B.   Additional Standards for Gas Stations:
      1.   Minimum Lot size: 30,000 square feet. A gas station may be located on a lot with another principal use when the lot complies with the minimum lot size. For the purposes of this regulation, a lot shall include a site that consists of multiple lots or parcels within a single development when the parking lot and circulation elements are shared across the boundaries of the lots or parcels
      2.   Minimum Lot Frontage: 150 feet along all public streets. For sites described in 21A.36.120.C.1, the lot frontage shall be measured for all lots or parcels involved.
      3.   Stacking Lane Standards: These standards ensure adequate on-site maneuvering and circulation areas, ensure that stacking vehicles do not impede traffic on abutting streets, and that stacking lanes will not have nuisance impacts on abutting residential lots.
         a.   Stacking lanes shall be arranged to avoid conflicts with site access points, access to parking or loading spaces, and internal circulation routes to the maximum extent practicable.
         b.   A minimum of 36 feet of stacking lane is required between a curb cut and the nearest gasoline pump.
      4.   Fuel Pump Standards:
         a.   Fuel pumps shall be located on the site in a manner that does not interfere with easy access into or egress from the site at established driveway entrances.
         b.   Fuel Pumps shall be located and oriented so all cars in line for motor fuel can be accommodated on-site and not block the sidewalk, the street, or any other portion of the public right of way.
      5.   Electric Vehicle Parking: Gas stations shall provide at least one (1) parking space dedicated to electric vehicles for every ten (10) required on-site parking spaces. Electric vehicle parking spaces shall count toward the minimum required number of parking spaces. The electric vehicle parking space shall be:
         a.   Located in the same lot as the principal use.
         b.   Signed clearly and conspicuously, such as special pavement marking or signage, indicating exclusive availability to electric vehicles; and
         c.   Outfitted with a standard electric vehicle charging station.
   C.   Additional Standards for Fuel Dispensing Facilities:
      1.   Above-ground fuel storage tanks shall:
         a.   Provide a 25-foot clear radius from combustible materials, storage areas, parking/backing areas, and all buildings on the same lot.
         b.   Have a maximum height of 20 feet from the finished grade.
      2.   An obscuring sight fence of six feet in height shall be required surrounding the fuel storage tanks and associated vehicle fueling areas. All required fencing shall be prewoven chain-link with slats, wood, brick, tilt-up concrete, masonry block, stone, metal, composite/recycled materials, or other manufactured materials or combination of materials commonly used for fencing. In addition, the fenced area must be paved with a nonpermeable surface.
   D.   Upgrades to Nonconforming Gas Stations and Fuel Dispensing Facilities:
      1.   Replacing and Updating Tanks and Associated Equipment: An existing gas station may replace existing tanks and associated equipment in substantially the same location without having to comply with the provisions of this section.
      2.   Reconstruction: Existing gas stations that are noncomplying as to lot area, lot frontage, or tank setbacks may be demolished and reconstructed, provided the reconstructed use complies with the other applicable regulations of this section and the tank location is substantially the same.
      3.   The zoning administrator may modify the location of the fuel tanks and associated equipment if federal or state requirements or other legal requirements prevent locating the replacement tanks in a substantially similar location.
      4.   The zoning administrator may approve an alternate location for fuel tanks and associated equipment if the applicant can demonstrate that a more efficient and safe location is more appropriate. (Ord. 7-25, 2025)

21A.36.130: CHILD DAYCARE:

(Rep. by Ord. 8-24, 2024)

21A.36.140: SEXUALLY ORIENTED BUSINESSES:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of this section is to establish reasonable and uniform regulation to prevent the concentration of sexually oriented businesses or their location in areas deleterious to the community of Salt Lake City and to regulate the signage of such businesses to control the adverse effects of such signage and to prevent their inappropriate exposure to the community. The provisions of this section are to be construed as a regulation of time, place, and manner of the operation of these businesses consistent with the limitation provided by provisions of the United States and Utah Constitutions.
   B.   Zoning Districts In Which Sexually Oriented Businesses Are Permitted: Subject to the additional restrictions set forth in this title, sexually oriented businesses shall be permitted in the zoning districts indicated in the land use tables of this title pursuant to conditional site plan review by the Planning Commission as provided in subsection D of this section.
   C.   Nonconforming Sexually Oriented Businesses: For the purposes of this title, a legal nonconforming sexually oriented business may not be enlarged, expanded, or extended to occupy all or a part of another structure or site or be extended to occupy additional space or square footage within the same structure that it did not occupy pursuant to Salt Lake City approval.
      1.   A valid, existing sexually oriented business shall not be deemed nonconforming for purposes of this subsection C as the result of the subsequent location of a use specified in subsection F1, F2, or F3 of this section.
   D.   Sexually Oriented Businesses Conditional Site Plan Review Required: The Planning Commission shall conduct a conditional site plan review for all sexually oriented businesses within the guidelines set forth in both this chapter and all other applicable sections of this title. The following list identifies the circumstances that shall require that a sexually oriented business come before the Planning Commission for conditional site plan review:
      1.   A project where new construction and site development of a sexually oriented business is involved;
      2.   A project where the conversion of a structure(s) into a sexually oriented business is being considered; or
      3.   A project where an existing sexually oriented business is contemplating an addition or expansion that would have at least one or more of the following effects:
         a.   Alteration of traffic flows by way of ingress, egress, or within the site itself.
         b.   Alteration or rearrangement of on site parking which results in a reduction or increase in the number of parking spaces or placement within a required yard area.
         c.   Addition to structure that increases the existing floor area.
         d.   The construction of additional off street parking areas to support a sexually oriented business.
         e.   Alteration of existing signage, including the location and/or design. An alteration shall not be interpreted to include changing the text or copy on signs that are designed to accommodate changeable copy.
      4.   If a sexually oriented business does not fall under any of the categories listed in subsections D1 through D3 of this section, it shall not be subject to Planning Commission review; however, it shall comply with all distance and signage requirements as specified for sexually oriented businesses in this Code, including, without limitation, subsections F1 through F4 of this section.
   E.   Application For Sexually Oriented Business Conditional Site Plan Review: Applications for conditional site plan review may be obtained from the City license authority and should be returned to the same when completed. The application for a conditional site plan review shall be filed with the City license authority on the same day that the application for a sexually oriented business license, if applicable, is filed with the license authority. The application for a conditional site plan review shall include the items listed in section 21A.58.060 of this title.
   F.   Standards For Sexually Oriented Business Conditional Site Plan Review: The Planning Commission shall conduct a conditional site plan review for sexually oriented businesses for compliance with the following standards:
      1.   Required Distance From Other Uses: No sexually oriented business shall be located within a one thousand foot (1,000') radius of any place of worship, park, school, residential zoning district, residential use, or licensed child daycare center, as measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures, streets or other barriers from the nearest point of the property line of the school, park, place of worship, residential zoning district, residential use, or licensed child daycare center, to the nearest point of the property line of the sexually oriented business. For the purpose of this section, "park" shall include any public recreation or public open space that operates as a public gathering place, including a park, playground, swimming pool, golf course, athletic field, plaza, square, library grounds, and/or designated trail.
      2.   Required Distance From Gateway Corridors: No sexually oriented business shall be permitted to locate within one hundred sixty five feet (165') of any gateway corridor identified in subsection F6 of this section, as measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures, streets or other barriers, from the nearest point of the gateway corridor street right-of-way line to the nearest point of the property line of the sexually oriented business. If any block shall be surrounded on all four (4) sides by a designated gateway, then no sexually oriented business shall be permitted in that block.
      3.   Required Distance From Landmark Sites: No sexually oriented business shall be permitted within a three hundred thirty foot (330') radius of any landmark site. The distance shall be measured from the nearest point of the property line of the landmark site to the nearest point of the property line of the sexually oriented business without regard to intervening structures, streets or other barriers.
      4.   Concentration Prohibited: No sexually oriented businesses shall be allowed within a one thousand foot (1,000') radius of another sexually oriented business. The distance shall be measured from the nearest point of the property line of the existing sexually oriented business to the nearest point of the property line of the proposed sexually oriented business without regard to intervening structures, streets or other barriers.
      5.   Sign Regulations: Sexually oriented business signs shall be limited as follows:
         a.   No more than one sign shall be allowed on sexually oriented business premises;
         b.   No sign on the sexually oriented business premises shall be allowed to exceed eighteen (18) square feet;
         c.   No animation shall be permitted on or around any sexually oriented business sign or on the exterior walls or roof of the premises;
         d.   No descriptive art or designs depicting any activity related to, or inferring, the nature of the business shall be allowed on any sexually oriented business sign which shall contain alphanumeric copy only;
         e.   Only flat wall signs shall be permitted for any sexually oriented business;
         f.   Painted signs or painted wall advertising shall not be allowed; and
         g.   Other than the signs specifically allowed by this title, the sexually oriented business shall not construct or allow to be constructed any temporary sign, banner, light, or other device designed to draw attention to the business location.
      6.   Gateway Corridors: For the purposes of regulating sexually oriented businesses, gateway corridors shall include:
         a.   Beck Street from the northern City limits becoming 300 West Street to 900 South Street;
         b.   600 South Street from 200 East Street to 500 West Street;
         c.   500 South Street from 200 East Street to 500 West Street;
         d.   Main Street from 700 South Street to North Temple Street;
         e.   State Street from 600 South Street to North Temple Street;
         f.   West Temple Street from 900 South Street to North Temple Street;
         g.   400 West from 900 South Street to Beck Street;
         h.   500 West from 600 South Street to North Temple Street;
         i.   400 South from 900 West to 200 East;
         j.   200 West from 900 South to 700 South; and
         k.   700 South from 200 West to Main Street.
      7.   Modifications May Be Required: The Planning Commission may require modifications to a proposed sexually oriented business conditional site plan as it relates to traffic and parking, site layout, environmental protection, landscaping, and signage in order to achieve the objectives set forth in section 21A.58.040 of this title.
   G.   Payment Of Fee: The application shall be accompanied by the application fee shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule, plus the cost of first class postage for required notification mailing. No application shall be considered complete unless accompanied by fee payment.
   H.   Public Hearing Notice Requirements: The Planning Commission shall hold at least one public hearing to review, consider and approve, approve with conditions, or deny a conditional site plan review application after public notification pursuant to chapter 21A.10 of this title.
   I.   Completion Of Review Process: The City shall complete its review process within thirty (30) days of the day a complete sexually oriented business conditional site plan review application is filed. (Ord. 46-17, 2017)

21A.36.150: FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of the provisions of this section is to regulate the establishment and operation of fraternities and sororities in residential areas of the City in order to ensure their compatibility with the character of existing residential neighborhoods adjacent to a university and to preserve the peacefulness and privacy of residents.
   B.   Area In Which Permitted: A fraternity or sorority house occupied exclusively by the faculty or students of any college or university (together with appropriate supervisory personnel) and supervised by the authorities thereof shall only be established within the following boundaries:
Commencing at the southeast corner of Butler Avenue and University Street said point also being the northwest corner of Lot 1 Block 4 Federal Heights Subdivision, a subdivision of the Northwest 1/4 Section 4, T.1.S., R.1.E. SLB&M and running north 89°58'3" east 50 feet; thence southeasterly along a 220 foot radius curve to the right 86.34 feet to the northeast corner Lot 5 said Block 4; thence south 22°27'30" west 146.5 feet to the center line of a 14 foot alley; thence southeasterly along a 73.5 foot radius curve to the right (along the center line of said alley) 28.51 feet; thence south 45°1'57" east along the center line of said alley 224.48 feet to the center line of an east-west running alley; thence north 89°57'30" east along the center line of said alley 305.56 feet more or less to the east line of Butler Avenue; thence northwesterly along a 149 foot radius curve to the left (the east line of Butler Avenue) 70.12 feet more or less to the northwest corner of Lot 57 Block 3 Federal Heights Subdivision; thence north 68°12'52" east 180 feet more or less to the center line of an existing alley; thence southeasterly along a 460.75 foot radius curve to the left (center line of said alley) 113.57 feet; thence north 10°8'59" east 135.0 feet to the south line of Federal Way; thence easterly along 325.75 foot radius curve to the left 58.12 feet to the west line of Wolcott Street; thence north 89°58'3" east 228.8 feet along the south line of Federal Way to the center line of an existing alley; thence south along the center line of the existing alley 325.00 feet to the north line of 100 South Street; thence west along the north line of 100 South Street 730.56 feet to the southwest corner of Lot 33 Block 4 Federal Heights Subdivision; thence north 70°46'57" west 112.71 feet; thence northwesterly along a 38.0 foot radius curve to the right 29.72 feet to a point on the east line of University Street said point being 52.85 feet south of the northwest corner Lot 38 Block 4 Federal Heights Subdivision; thence north 0°2'30" west 385.28 feet to the point of beginning.
   C.   Supervision Defined: The phrase "supervised by the authorities" of the college or university, as used in this section, and as also applicable to any existing fraternity or sorority house outside the boundaries set forth above which may have a nonconforming use right, shall be defined to require the following:
      1.   On or before September 1 of each year, and at such other times as the Planning Director may deem such a certification appropriate, each college or university having students or faculty residing in a fraternity or sorority house shall certify to the City, by filing a declaration with the Planning Director, that the college or university has promulgated, adopted and is monitoring compliance with rules concerning fraternity or sorority houses. All rules concerning fraternity or sorority houses promulgated and adopted by any college or university pursuant to this section shall, at a minimum, require the following:
         a.   No one under twenty one (21) years of age shall be allowed to consume alcoholic beverages on the premises of any fraternity or sorority (the term "premises" shall include all areas owned, controlled or routinely used by the fraternity or sorority, including parking areas);
         b.   No charge shall be levied for the purchase of alcoholic beverages consumed on the premises;
         c.   No admission charge shall be levied at any activity on the premises of any fraternity or sorority at which alcoholic beverages are consumed;
         d.   No funds of any fraternity or sorority shall be used to purchase alcoholic beverages and that no collection of funds shall be made by any fraternity or sorority, or any members thereof, for the purposes of purchasing alcoholic beverages to be consumed on the premises of any fraternity or sorority;
         e.   At any activity on the premises of any fraternity or sorority where alcoholic beverages are consumed, there shall be food and alternative nonalcoholic beverages readily and visibly available for consumption;
         f.   Except with respect to certain philanthropic activities as defined by the relevant college or university, only individuals bearing: 1) a personal invitation issued in advance, 2) an admission ticket issued in advance, or 3) identification of membership in the fraternity/sorority system of the relevant college or university shall be allowed to attend any activity on the premises of a fraternity or sorority;
         g.   At any "philanthropic" function on the premises benefiting a recognized nonprofit organization sponsored by the fraternity or sorority, no alcohol may be present, sold or consumed;
         h.   At any gathering, other than for a regularly scheduled chapter meeting or a regularly scheduled meal time, involving sixty (60) or more people on the premises of any fraternity or sorority, at which alcoholic beverages are served or consumed, the hosting fraternity/sorority shall hire uniformed Category 1 or 2 peace officers employed by the relevant college or university or the City in reasonable numbers, as may be determined by the relevant college or university, to assist in checking admission, checking identification and monitoring compliance with all applicable City and County ordinances, State laws and college or university regulations, and, furthermore, that a representative of at least twenty one (21) years of age from the hosting fraternity or sorority's house corporation be present at all times during such a gathering;
         i.   No activities on the premises of any fraternity or sorority shall occur before eight o'clock (8:00) A.M. and activities shall close before eleven o'clock (11:00) P.M. on all nights except Friday, Saturday and the day before any legal holiday, on which day such activities shall close by twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight;
         j.   No band performances, amplified music or other activities shall take place outside on the premises of any fraternity or sorority between the hours of ten o'clock (10:00) P.M. and nine o'clock (9:00) A.M. and any activities taken place outside or inside the premises of any fraternity or sorority at other times shall otherwise comply with all applicable City and County ordinances, State laws, and college or university regulations;
         k.   No public lewd, obscene, or licentious activities will be sponsored or permitted on the premises by the fraternity or sorority;
         l.   After any activity on the premises of any fraternity or sorority, the sponsoring entity must clean the exterior of the fraternity or sorority's property and all nearby property on which debris or garbage from the activity has been deposited by ten o'clock (10:00) A.M. the following morning;
         m.   Each fraternity or sorority chapter shall have in place a risk management policy; and
         n.   The appearance and landscaping of the premises of any fraternity or sorority shall be accomplished and maintained in a manner that is harmonious with the residential character of the surrounding neighborhood.
   D.   Twenty Four Hour Telephone Line Required: Any college or university having students or faculty residing on the premises of any fraternity or sorority shall maintain a twenty four (24) hour telephone line for purposes of:
      1.   Receiving complaints regarding a fraternity or sorority's failure to abide by any applicable City or County ordinances, State laws, or college or university regulations and maintaining a permanent log thereof; and
      2.   Dispatching the appropriate university or law enforcement personnel regarding enforcement of college or university rules and regulations, but reserving to the City Police Department primary law enforcement duties.
   E.   Effect On Existing Penal Provisions: Nothing in this section defining supervision shall be deemed to amend or modify any penal provision(s) of County, City or State law. Any college or university having students or faculty residing on the premises of any fraternity or sorority shall provide, at its own expense or at the expense of the fraternity and sorority houses, a two (2) officer roving police patrol in the area occupied by the college or university's fraternities and sororities between the hours of nine o'clock (9:00) P.M. and one o'clock (1:00) A.M. on Friday and Saturday evenings during the college's or university's academic year, which patrol shall be in radio contact with the dispatcher provided for the foregoing subsection and which shall, as its sole responsibility, be responsible for monitoring compliance by all such fraternities and sororities with all applicable City and County ordinances, State laws, and college or university regulations. (Ord. 81-97 § 1, 1997: Ord. 26-95 § 2(18-15), 1995)

21A.36.160: MOBILE BUSINESSES:

   A.   Mobile Food Business Allowed:
      1.   Persons selling food or beverages from mobile food businesses may do so by use of private property only, unless otherwise permitted under title 5, chapter 5.69 of this Code. Use of private property by mobile food businesses shall be arranged with the real property owner and proof of such property owner authorization shall be required prior to the issuance of a business license.
      2.   Mobile food businesses are allowed only within the SNB, CN, CB, CS, CC, CSHBD, CG, TSA, M-1, M-2, D-1, D-2, D-3, D-4, G-MU, RP, BP, UI, MH, MU, R-MU, R-MU-35, and R-MU-45 Zones, in accordance with the provisions of this section.
      3.   Provisions found in this section shall not apply to vending carts, mobile ice cream vendors, seasonal farm stands and other temporary merchants or uses that are specifically authorized by this title or other City ordinances.
   B.   Business License And Fees Required: No mobile food business shall continue in operation unless the holder thereof has paid an annual business regulatory fee and has met all applicable requirements as set forth in section 5.04.070 of this Code, or its successor section for each mobile food business.
   C.   Separate Applications: Separate business license applications may be required for each mobile food business. Separate business license fees shall be required for each mobile food business vehicle operating under one business license.
   D.   Business Activity To Be Temporary: All business activity related to mobile food businesses shall be of a temporary nature subject to the requirements below:
      1.   A mobile food truck may not park in one individual location for more than twelve (12) hours during any twenty four (24) hour period.
      2.   The mobile food truck shall be occupied by the owner or operator thereof at all times.
      3.   No overnight parking is allowed.
   E.   Location And Placement Requirements: The business operating location must be on private property, on City streets as defined in title 5, chapter 5.69 of this Code, within the specified zones, or as otherwise authorized by applicable City ordinance, subject to the requirements below:
      1.   Parking on a park strip, or otherwise landscaped area is not allowed.
      2.   A mobile food business shall park on a hard surface. Alternatives to asphalt and cement may be approved by the transportation engineer if the applicant is able to demonstrate that the alternative will not result in the accumulation of debris on the City right-of-way.
      3.   Mobile food business vehicles must be parked so that neither the vehicle nor the customers block driveways of existing buildings or uses, or in such a manner as to create a traffic hazard.
      4.   No mobile food business shall occupy required parking stalls of the primary use.
      5.   No mobile food business shall interfere with the internal parking lot circulation.
      6.   Mobile food businesses shall not use the public right-of-way unless otherwise allowed by ordinance.
      7.   Any auxiliary power required for the operation of the mobile food truck shall be self-contained. No use of public or private power sources are allowed without providing written consent from the owner.
      8.   Unless licensed prior to January 1, 2013, a parked mobile food business shall conform to all requirements in the Salt Lake City vehicle idling ordinances (title 12, chapter 12.58 of this Code).
      9.   All materials generated from a mobile food business that are to be disposed of should be disposed of properly. It is illegal to discharge or dispose of any substance, material, food, or waste into the storm drain system. (Sections 17.84.100, prohibition of discharge into storm drain system; 17.36.220, prohibition against opening manhole covers, of this Code.)
      10.   Mobile food businesses shall comply with all other applicable City ordinances.
Provisions found in this section shall not apply to downtown vendors, vending carts, mobile ice cream vendors, seasonal farm stands and other temporary merchants or uses that are specifically authorized by this title or other City ordinances.
   F.   Design And Operation Guidelines: Mobile food trucks operating in the public right-of-way shall comply with the following design requirements:
      1.   Mobile food truck vehicles shall be designed to meet all applicable Salt Lake Valley Health Department requirements relating to the handling and distribution of food.
      2.   The mobile food truck shall not have a drive-through.
      3.   Mobile food truck vehicles shall be kept in good operating condition, no peeling paint or rust shall be visible.
      4.   No mobile food truck vehicle operating in the public right-of- way shall operate within the same block face as another mobile food vendor at any one time.
      5.   No mobile food truck vehicle shall operate within one hundred feet (100') on the same linear block face of a door to a restaurant, mobile food vendor, food cart, or City authorized special event selling food, except:
         a.   The above requirement may be waived if the application is submitted with the written consent of the proprietor of such restaurant or shop. The consent shall be on forms deemed appropriate by the Business License Administrator. Such waiver shall not exempt the applicant from compliance with the other location and distance restrictions of this section.
      6.   All grounds utilized by a mobile food business shall at all times be maintained in a clean and attractive condition.
      7.   Trash and recycling containers shall be provided for use of the business patrons.
      8.   Mobile food businesses shall source local products when available.
      9.   Any enclosures or canopy extensions must be integrated into the design of the mobile food business vehicle and must not project onto the public sidewalk or any other part of the public right-of-way not authorized by the Transportation Division.
   G.   Signs: No signs shall be used to advertise the conduct of a mobile food business at the premises other than that which is physically attached to the vehicle, except temporary signs authorized by section 21A.46.055 of this title.
   H.   Professional And Personal Services Prohibited: The performance of professional or personal services for sale shall not be provided from a mobile food business.
   I.   Approved Kitchen: If the mobile food business includes an area for food preparation and/or sale, it must be approved by the Salt Lake Valley Health Department. (Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 24-12, 2012)

21A.36.161: MOBILE FOOD COURTS:

   A.   Mobile Food Courts A Conditional Use:
      1.   Operating a mobile food court is unlawful without first obtaining conditional use approval subject to the qualifying provisions written below as well as those in chapter 21A.54 of this title.
      2.   Mobile food courts are allowed by administrative conditional use approval only within the M-1, M-2, D-1, D-2, D-3, D-4, G-MU, in accordance with the provisions of this chapter.
      3.   Provisions found in this section shall apply to mobile food businesses, vending carts, and seasonal farm stands that are specifically authorized by this title or other City ordinances.
   B.   Qualifying Provisions:
      1.   A mobile food court is required to be on a parcel of at least two thousand (2,000) square feet in size.
      2.   No less than two (2) and no more than ten (10) individual mobile food businesses or other authorized vendors are allowed on a parcel.
      3.   No participating mobile food business or other authorized vendor shall continue in operation at the mobile food court unless the holder thereof has paid an annual business regulatory fee as set forth in section 5.04.070 of this Code, or its successor section.
      4.   All requirements of chapter 21A.48, "Landscaping And Buffers", of this title and section 21A.36.020, "Conformance With Lot And Bulk Controls", of this chapter, or their successor chapter or section shall be met prior to the issuance of a permit.
      5.   Mobile food courts are for the sale of food products only. Retail sale of nonfood items is not permitted.
      6.   A master sign plan for the mobile food court shall be submitted for review and approval as part of the conditional use process. The plan shall provide information relating to permanent signs for the court, as well as individual signs for each business.
      7.   All the proposed activities will be conducted on private property owned or otherwise controlled by the applicant and none of the activities will occur on any public right-of-way.
      8.   The proposed mobile food court will not impede pedestrian or vehicular traffic in the public way.
      9.   The proposed mobile food court complies with all conditions pertaining to any existing variances, conditional uses or other approvals granted for the property.
      10.   All activities associated with a mobile food court must comply with all Salt Lake Valley Health Department requirements.
      11.   A detailed site plan demonstrating the following is required:
         a.   The location and orientation of each vendor pad.
         b.   The location of any paving, trash enclosures, landscaping, planters, fencing, canopies, umbrellas or other table covers, barriers or any other site requirement by the International Building Code, or Health Department.
         c.   The location of all existing and proposed activities on site.
         d.   The circulation of all pedestrian and vehicle traffic on the site.
         e.   The mobile food court shall not occupy required parking stalls of any primary use of the site.
      12.   Live music will not be performed nor loudspeakers played in the mobile food court area unless the decibel level is within conformance with the Salt Lake City noise control ordinance, title 9, chapter 9.28 of this Code.
      13.   Hard surface paving at the vehicular entrance to the mobile food court, and for each individual mobile food business is required. Alternatives to asphalt and cement may be approved as part of the conditional use process if the applicant is able to demonstrate that the alternative will not result in the accumulation of mud or debris on the city right-of-way. (Ord. 67-22, 2022: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 24-12, 2012)

21A.36.170: REUSE OF CHURCH AND SCHOOL BUILDINGS:

(Rep. by Ord. 56-24, 2024)

21A.36.190: RESIDENTIAL BUILDING STANDARDS FOR LEGAL CONFORMING SINGLE-FAMILY DETACHED DWELLINGS, TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS AND TWIN HOMES IN NONRESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICTS:

Any new single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling or twin home that is replacing a legal conforming single-family, two-family or twin home, in a nonresidential zoning district shall comply with the following standards:
   A.   Front Facade Controls: To maintain architectural harmony and primary orientation along the street, all buildings shall be required to include an entrance door, and such other features as windows, balconies, porches, and other such architectural features in the front facade of the building, totaling not less than ten percent (10%) of the front facade elevation area, excluding any area used for roof structures. For buildings constructed on a corner lot, only one front facade is required in either the front or corner side facade of the building.
   B.   Basement Structures: All dwellings must have at least one full story aboveground. Residential structures built into a hillside with less than all elevations exposed may be approved through the site plan review process.
   C.   Repealed.
   D.   Repealed.
   E.   Placement Of A Replacement Structure: Placement of a replacement structure on the existing lot should be consistent with the front yard setbacks of the existing residential structures on the street. Front yard setback must be in line with the average setback of the other principal buildings on the same block face, but not less than fifteen feet (15') from the front property line. For purposes of determining the average setback, steps under three feet (3') in height and eaves projecting three feet (3') or less may project into the required front yard.
   F.   Scale And Mass Of The Replacement Structure: The scale and mass of the replacement structure should be compatible with that of the existing adjacent residential structures and not exceed twenty five percent (25%) of the structure it is replacing. Replacement structures which exceed twenty five percent (25%) of the original footprint may be allowed as a conditional use subject to the provisions of chapter 21A.54 of this title. (Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 63-03 § 3, 2003)

21A.36.200: STANDARDS FOR AN URBAN FARM:

   A.   Accessory Buildings: Accessory buildings associated with urban farms are subject to the standards in chapter 21A.40, "Accessory Uses, Buildings And Structures", of this title and the requirements of the international building code. Structures, such as coops and pens, associated with the keeping and raising of animals, livestock, and poultry must meet the requirements of title 8, chapter 8.08, "Keeping Animals, Livestock And Poultry", of this code and are subject to the requirements of the adopted building code, when applicable.
   B.   Riparian Corridor: Urban farms proposed in a riparian corridor, as defined in section 21A.34.130 of this title, shall be subject to all rules and regulations therein.
   C.   Storage Requirements: All flammables, pesticides and fertilizers shall be stored in accordance with the regulations of the uniform fire code and Utah state department of agriculture or successor agency. At a minimum, any area where such materials are stored shall have a continuous concrete floor and lip which is tall enough to contain one hundred ten percent (110%) of the volume of all the materials stored in the area. No pesticides, chemical fertilizers or other hazardous materials shall be stored outside of buildings.
   D.   Disposal Requirements: All flammables, pesticides, fertilizers and other hazardous wastes should be disposed of according to federal and state requirements.
   E.   Large Vehicles: No vehicles in excess of five (5) tons shall be kept, stored or parked on the property, except that such vehicles may be on the property as necessary for completion of grading performed in accordance with a grading permit issued by the city building services division.
   F.   Hours Of Operation: All urban farm related uses shall operate only during daylight hours, except for irrigation.
   G.   Irrigation Systems: Sufficient irrigation shall be provided to cover all needs of the urban farm. Irrigation systems designed for water conservation such as, but not limited to, hand watering, and drip irrigation are strongly encouraged.
   H.   Delivery And Pick Up: In single-family and two-family zones, delivery and pick up of products is allowed provided pick up times are staggered so that only one patron is on site at a time.
   I.   Parking: Parking for an urban farm shall comply with the provisions governing off street parking and loading in Chapter 21A.44 of this title. All vehicular circulation, staging, and parking shall be on a hard surface.
   J.   On Site Sales And Events: Products produced or grown on urban farms may be donated or sold on site provided the following requirements are met:
      1.   The sales stand may not exceed one hundred fifty (150) square feet in size.
      2.   Signs are allowed as temporary portable signs subject to the regulations in section 21A.46.055 of this title. Signs must be removed immediately following the sale each day.
      3.   All necessary city business licenses shall be obtained prior to the sale.
      4.   Sales stands must be set back a minimum of ten feet (10') from the edge of pavement of a city street.
      5.   The sales stand shall be a nonpermanent structure, and must be removed immediately following the sale.
      6.   Perishable foods must be stored in a vermin proof area or container when the facility is closed.
   K.   Fencing: Fencing of urban farms shall comply with the standards in section 21A.40.120, "Regulation Of Fences, Walls And Hedges", of this title.
   L.   License: A business license is required for an urban farm. When the urban farm is accessory to a residential use, a home occupation license is required.
   M.   Demolition Of A Single-Family Dwelling: No more than one single-family dwelling may be demolished for an urban farm. Any proposed demolition is subject to all requirements in section 18.64.050, "Residential Demolition Provisions", of this code. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 67-22, 2022: Ord. 21-11, 2011)

21A.36.210: STANDARDS FOR A COMMUNITY GARDEN:

   A.   Accessory Buildings: Accessory buildings associated with community gardens are subject to the standards in chapter 21A.40, "Accessory Uses, Buildings And Structures", of this title and the requirements of the international building code. Structures, such as coops and pens, associated with the keeping and raising of animals, livestock, and poultry must meet with the requirements of title 8, chapter 8.08, "Keeping Animals, Livestock And Poultry", of this code and are subject to the requirements of the adopted building code, when applicable.
   B.   Riparian Corridor: Community gardens proposed in a riparian corridor, as defined in section 21A.34.130 of this title shall be subject to all rules and regulations therein.
   C.   Disposal Requirements: All flammables, pesticides, fertilizers and other hazardous wastes should be disposed of according to federal and state requirements.
   D.   Hours Of Operation: Community gardens shall conform with title 9, chapter 9.28, "Noise Control", of this code and other applicable county health department regulations.
   E.   Large Vehicles: No vehicles in excess of five (5) tons shall be kept or stored on the property, except that such vehicles may be on the property as necessary for completion of grading performed in accordance with a grading permit issued by the city building services division.
   F.   Irrigation: Sufficient irrigation shall be provided to cover all needs of the community garden. Irrigation systems designed for water conservation such as, but not limited to, hand watering, and drip irrigation are strongly encouraged.
   G.   Parking: Unless otherwise required by the transportation division, community gardens shall be exempt from the off street parking requirements of chapter 21A.44, "Off Street Parking, Mobility And Loading", of this title. All vehicular circulation, staging, and parking provided shall be on a hard surfaced area. Any on street parking is to comply with the existing roadway status.
   H.   On Site Sales And Events: Owners and producers associated with community gardens may conduct educational or promotional events, and sell locally grown products on site provided the following requirements are met:
      1.   The sale or event is directly linked to the community garden. No external events such as a reception or sales of products and goods not generally associated with a community garden are allowed, unless the event is otherwise allowed in the zone by the zoning ordinance.
      2.   Signs are allowed as temporary portable signs subject to the regulations in section 21A.46.055 of this title. Signs must be removed immediately following the sale or event each day.
      3.   All required city business licenses and permits shall be obtained prior to the sale or event.
      4.   Sales stands and exhibits are not allowed within the public right of way except in an area abutting a community garden.
      5.   The sales stand and exhibits shall be nonpermanent structures, and must be removed immediately following the sale or event.
      6.   Perishable foods must be stored in a verminproof area or container when the facility is closed.
   I.   Fencing: Fencing of community gardens will comply with the standards in section 21A.40.120, "Regulation Of Fences, Walls And Hedges", of this title.
   J.   Demolition Of A Single-Family Dwelling: No more than one single-family dwelling may be demolished for a community garden. Any proposed demolition is subject to all requirements in section 18.64.050, "Residential Demolition Provisions", of this code. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 62-13, 2013: Ord. 21-11, 2011)

21A.36.220: STANDARDS FOR A SEASONAL FARM STAND:

   A.   Duration: Business activity associated with a seasonal farm stand shall be of a temporary nature.
   B.   Right Of Way: No seasonal farm stand is allowed within the public right of way.
   C.   Third Party Location: No business activity shall take place on the premises of a third party without first receiving written permission from the property owner.
   D.   Parking: Unless approved by the transportation division, if the seasonal farm stand is located within an existing parking lot, it shall not remove or encroach upon required off street parking or loading areas for other uses on the site or impede access to parking or loading areas. All vehicular circulation, staging, and parking provided shall be on a hard surfaced area. Any on street parking shall comply with the existing roadway status.
   E.   Setback: Seasonal farm stands must be set back a minimum of ten feet (10') from the edge of pavement of a city street.
   F.   Size: A seasonal farm stand may not exceed one hundred (100) square feet in size.
   G.   Food Preparation: Food preparation is prohibited at farm stands.
   H.   Signs: Signs for a seasonal farm stand are allowed as temporary portable signs subject to the regulations in section 21A.46.055 of this title. Signs are not allowed to be placed more than fifty feet (50') from the stand location.
   I.   Sales: Food crops and/or nonfood, ornamental crops, such as flowers grown locally are allowed to be sold at a seasonal food stand. Prepackaged "shelf stable" foods produced in close proximity to the farm stand may be sold as well, provided they are fully labeled and produced in an approved health department or Utah state department of agriculture facility.
   J.   Animals: No live animals, birds, or fowl shall be kept or allowed within twenty feet (20') of any area where food is stored or held for sale. This requirement does not apply to guide dogs, signal dogs, or service dogs.
   K.   Garbage: All garbage and refuse shall be stored and disposed of in accordance with established health department standards.
   L.   Storage: Perishable foods must be stored in a vermin proof area or container when the facility is closed. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 21-11, 2011)

21A.36.230: STANDARDS FOR A SOLAR ARRAY:

   A.   Setbacks: A solar array shall meet all minimum setback requirements for the zone in which it is located. In no case shall a solar array be located less than six feet (6') from a property line or other structure.
   B.   Height: A solar array shall not exceed twenty feet (20') in height measured from established grade.
   C.   Landscape Buffer: No landscaped buffer yards shall be required on a site with a solar array as a principal use.
   D.   Code Compliance: Solar arrays are subject to review for compliance with all applicable international building and electrical code requirements by the Salt Lake City building services division.
   E.   Solar Easements: Solar easements are not a requirement for city approval; nonetheless, a property owner who has installed or intends to install a solar array may negotiate a solar easement with adjacent property owners to ensure perpetual sun on the property. Any easement agreed upon must be recorded by the county recorder.
   F.   Electrical Wires: All electrical wires associated with a solar array, shall be located underground except for wires connecting to the electrical distribution grid.
   G.   Nonmaintained Or Abandoned Arrays: The building official may require each nonmaintained or abandoned solar array to be removed from the premises when such a system has not been repaired or put into use by the owner, person having control or person receiving benefit of such structure within thirty (30) calendar days after notice of nonmaintenance or abandonment is given to the owner, person having control or person receiving the benefit of such structure. The city may require a performance bond or other means of financial assurance to guarantee removal of abandoned structures.
   H.   Utility Interconnection: No solar array shall be installed that does not meet the requirements of Rocky Mountain Power for an interconnected customer owned generator. Off grid systems shall be exempt from this requirement.
   I.   Off Street Parking And Loading: No additional parking is required for a solar array; however, a solar array may not replace or hinder existing required parking and loading. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 21-11, 2011)

21A.36.240: STANDARDS FOR A LARGE WIND ENERGY SYSTEM:

   A.   Total Height: The total height of the large wind energy system shall be limited to ninety meters (90 m) above existing grade or by FAA regulations, whichever dictates a lower height.
   B.   Minimum Lot Size: Two (2) acres.
   C.   Setbacks: A tower in a large wind energy system must be set back at least 1.25 times its total height from any property boundary, must be within the buildable area of the lot and at least 1.25 times its total height from any overhead utility power line.
   D.   Noise: Noise emitted from the large wind energy system shall not exceed maximum sound levels set forth in title 9, chapter 9.28, "Noise Control", of this code.
   E.   Blade Clearance: The vertical distance from existing grade to the tip of a wind generator blade when the blade is at its lowest point must be at least fifteen feet (15').
   F.   Electrical Wires: All electrical wires associated with a large wind energy system, other than wires necessary to connect the wind turbine to the tower wiring, the tower wiring to the disconnect junction box, and the grounding wires shall be located underground.
   G.   Lighting: Lighting of tower(s) and turbine(s) is prohibited except where required by the federal aviation administration.
   H.   Appearance, Color, And Finish: The wind turbine and tower shall remain painted or finished the color or finish that was originally applied by the manufacturer.
   I.   Signs: All signs are prohibited, other than the manufacturer's or installer's identification, appropriate warning signs, or owner identification on a wind turbine, tower, building, or other associated structure.
   J.   Utility Interconnection: No large wind energy system shall be installed that does not meet the requirements of local utility providers for an interconnected customer owned generator. Off grid systems shall be exempt from this requirement.
   K.   Nonmaintained Or Abandoned Facilities: The building official may require each nonmaintained or abandoned large wind energy system to be removed from the premises at the cost of the owner when such a system has not been repaired or put into use by the owner, person having control or person receiving benefit of such structure within thirty (30) calendar days after notice of nonmaintenance or abandonment is given to the owner, person having control or person receiving the benefit of such structure. The city may require a performance bond or other means of financial assurance to guarantee removal of abandoned structures.
   L.   Off Street Parking Or Loading Requirements: None. A large wind energy system shall not remove or encroach upon required parking or loading areas for other uses on the site or access to such parking or loading areas. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 21-11, 2011)

21A.36.250: RECYCLING AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The requirements of this section are intended to promote recycling by providing dedicated space for such activities in developments and to promote efficient management of construction and demolition waste. These requirements are also intended to help better manage the life of the local landfill by reducing the amount of materials entering the landfill, reducing municipal expenditures and saving taxpayer dollars through more efficient and reduced refuse collection services and preservation of natural resources for future generations.
   B.   Scope Of Regulations: The recycling and waste reduction provisions of this title shall apply to all buildings and structures erected and all uses of land established after 1995.
   C.   Site Plan Information: Any application for a building permit shall include a site plan, drawn to scale and fully dimensioned, showing the location and size of the recycling collection station, if applicable, to be provided in compliance with this title.
   D.   Designation Of Recycling Collection Station In The Multi- Family Residential, Nonresidential And Mixed Use Districts: All construction of new principal buildings and all remodels/expansions greater than one thousand (1,000) square feet in gross floor area shall include a recycling collection station as part of the development. All new developments and remodels/expansions in the mixed use districts may provide a shared recycling collection station subject to approval from the zoning administrator. The recycling collection station shall be accessible to collection services, including adequate on site vehicular pick up service and subject to the location provisions of section 21A.36.020 of this chapter.
   E.   Voluntary Conversion Of Parking Spaces To Provide A Recycling Collection Station: These provisions apply to existing developments in all zones except single-family and R-2 single- and two-family residential districts that do not currently meet the recycling collection station requirements of this code. Existing developments may convert up to six (6) existing on site parking spaces in order to accommodate the installation of a recycling collection station. Such a conversion may be allowed through administrative approval when the zoning administrator finds that the following conditions exist:
      1.   When the existing parking on site is not reduced by more than ten percent (10%). If ten percent (10%) equates to less than one parking stall, then only one parking stall can be eliminated to accommodate the recycling collection station;
      2.   The recycling collection station is centrally located such that it is easily accessible to all users;
      3.   Adequate space exists for the recycling collection station to be accessed by service vehicles on site;
      4.   The zoning administrator may request additional review from the transportation division; and
      5.   The property owner, or authorized agent or homeowners' association, if applicable, provide proof of a valid contract stipulating that the owner will maintain or contract ongoing recycling services to the development.
   F.   Construction Waste Management Plan Requirement For Development Or Demolition Applications: A construction waste management plan shall be submitted with all new development and/or demolition permit applications. These provisions apply to the following:
      1.   New construction of multi-family developments with three (3) or more dwelling units;
      2.   New subdivision developments of over twenty (20) single-family homes;
      3.   All new mixed use and nonresidential developments that exceed five thousand (5,000) square feet;
      4.   The demolition of any principal structure; and
      5.   Any expansion, alterations or modification that increases the existing development's gross floor area by at least one thousand (1,000) square feet.
   G.   Construction Waste Management Plan: A construction waste management plan shall be submitted with all new development and/or demolition permit applications and shall describe how at least fifty five percent (55%), by weight, of new construction waste materials and demolition waste will be recycled or reused. The construction waste management plan shall also describe:
      1.   Steps that will be taken to reduce the amount of waste created by the project.
      2.   How subcontractors and employees will be trained to ensure material will be reused or recycled to the maximum extent possible.
      3.   On site collection system for waste, including any separation required. Hazardous waste must be kept separate for proper handling.
      4.   Total amount and types of construction and demolition waste material reused, recycled, or composted.
      5.   Amount and types of construction and demolition waste material landfilled.
      6.   Names of facilities which will receive or process any construction and demolition waste material.
   H.   Issuance Of Certificate Of Occupancy: Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy the applicant shall submit a copy of the construction waste audit performed by the company (or companies) contracted to remove waste and recyclables. The audit receipt shall include information such as pictures and an itemized list of material contained in each load, the makeup of the waste stream and the percentage (by weight) of the materials recycled, reused or otherwise diverted from the landfill.
   I.   Location Of Recycling Collection Station: Recycling collection stations shall be located indoors or outdoors, in yard areas as specified below. The purpose of the following regulations is to promote recycling through increased convenience and ensure the neat appearance of the recycling collection station so that it does not impact aesthetic values of the community. Recycling containers located in single-family and two-family residential districts shall be subject to the accessory storage limits of subsection 21A.24.010R of this title.
      1.   Multi-Family Residential Districts: In multi-family residential districts, recycling collection stations shall be either located in an enclosed principal building, accessory building, side yard or the rear yard and shall be designed and operated to accommodate on site recycling only.
      2.   Nonresidential Districts: In nonresidential districts or for nonresidential uses in residential districts recycling collection stations may be located, designed and operated to accommodate the recycling activities of both on site and off site users.
   J.   Screening:
      1.   Landscaping and screening of recycling collection stations shall be provided in a manner that improves their appearance without obscuring their visibility. Landscaping and screening requirements shall be established on a case by case basis as part of the site plan review process pursuant to chapter 21A.58 of this title. In districts where site plan review is not required, no landscaping or screening will be required.
      2.   Recycling collection stations shall not be located within any required landscape yard or landscape buffer.
   K.   Maintenance: All recycling collection stations shall be maintained in a clean and safe condition and free of litter.
   L.   Advertising: Recycling collection stations shall not be used for advertising. The maximum sign area to be used for identification and instructions shall be ten (10) square feet.
   M.   Reverse Vending Machines: Reverse vending machines shall not be permitted in residential districts, except as accessory uses to nonresidential uses.
   N.   Donation Bins: Donation containers or bins for charitable purposes are exempt from screening or site location regulations and may be located in outdoor public locations for people to drop off clothing or other items for reuse or recycle. (Ord. 12-14, 2014)

21A.36.300: ALCOHOL RELATED ESTABLISHMENTS:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of this section is to permit the establishment of taverns, bar establishments, and brewpubs as defined in Chapter 21A.62 of this title, subject to licensing procedures, and where appropriate, conditional use standards.
   B.   License Required: No tavern, bar establishment, or brewpub shall be established, operated, or maintained within the City without a valid license issued by the Utah State Division of Licensing, and without a valid business license issued by the City.
   C.   Taverns, Bar Establishments, And Brewpubs; Authorized As Permitted Uses: Taverns, bar establishments, and brewpubs shall be permitted pursuant to subsection B of this section in zoning districts noted in the tables of permitted and conditional uses.
   D.   Taverns, Bar Establishments, And Brewpubs; Authorized As Conditional Uses: Taverns, bar establishments, and brewpubs may be allowed as conditional uses pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 21A.54 of this title, and pursuant to subsection B of this section in zoning districts noted in the tables of permitted and conditional uses provided the following standards are achieved:
      1.   In approving a conditional use permit for a tavern, bar establishment, or brewpub, the Planning Commission shall:
         a.   Require that a security and operations plan be prepared by the applicant and approved by the Salt Lake City Police Department and the building official, and filed with the City Recorder's Office, which shall include:
         (1)   A complaint-response community relations program; and
         (2)   A provision for a representative of the tavern, bar establishment, or brewpub to meet with neighbors upon request in order to attempt to resolve any neighborhood complaints regarding the operations on the business premises;
         (3)   Design and construction requirements to ensure that any sound level originating within the premises, measured within fifteen feet (15') from an exterior wall or door thereof, does not exceed the maximum permissible sound level set forth for the applicable zoning district in Title 9, Chapter 9.28 of this Code;
         (4)   A provision stating that live entertainment shall only be located within an enclosed building subject to the foregoing sound limit;
         (5)   Prohibiting electronically amplified sound in any exterior portion of the premises;
         (6)   Designation of a location for smoking tobacco outdoors in conformance with State law;
         (7)   A provision stating that any trash strewn on the premises be collected and deposited in a trash receptacle by six o'clock (6:00) A.M. the following day, including any smoking and parking lot areas; and
         (8)   A provision stating that portable trash receptacles on the premises be emptied daily and automated receptacles be emptied at least weekly. Automated receptacles shall be located only within a City approved trash storage area; and
         (9)   A parking management plan which shall include consideration of the impact of parking on surrounding neighborhoods;
         b.   Require a review and approval of the site and floor plan proposed for the premises by the Salt Lake City Police Department. Such review may require design features for the purpose of reducing alcohol related problems such as consumption by minors, driving under the influence, and public drunkenness;
         c.   Require buffering where a tavern, bar establishment, or brewpub abuts a residentially zoned parcel. Said buffering shall include vegetative landscaping or walls along any property line or within any required yard area on the lot where the premises are located;
         d.   Require that landscaping be located, and be of a type, that cannot be used as a hiding place; and
         e.   Require that the exterior of the premises be maintained free of graffiti, including the main building, any accessory buildings or structures, and all signs. Graffiti shall be removed from the exterior of the premises within forty eight (48) hours, weather permitting.
      2.   If necessary to meet the standards for approval of a conditional use set forth in Section 21A.54.080 of this title, the following conditions may be imposed:
         a.   Limit the size and kind of signage located on the outside of any building in conformance with Chapter 21A.46 of this title;
         b.   Require parking area lighting to produce a minimum foot-candle that provides safe lighting for pedestrians, but does not intrude on residents' enjoyment of their homes; and
         c.   Consider the proposed location of an outdoor smoking area in the security and operations plan and the potential effect on neighboring residences, businesses, and buildings and designating a new area if the potential effects of the area in the security and operations plan appear to adversely affect neighboring residences, businesses, and buildings. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 23-18, 2018)

21A.36.310: MEDICINAL CANNABIS PHARMACY:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of this section is to permit the establishment of medicinal cannabis pharmacy use as defined in Chapter 21A.62 of this title, subject to licensing procedures required by the State of Utah.
   B.   License Required: No medicinal cannabis pharmacy shall be established, operated, or maintained within the city without a valid license issued by the Utah Department of Health, and without a valid business license issued by the city.
   C.   Medicinal Cannabis Pharmacy Authorized as Permitted Use: A medicinal cannabis pharmacy shall be permitted pursuant to Utah Code Section 4-41a-1105, as amended, in all city zoning districts, except zoning districts that are primarily residential. Residential zones that are primarily residential in Salt Lake City are all zoning districts established in Chapter 21A.24, Residential Districts, as well as the FB-UN1 Form Based Urban Neighborhood District, FP Foothills Protection District, and the MH Mobile Home Park District. In addition to the prohibition of this use in primarily residential districts, a medicinal cannabis pharmacy shall also be subject to the spacing requirements, and the methods of measurement thereof, set forth in Utah Code Sections 4-41a-1001 and 4-41a-1206.
   D.   Signs: Signs shall be subject to the dimensional requirements per Sections 26-61a-505 and 4-41a-403, Utah Code, as amended.
   E.   Conflict of Laws: If any regulation in Title 21A - Zoning, regarding medicinal cannabis is in conflict with Utah Code, the provisions of Utah Code shall prevail. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 4-20, 2020)

21A.36.350: STANDARDS FOR HOMELESS RESOURCE CENTERS:

   A.   A homeless resource center or homeless shelter may be allowed pursuant to Chapter 21A.34 of this title and the requirements of this section. A homeless resource center or homeless shelter located within the city shall comply with the following regulations. Any homeless resource center or homeless shelter approved as a conditional use shall comply with these regulations and the requirements of the approved conditional use. The owner of the property where a homeless resource center or homeless shelter is located shall ensure that the operator complies with the requirements of this chapter.
      1.   Capacity Limit: a maximum of two hundred (200) unsheltered persons.
      2.   Security And Operations Plan: A plan shall be prepared by the applicant, and approved by the Salt Lake City Police Department and Division of Community and Neighborhoods, and filed with the Salt Lake City Recorder's Office. A security and operations plan shall include:
         a.   A community relations and complaint response program that identifies specific strategies and methods designed to maintain the premises in a clean and orderly condition, minimize potential conflicts with the owners/operators and uses of neighboring properties, and prohibit unlawful behavior by occupants of the homeless resource center or homeless shelter on the site. The community relations and complaint response program shall include at least the following elements:
            (1)   Identify a representative of the homeless resource center or homeless shelter, including the representative's name, telephone number, and email, who will meet with neighbors upon request to attempt to resolve any complaints regarding operation of the center;
            (2)   A dedicated twenty four (24) hour telephone line for the purpose of receiving complaints;
            (3)   Quarterly meetings with a community coordinating group, which shall be open to the public, to discuss and address concerns and issues that may be occurring as a result of the homeless resource center or homeless shelter operation. The operator may establish policies and procedures for the meetings, including rules of decorum. The meetings shall be advertised at least ten (10) days in advance by posting notice on the operator's website and a sign posted along the public street;
            (4)   Representatives from each of the following shall be included in the community coordinating group:
               (A)   The homeless resource center or homeless shelter;
               (B)   A business located within one-fourth (1/4) mile of the site;
               (C)   A resident who lives within one-fourth (1/4) mile of the site;
               (D)   A school, if any, located within one-fourth (1/4) mile of the site;
               (E)   Chair of the community council, or designee, whose boundary encompasses the site;
               (F)   An individual who has previously received or is currently receiving services (i.e., client) from a homeless resource center or homeless shelter; and
            (5)   A written annual report, provided on or before February 15th of each year, from the operator of the homeless resource center or homeless shelter, provided to the planning director, which shall be posted to the planning division website and which shall include the following information:
               (A)   List of individuals who have participated in the community coordinating group meetings;
               (B)   A summary of each community coordinating group meeting;
               (C)   A summary of complaints received from the community by the operator of the homeless resource center or homeless shelter; and
               (D)   An explanation of how complaints have been addressed/resolved.
               (E)   A review and analysis of the CPTED controls on site and the security and operations plan identifying any deficiencies.
         b.   A complaint response community relations program that includes strategies and methods designed to maintain the premises in a clean and orderly condition, minimize potential conflicts with the owners/operators and uses of neighboring property, and prohibit unlawful behavior by occupants of the homeless resource center or homeless shelter on the site or adjacent public right-of-way.
         c.   A provision requiring a representative of the homeless resource center or homeless shelter to meet with neighbors upon request to attempt to resolve any neighborhood complaints regarding operation of the center;
         d.   A requirement for continuous on-site security, which includes professional security personnel, monitored security cameras, trained emergency responders, and emergency alert systems.
         e.   A plan to maintain noise levels in compliance with Chapter 9.28 of this code;
         f.   Design requirements that ensure any areas for client queuing take place strictly within an enclosed building;
         g.   Designation of a location for smoking tobacco outdoors in conformance with State laws;
         h.   A provision stating that any trash on the premises be collected and deposited in a trash receptacle by six o’clock (6:00) A.M. the following day;
         i.   A provision stating that portable trash receptacles on the premises be emptied daily and that other receptacles be emptied at a minimum of once per week or as needed.
         j.   Designation of an indoor location within the site where emergency services can easily and privately provide necessary services to clients.
         k.   If privately owned homeless resource centers or homeless shelters prohibit possession of a firearm within the shelter then such shelters shall display visible signage at all public entrances indicating that firearms are not permitted inside the homeless shelter; provide a means of detecting firearms at all public entrances and develop a plan to ensure an individual is physically present at all entrances when the public entrance is in use; provide a secure storage area for firearms of clients of the shelter, but also clear policies to not collect information on the firearm while in storage at shelter; develop an abandonment plan if a firearm is left in storage for more than seven (7) days for relinquishment to law enforcement for disposal.
      3.   The applicant shall provide building and site plans that have been reviewed by a certified CPTED (Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design) professional credentialed by the International Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design Association or similar organization. The CPTED professional shall indicate that the plans comply with CPTED principles and be approved by the Salt Lake City Police Department. The police department may recommend modification to the plans to improve the safety of the site to the zoning administrator. The zoning administrator is authorized to allow modifications to the zoning regulations listed in this section in order to improve the safety of the site when the recommended modification is not permitted by the zoning ordinance. Modifications shall be limited to the following:
         a.   Fence height and fence design;
         b.   Landscaping;
         c.   Clear view distances at driveways;
         d.   Design standards when necessary to provide privacy for the operation of the homeless resource center.
      4.   Maintenance:
         a.   The building and site must be maintained free from graffiti, litter, garbage, and other items that constitute a nuisance;
         b.   The building must be maintained in good repair and all property damage is repaired in a timely manner;
         c.   All fencing, walls, paving, walkways and other site features must be maintained in good repair, and free from obstruction.
      5.   Building and Zoning Compliance: A homeless resource center or homeless shelter shall comply with all applicable building and zoning regulations.
   B.   Standards For Homeless Resource Centers (Temporary):
      1.   When Allowed: A homeless resource center (temporary) is allowed if the following situations are present in the city:
         a.   The existing homeless resource centers and homeless shelters in the city are at full capacity or are likely to be at full capacity due to temperatures dropping below thirty two (32) degrees or heat index above ninety five (95) degrees Fahrenheit is reasonably expected; or
         b.   The city is required to provide emergency shelter by applicable state laws.
      2.   Location: A homeless resource center (temporary) may be located in existing buildings within the city if:
         a.   The building proposed for a homeless resource center (temporary) complies with one of the following:
            (1)   Is located in a zoning district that allows hotels, motels, or multi-family dwellings;
            (2)   Is owned by a government entity regardless of underlying zoning; or
            (3)   Was constructed as a hotel, motel, or other temporary lodging purpose.
         b.   The site contains permanent or temporary restrooms adequate for the determined occupancy load.
         c.   The building complies with or can comply with applicable building and fire codes deemed necessary by city officials who are qualified to make such a determination.
         d.   The building complies with the spacing requirements as may be required in Utah Code Section 35A-16-502 regulating separation requirements or its successor.
      3.   Security And Operations Plan: The operator of the facility provides the city with a security and operations plan that includes:
         a.   Contact information for a twenty four (24) hour property manager who has responsibility for administering the security and operations plan and addressing nuisances or compliance issues required by applicable laws. The contact info must be clearly posted on the site and legible to passers-by.
         b.   A description of the intake process for those that may be using the facility that can occur entirely within the building or on the property in a manner that does not impact public sidewalks.
         c.   Designated smoking areas on the property that are located in areas that comply with applicable laws and are at least thirty (30) feet from a property line.
         d.   A property maintenance plan to ensure that the property is maintained free of litter and any waste.
         e.   A vicinity maintenance plan to ensure that the properties and public space within six hundred sixty (660) feet of the property where the facility is located are free from any litter or waste and that requires the facility operator to respond to requests from property owners or occupants of the properties within 660 feet to remove any waste, including sanitization when necessary, that can be attributed to the occupants of the facility.
         f.   If privately owned homeless resource centers or homeless shelters prohibit possession of a firearm within the shelter then such shelters shall display visible signage at all public entrances indicating that firearms are not permitted inside the homeless shelter; provide a means of detecting firearms at all public entrances and develop a plan to ensure an individual is physically present at all entrances when the public entrance is in use; provide a secure storage area for firearms of clients of the shelter, but also clear policies to not collect information on the firearm while in storage at shelter; develop an abandonment plan if a firearm is left in storage for more than seven (7) days for relinquishment to law enforcement for disposal.
         g.   Provisions that address ingress and egress to the site. The zoning administrator may require features such as fences to regulate egress and ingress to the site.
         h.   A requirement for continuous on-site security which include professional security personnel, monitored security cameras, trained emergency responders, and emergency alert systems.
      4.   Temporary Land Use Regulations: The city council may approve any homeless resource center (temporary) utilizing temporary land use approval authority prescribed under current laws. (Ord. 19-23, 2023: Ord. 15A-22, 2022: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 60-17, 2017)

21A.36.360: REGULATIONS FOR SHARED HOUSING USE:

The shared housing use, as defined in Chapter 21A.62 of this title, shall be allowed in zoning districts as provided in Chapter 21A.33 "Land Use Tables," and are subject to the following provisions:
   A.   The shared housing use shall be subject to the same lot and bulk requirements as the multi-family dwelling use, but not the density requirements of the underlying zone.
   B.   Maximum Occupancy of Sleeping Rooms: Each sleeping room contained within the individual shared housing unit shall house a maximum of two (2) people.
   C.   Minimum Floor Area of Sleeping Rooms: Each sleeping room contained within the individual shared housing unit shall include a minimum of one hundred (100) square feet of floor area for a single tenant, or a minimum of one hundred twenty (120) square feet of floor area for two (2) tenants.
      1.   The floor area of each sleeping room shall be calculated as the sum of the gross horizontal area of the unit measured from the interior face of interior walls.
      2.   Calculation of this area shall not include spaces consumed by closets/storage, mechanical equipment, or appliances.
   D.   Communal Areas: In an effort to provide sufficient accommodations for socializing and meeting, communal areas are required in shared housing developments. Communal areas may include, but not be limited to: libraries, lounges, recreation rooms, dining rooms, and laundry rooms that are accessible to all residents of the shared housing development shall be included, and shall meet the following requirements:
      1.   The total amount of communal area shall have a minimum of twenty (20) square feet per sleeping room.
      2.   Areas such as kitchens and bathrooms shared between multiple units, hallways and corridors, storage areas (including bicycle storage), operations and maintenance areas, or management areas and offices may not be counted toward the communal area requirement.
   E.   Management:
      1.   A shared housing development may include an office for the purpose of managing the living units and common facilities, and/or one self-contained living unit with private kitchen and bathroom facilities for a manager or caretaker.
      2.   A property manager, who will be responsible for the conduct, operation, and maintenance of the shared housing development, shall be on site twenty-four (24) hours a day.
      3.   All communal areas, with the exception of bathrooms, shall be continuously monitored by security cameras.
      4.   A twenty-four (24) hour phone number for the on site manager shall be posted on the property in a location where the phone number is clearly visible from the public sidewalk and within communal areas.
      5.   A management plan shall be approved by the Department of Community and Neighborhoods and recorded with the Salt Lake County Recorder's office. The management plan shall include the signatures of the directors or designee of the Planning Division, Housing Stability, and Building Services. The department may require modifications to the plan to comply with requirements of this section. The signatures shall be on the document before the document is recorded. The facility shall not be occupied until the document is recorded. The management plan shall include at least the following details:
         a.   A process for a member of the facility's management to meet with neighbors upon request in order to attempt to resolve any neighborhood complaints regarding the operations of the facility;
         b.   A plan to address nuisances that may be generated by the use that includes a time frame for responding to city notices related to the existence of a nuisance;
         c.   A maintenance plan for communal areas, including shared kitchens and bathrooms, within the shared housing facility and the subject property;
         d.   A plan to address tenant grievances regarding the condition of common areas, disturbances caused by other tenants and/or their guests;
         e.   A security plan that addresses entrance to the facility, the use of the facility for guests, the safety of communal and shared areas, and how the operators of the use will address safety concerns raised by building occupants; and
   F.   Accessibility: All areas of a shared housing development shall be designed to be universally accessible as required by the construction codes adopted by the Utah Building Code Commission to be used statewide, by the political subdivisions of the State. Individual units and sleeping rooms required to be universally accessible by the adopted building code shall be located on the ground floor. If more units and sleeping rooms are required than what can be accommodated on the ground floor, the units may be located on other floors within the building if an elevator is provided.
   G.   Designation of a location for smoking tobacco outdoors shall be in conformance with state law and located a minimum of thirty feet from a property line of the subject property;
   H.   Any trash or litter located on the premise or in the public right of way adjacent to the subject property shall be picked up by 8:00 A.M. each day. Any trash receptacle on the premise shall be emptied on a regular basis to prevent overflow; and
   I.   Shared Bathrooms and Kitchens: Shared bathrooms and kitchens shall be subject to the following requirements:
      1.   Shared bathrooms: No more than two (2) sleeping rooms shall share one bathroom. All shared bathrooms shall have doors that can be locked by a resident while in use.
      2.   Shared Kitchens: No more than four (4) sleeping rooms shall share a kitchen.
      3.   Reuse of Existing Buildings: If an existing building is converted to a shared housing use, the provision limiting the number of sleeping rooms per shared kitchen is not applicable. All shared bathrooms shall have doors that can be locked by a resident while in use.
   J.   Reporting: The planning division shall provide an annual report to the city council detailing the number of applications for shared housing uses, the address of each shared housing use for which an application was submitted, a brief explanation of reasons why an application was denied, and a map showing approved shared housing uses. The report shall be included as part of the city's moderate income housing report required under Utah Code 10-9a-408 or its successor. (Ord. 66-22, 2022)

21A.37.010: PURPOSE STATEMENT:

The design standards identified in this chapter are intended to utilize planning and architecture principles to shape and promote a walkable environment in specific zoning districts, foster place making as a community and economic development tool, protect property values, assist in maintaining the established character of the City, and implementing the City's master plans. (Ord. 12-17, 2017)

21A.37.020: APPLICABILITY:

The design standards identified in this chapter apply to all properties in the zoning districts listed in Section 21A.37.060 of this chapter pursuant to the following:
   A.   Change in Use: A change in use shall be exempt from this chapter, provided that it does not result in alterations of existing design elements regulated by the standards of this chapter.
   B.   Additions: When an addition to an existing structure is made, only the addition is subject to this chapter, provided that no existing design element regulated by these standards is altered in other portions of the existing structure.
   C.   Repair, Maintenance or Alterations: Structures may be repaired, maintained or altered, except that no such work shall create a noncompliance or increase the degree of an existing noncompliance. If a design element of an existing structure complies with this chapter, the design element shall not be altered such that the structure becomes noncompliant.
   D.   Certificate of Appropriateness: All new construction, additions, exterior building work, structure work, and site work on property in an H Historic Preservation Overlay District or a landmark site remains subject to a certificate of appropriateness as required in Subsection 21A.34.020.E of this title. (Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 46-18, 2018)

21A.37.030: SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS:

All applications that are subject to site plan review as indicated in chapter 21A.58 of this title shall address as part of their submittal drawings all applicable design standards identified in this chapter, in addition to all other applicable regulations. (Ord. 12-17, 2017)

21A.37.040: MODIFICATIONS OF DESIGN STANDARDS:

The planning director and/or planning commission may modify any of the design standards identified in this chapter subject to the requirements of Chapter 21A.59, "Design Review", of this title. The applicant must demonstrate that the modification meets the intent for the specific design standards requested to be modified, the standards for design review and any adopted design guidelines that may apply.
   A.   The planning director may approve, approve with modifications, deny or refer to the planning commission modifications to specific design standards when proposed as new construction, an addition or modification to the exterior of an existing structure, or a modification to an existing structure as authorized in Section 21A.59.040, Table 21A.59.040 or when authorized in the specific zoning district.
      1.   The director shall approve a request to modify a design standard if the director finds that the proposal complies with the purpose of the individual zoning district, the purpose of the individual design standards that are applicable to the project, the proposed modification is compatible with the development pattern of other buildings on the block face or on the block face on the opposite side of the street, and the project is compliant with the applicable design standards (Sections 21A.37.050 and 21A.37.060).
      2.   The director may approve a request to modify a design standard with conditions or modifications to the design if the director determines a modification is necessary to:
         a.   Comply with the purpose of the base zoning district;
         b.   Comply with the purpose of the applicable design standards of the base zoning;
         c.   Achieve compatibility with the development pattern of other buildings on the block face or on the block face on the opposite side of the street;
         d.   Achieve the applicable design review objectives; or
         e.   Encourage the reuse of existing buildings when a modification to a noncomplying building results in the building becoming closer to complying with a specific design standard.
      3.   The director shall deny a request to modify a design standard if the design does not comply with the purpose of the base zoning district, the purpose of the applicable design standards or the applicable design review objectives and no modifications or conditions of approval can be applied that would make the design comply.
      4.   The director may forward a request to modify a design standard to the planning commission if the director finds that the request for modification is greater than allowed by this chapter, a person receiving notice of the proposed modification can demonstrate that the request will negatively impact their property, or at the request of the applicant if the director is required to deny the request as provided in this section.
   B.   For properties subject to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District, the historic landmark commission may modify any of the design standards in this chapter as part of the review of the standards in Section 21A.34.020 of this title. (Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 14-19, 2019)

21A.37.050: DESIGN STANDARDS DEFINED:

Publisher's Note: This Section has been AMENDED by new legislation (Ord. 48-2025, passed 8-12-2025). The text of the amendment will be incorporated below when the ordinance is codified.
The design standards in this chapter are defined as follows. Each design standard includes a specific definition of the standard and may include a graphic that is intended to help further explain the standard; however, in cases where a conflict exists between the definition and the graphic, the definition shall take precedence. The table that follows (Section 21A.37.060) highlights the connection between each design standard and the zoning districts. It identifies whether a standard is required or not. Standards that are required are identified by an X or a number referencing the applicable standard. If there is a specific detail for the standard, it will also be identified in the table.
   A.   Ground Floor: This standard's purpose is to increase the amount of active uses on the ground floor of a building. Active uses support the vibrancy and usability of the public realm adjacent to a building. Allowed uses shall occupy a minimum percentage of the length of the street- facing facade of the ground floor according to Table 21A.37.060.
      1.   Active Use: The ground floor use space shall be occupied by any allowed use in the zone, excluding parking and/or storage uses, except where an “Enhanced Active Ground Floor Use” is required by Table 21A.37.060 or the underlying zoning district.
      2.   Enhanced Active Use: Where required by Table 21A.37.060 or the underlying zoning district, the ground floor use space shall be occupied by an “Enhanced Active Ground Floor Use” such as retail, restaurants, bars, art studios, civic spaces (theaters, museums, etc.), and other uses determined to be substantially similar by the planning director and/or planning commission. The planning director and/or planning commission shall consider whether uses are substantially similar based on the level of public access for the purpose of receiving a service or product from the use.
         a.   Lobby Exception: Notwithstanding these provisions, a lobby may occupy up to twenty five percent (25%) or fifty feet (50'), whichever is less, of the length of the required ground floor use area when public access is provided along such façade.
         b.   Prohibited Uses: The following uses shall not count toward the enhanced active ground floor use requirement:
         (1)   Residential amenity spaces, mailrooms, common rooms, and other amenity spaces limited to use by building occupants. This excludes the lobby allowance in this section.
         (2)   Areas that are not accessible to customers, such as kitchens, storage, bicycle parking, and utility space.
         (3)   Vehicle parking areas.
      3.   General Exceptions: The following exceptions apply to all ground floor use requirements:
         a.   Outdoor Active Uses: Outdoor space may count for up to twenty five percent (25%) of the length of the required ground floor use area when located within a required or provided front or corner side yard setback and if it includes outdoor dining space, an outdoor recreation use, fenced off areas for pets, patio space with seating, or other similar use. The space shall be located in front of uses not considered to be active by this section.
         b.   Single- and two-family uses: For single or two-family uses, garages occupying up to fifty percent (50%) of the length of the ground floor building facade are exempt from the ground floor use requirement.
         c.   Vehicle Access: Vehicle entry and exit ways necessary for access to parking are exempt from this requirement. Individual dwelling unit garages do not qualify for this exemption.
      4.   Dimensions: The following dimensional requirements apply to all ground floor use requirements of this section.
         a.   Depth: The minimum depth of the required ground floor use space shall be:
         (1)   Ten feet (10') for residential dwellings or dwelling units, including in multifamily, cottage developments, urban houses, row houses, single-family, and two-family uses.
         (2)   Twenty five feet (25') for all other uses.
         b.   Height: For enhanced active ground floor uses, the required ground floor use space shall have a minimum floor-to-ceiling height of twelve feet (12'), unless the underlying zone specifies a greater requirement. The minimum height does not apply to cottage developments, urban houses, row houses, single-family, or two-family developments.
   B.   Building Materials:
      1.   Applicability: New buildings and buildings where proposed modifications will exceed seventy five percent (75%) on the exterior facade shall comply with the material requirements detailed below. Buildings at least fifty (50) years old are exempt from this requirement if alterations are consistent with the existing architecture.
      2.   Durable Material: For the purpose of the requirements of this chapter, a durable material is defined as any material that has a manufacturer's warranty of a minimum of twenty (20) years from color fading, weather, and local climate-induced degradation of the material or is a natural material such as stone or wood, provided the wood is treated and maintained for exterior use. Durable materials include stone, brick, masonry, textured or patterned concrete, and fiber cement board. Other materials proposed to satisfy the durable requirement may be approved at the discretion of the planning director if it is found that the proposed material is durable and, if applicable, is appropriate for the ground floor of a structure.
      3.   Ground Floor Building Materials: Other than windows and doors, a minimum amount of the ground floor facade's wall area of any street facing facade shall be clad in durable materials according to Table 21A.37.060. Other materials may be used for the remainder of the ground floor facade adjacent to a street.
      4.   Upper Floor Building Materials: Floors above the ground floor level shall include durable materials on a minimum amount of any street facing building facade of those additional floors according to Table 21A.37.060. Windows and doors are not included in that minimum amount.
   C.   Glass:
      1.   Ground Floor Glass: The ground floor building elevation of all new buildings facing a street, and all new ground floor additions facing a street, shall have a minimum percentage of glass, as calculated between three feet (3') and eight feet (8') from finished first floor according to Table 21A.37.060. All ground floor glass shall allow unhampered and unobstructed visibility into the building for a depth of at least five feet (5'), excluding any glass etching and window signs when installed and permitted in accordance with Chapter 21A.46, "Signs", of this title. The planning director may approve a modification to ground floor glass requirements if the planning director finds:
         a.   The requirement would negatively affect the historic character of an existing building;
         b.   The requirement would negatively affect the structural stability of an existing building; or
         c.   The ground level of the building is occupied by residential uses that face the street, in which case the specified minimum glass requirement may be reduced by fifteen percent (15%), except when the applicable requirement is fifteen percent (15%) or less.
      2.   Upper Floor Glass: Above the first floor of any multi-story building, the surface area of the facade of each floor facing a street must contain a minimum percentage of glass according to Table 21A.37.060. Portions of a building that are used for parking garages in accordance with Subsection 21A.37.050.L, are exempt from this requirement. The planning director may approve a modification to upper floor glass requirements if the planning director finds:
         a.   The requirement would negatively affect the historic character of an existing building; or
         b.   The requirement would negatively affect the structural stability of an existing building.
      3.   Reflective Glass: The maximum percentage of reflective glass, defined as glass with a coating that creates a mirror-like appearance, is allowed according to Table 21A.37.060, on both the ground floor and upper floor of buildings.
   D.   Building Entrances: A building entrance is defined as an entrance to a building that includes a door and entry feature such as a recess or canopy that provides customers with direct access to the use. The purpose of this section is to ensure building entrances are located along street-facing facades for the convenience of building occupants and visitors. All of the requirements of this subsection apply where this subsection is noted as applicable in Table 21A.37.060.
      1.   At least one operable building entrance on the ground floor is required for every street facing façade. Buildings without public street frontage shall include at least one operable building entrance on the primary facade. Where a length is noted in Table 21A.37.060, operable building entrances shall be required, at a minimum, at each specified length of the street facing building facade subject to the following:
         a.   All building entrances shall include an ADA-compliant walkway that provides a minimum clearance width of five feet and that connects to a public sidewalk.
         b.   Entrances shall be open and accessible to customers during the hours that the business is open. This only applies to nonresidential uses that are open to the public.
         c.   The center of each additional entrance shall be located within six feet (6') in either direction of the specified location.
         d.   Each ground floor nonresidential leasable space facing a street shall have an operable entrance facing that street.
         e.   Corner entrances, when facing a street and located at approximately a forty five degree (45°) angle to the two adjacent building facades (chamfered corner), may count as an entrance for both of the adjacent facades.
      2.   Ground Floor Residential Entrances: All ground floor residential dwelling units shall have a primary entrance facing the street for each unit adjacent to a street.
         a.   Units may have an additional entrance located on a courtyard, midblock walkway, or other similar area if the street-facing facades have an entrance.
         b.   Multi-family dwellings located on the ground floor of a building are exempt from this provision if the building contains no more than four ground floor dwellings facing a street and the building has a common entry located along any street-facing façade.
      3.   Permitted Entrance Features: Each required entrance shall include one of the below entry features:
         a.   Covered Porch: A covered, raised porch structure with or without railings spanning at least a third of the length of the front building façade.
         b.    Portico: A structure with a roof protruding over the building entry supported by columns over a landing or walkway.
         c.    Awning or Canopy: A cover suspended above the building entry over a landing or walkway where the wall(s) around the entry project out or recess in by at least one foot from the front building plane.
          d.   Emphasized Doorway: A doorway that is recessed by at least ten inches (10") from the front building plane and architecturally emphasized with a doorframe of a different material than the front façade, differentiated patterns or brickwork around the door, and/or sidelights.
          e.    Terrace or Lightwell: An entry feature where the street facing facade is set back from the front property line by an elevated terrace or sunken lightwell may include a canopy or roof. A sunken lightwell up to six feet (6') shall not be included when calculating building height.
         f.   Forecourt: An entry feature where a portion of the street-facing facade is close to the property line and the central portion is set back. The court created must be landscaped, contain outdoor plazas, outdoor dining areas, private yards, or other similar features that encourage use and seating.
         g.   Stoop: An entry feature where the street-facing facade is close to the front property line and the first story is elevated from the sidewalk sufficiently to secure privacy for the windows. The entrance contains an exterior stair and landing that is either parallel or perpendicular to the street.
         h.   Shopfront: An entry feature where the street-facing facade is close to the property line and the building entrance is at the sidewalk grade. The building entry is covered with an awning, canopy, or is recessed from the front building facade, which defines the entry and provides protection for customers.
         i.   Gallery: A building entry where the ground floor is no more than ten feet (10') from the front property line and the upper levels or roofline cantilevers from the ground floor facade up to the front property line.
      4.   Permitted Encroachments: A permitted entry feature may encroach up to five feet into a required front/corner side yard. A covered entry feature encroaching into the front yard/corner side may not be enclosed.
   E.   Maximum Length of Blank Wall: The maximum length of any blank wall uninterrupted by doors, art, or architectural detailing at the ground floor level along any street facing facade shall be as specified according to Table 21A.37.060. Changes in plane, texture, dimension or pattern of materials, art, bay windows, recessed or projected entrances, balconies, cornices, columns, or other similar architectural features are considered acceptable architectural detailing. The architectural feature shall be either recessed a minimum of twelve inches (12") or projected a minimum of twelve inches (12").
Illustration of Regulation 21A.37.050.E Maximum Length of Blank Wall
   F.   Maximum Length of Street Facing Facades: This requirement sets the maximum length of a single street facing façade of a structure. The purpose of this is to have building massing that is more consistent with the historic development pattern of buildings in Salt Lake City. No street facing building wall may be longer than specified along a street line according to Table 21A.37.060. For buildings longer than seventy five feet (75'), the space between additional buildings along the street in a development site shall be at least fifteen feet (15').
   G.   Upper Floor Stepback:
      1.   Upper Level Front Stepback: Street facing facades of buildings over eighty five feet (85') in height shall have an upper level stepback with a minimum depth as specified in Table 21A.37.060. The stepback can be at any height of the building above the ground floor. This provision shall be considered complied with if a front or corner side yard setback is provided that is equal to or greater than the requirement in Table 21A.37.060.
      2.   Landmark Buildings Stepback: This requirement is intended to promote a transition in scale between new buildings and lower scale historic buildings. This applies to properties abutting local historic landmark sites that include buildings less than fifty feet (50') in height. This does not apply when a right-of-way separates the properties. New buildings shall be designed so that no portion of the building within twenty five feet (25') of the abutting property line is taller than the height of a 45 degree angular plane extending from the top of the landmark building toward the new building, as shown in Illustration of Regulation 21A.37.050.G.2 Height Transitions.
Illustration of Regulation 21A.37.050.G.2 Landmark Buildings Setback
 
      3.   Lower Level Interior Stepback: For buildings on property that abuts a parcel in (1) an R-1, R-2, SR, FR, FB-UN1, RMF-30, RMF-35, MU-2, or MU-3 zoning district, (2) a public trail, or (3) a public open space, floors that are entirety located above a height of thirty feet (30') from average finished grade shall be set back at least ten feet (10') from the required minimum yard located along the abutting parcel. This regulation does not apply when the parcel is separated from the subject property by a street or alley.
      4.   Sugar House Lower Level Front Stepback: This stepback applies to buildings located in the area bounded by McClelland Street and extending along the eastern boundary of Fairmont Park to 1300 East and 2100 South to I-80. For such buildings, floors that are entirely located above thirty feet (30') in height from average finished grade shall be set back a minimum horizontal distance of ten feet (10') from the front and corner side lot lines. This provision shall be considered complied with if a front or corner side yard setback is provided that is equal to or greater than the requirement.
   H.   Exterior Lighting: All exterior lighting shall be shielded and directed down to prevent light trespass onto adjacent properties. Exterior lighting shall not strobe, flash, or flicker.
   I.   Parking Lot Lighting: Poles for the parking lot/structure security lighting are limited to sixteen feet (16') in height and the globe shall be shielded and the lighting directed down to minimize light encroachment onto adjacent residential properties or into upper level residential units in multistory buildings. Lightproof fencing is required adjacent to residential properties.
   J.   Screening of Mechanical Equipment: All mechanical equipment for a building shall be screened from public view and sited to minimize their visibility and impact. Examples of screening include locating on the roof when screened by a parapet wall or setback fifteen feet (15') from the edge of the roof, enclosed or otherwise integrated into the architectural design of the building, or in a rear or side yard area subject to yard location restrictions found in Table 21A.36.020.B, "Obstructions in Required Yards". This standard shall also be satisfied by any other screening method authorized by this title.
   K.   Screening of Service Areas: Service areas, loading facilities, refuse containers, utility meters, and similar areas shall be screened from public view or located along a side or rear yard. All screening enclosures visible from the street shall be incorporated into the building architecture or site design. All screening enclosures shall be a minimum of one foot higher than the object being screened, and in the case of fences and/or masonry walls the height shall not exceed eight feet (8'). Dumpsters shall be located a minimum of twenty five feet (25') from any building on an adjacent lot that contains a residential dwelling or be located inside of an enclosed building or structure.
      1.   Exceptions: Exceptions may be approved by the planning director when the service provides power or some form of utilities in and around the surrounding area or when it is not feasible to accommodate these activities on the site interior. If such activities are permitted adjacent to a public street, a visual screening design approved by the planning director shall be required.
   L.   Parking Garages or Structures: The following standards shall apply to parking garages or structures whether stand-alone or incorporated into a building:
      1.   Parking structures shall be designed to conceal the view of all parked cars and drive ramps and improve visual character when adjacent to a public street or other public space. In addition to the materials authorized in Subsection 21A.37.050.B.4, allowed materials include heavy gauge metal screen, precast concrete panels, live green or landscaped walls, laminated or safety glass, decorative panels, or other materials matching the building materials and character of the principal building. The planning director may approve other materials not listed if the materials are in keeping with the nature of the parking structure. If parking is included on floors above the ground floor, a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the surface area of the facade of each floor facing a street shall be wrapped in solid materials.
      2.   Facade elements shall align to parking levels. Internal circulation shall allow parking surfaces to be level (without any slope) along each parking garage facade adjacent to a public street or public open space. All ramps between levels shall be located along building facades that are not adjacent to a public street or public space or shall be located internally so that they are not visible from adjacent public streets or public spaces.
      3.   No horizontal length of the parking garage façade adjacent to a public street or public open space shall extend longer than forty feet (40') without the inclusion of architectural elements such as decorative grillwork, louvers, translucent screens, alternating building materials, and other external features to avoid visual monotony.
      4.   The location of elevators and stairs shall be highlighted through the use of architectural features or changes in façade colors, textures, or materials so that visitors can easily identify these entry points both internally and externally.
      5.   Signage and wayfinding shall be integrated with the architecture of the parking structure and be architecturally compatible with the design. The entrances of public parking structures shall be clearly signed from public streets.
      6.   Interior garage lighting shall not produce glaring sources toward adjacent properties while providing safe and adequate lighting levels. The use of sensor dimmable LEDs and white stained ceilings are a good strategy to control light levels on site while improving energy efficiency.
      7.   Parking structures shall be designed to minimize vehicle noise and odors in the public realm. Venting and fan locations shall not be located on the primary street-facing façade or next to public spaces, and shall be located as far as possible from adjacent residential land uses.
      8.   If the parking structure is adjacent to a midblock walkway, pedestrian oriented elements shall be provided. These may include, but are not limited to, lighting, seating and vegetation.
      9.   No special design and setback restrictions shall apply to below ground parking facilities.
   M.   Public Improvements: The following public improvements are required to be installed where noted as required in Table 21A.37.060 for any new buildings. The specified improvements are subject to all additional, applicable standards adopted for public right-of-way improvements by city departments, including transportation, public utilities, and engineering.
      1.   Sidewalks:
         a.   Sidewalk Width: The minimum sidewalk width shall be as follows unless the underlying zoning district includes a different standard in which case the underlying zoning district regulations shall prevail:
         (1)   In Any FR, R-1, R-2, or SR Zoning District: When a park strip is present, four feet (4'). If a park strip is not present, five feet (5') shall be required.
         (2)   Zoning districts that allow buildings up to thirty five feet (35') in height: six feet (6').
         (3)   Zoning districts that allow buildings greater than thirty five feet (35') but less than fifty feet (50'): eight feet (8').
         (4)   Zoning districts that allow buildings greater than fifty feet (50') in height: ten feet (10').
         b.   Expanding Sidewalk Width: When adding width to a sidewalk, the sidewalk may be added to an existing park strip provided the park strip maintains a minimum width of twelve feet (12'). If the sidewalk width cannot be accommodated in the park strip, a portion of the sidewalk shall be placed on the subject property to accommodate the necessary width required by this section. The portion of the sidewalk that is on private property may be identified with a marker indicating it is private property, but the portion of the sidewalk may not be blocked. This may be modified by the planning director to accommodate existing trees or other structures that are already existing in the right of way after consulting with the urban forester, city engineer, and/or transportation director, depending on the nature of the feature that requires a modification.
      2.   Curb, Gutter, and Park Strips: This standard applies when a street that abuts a proposed development does not contain an existing curb, gutter, or park strip. When a curb and gutter is not present, the development shall include installing curb, gutter, and park strip that complies with standards adopted by the city. The curb and gutter shall be placed to provide a minimum park strip width of six feet (6').
      3.   Street Lighting: All development that is subject to this chapter shall install street lighting that is consistent with the most recently adopted street lighting master plan.
      4.   Public Improvements Identified in General Plan: When the general plan, as defined in Title 19, identifies specific public improvements or design of a public right of way, those public improvements shall be installed by the property owner when subject to this Chapter.
      5.   Exceptions: Exceptions and/or modifications to the improvement standards may be approved due to right-of-way limitations or other technical constraints by the planning director in consultation with the urban forester, city engineer, public utilities director, and/or transportation director. (Ord. 48-25, 2025: Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 70-24, 2024: Ord. 65-24, 2024: Ord. 37-24, 2024: Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 68-22, 2022: Ord. 67-22, 2022: Ord. 14-19, 2019: Ord. 12-17, 2017)

21A.37.060: DESIGN STANDARDS REQUIRED IN EACH ZONING DISTRICT:

This section identifies each design standard and to which zoning districts the standard applies. If a box is checked (X) or noted with a dimension, that standard is required. If a box is blank, it is not required. If a specific dimension or detail of a design standard differs among zoning districts or differs from the definition, it will be indicated within the box. In cases when a dimension in this table conflicts with a dimension in the definition, the dimensions listed in the table shall take precedence.
TABLE 21A.37.060
   A.   Residential Districts:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
RM F-30
RM F-35
RM F-45
RM F-75
FB-UN1
Standard
(Code Section)
District
RM F-30
RM F-35
RM F-45
RM F-75
FB-UN1
Ground floor use (%) (21A.37.050 .A)
Building materials: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .B3)
50
70
Building materials: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .B4)
50
70
Glass: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .C1)
20
15
Glass: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .C2)
15
15
Building entrances (feet) (21A.37.050 .D)
X
X
Blank wall: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .E)
15
15
Street facing facade: maximum length feet) (21A.37.050 .F)
200
Upper floor step back (feet) (21A.37.050 .G)
Lighting: exterior (21A.37.050 .H)
X
Lighting: parking lot (21A.37.050 .I)
X
Screening of mechanical equipment (21A.37.050 .J)
X
X
Screening of service areas (21A.37.050 .K)
X
X
Parking garages or structures (21A.37.050 .L)
X
X
X
X
X
Public Improvements (21A.37.050 .M)
X
X
X
X
X
 
   B.   Mixed Use Districts: The standards in this section apply to each building type as defined in Section 21A.62.060.
      1.   Standards for Urban House, Two-family, and Cottage Development Building Types:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
MU- 2
MU- 3
MU- 5
MU- 6
MU- 8
MU- 11
Standard
(Code Section)
District
MU- 2
MU- 3
MU- 5
MU- 6
MU- 8
MU- 11
Ground floor use: active use (%) (21A.37.050 .A1)
75
75
75
75
75
75
Building materials: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .B3)
Building materials: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .B4)
Glass: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .C1)
Glass: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .C2)
Reflective glass (21A.37.050 .C3)
Building entrances (21A.37.050 .D)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Blank wall: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .E)
Street facing facade: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .F)
Upper floor step back (feet) (21A.37.050 .G)
Lighting: exterior (21A.37.050 .H)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Lighting: parking lot (21A.37.050 .I)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Screening of mechanical equipment (21A.37.050 .J)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Screening of service areas (21A.37.050 .K)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Parking garages or structures (21A.37.050 .L)
Public Improvements (21A.37.050 .M)
X
X
X
X
X
X
 
      2.   Standards for Rowhouse Building Type:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
MU- 2
MU- 3
MU- 5
MU- 6
MU- 8
MU- 11
Standard
(Code Section)
District
MU- 2
MU- 3
MU- 5
MU- 6
MU- 8
MU- 11
Ground floor use: active use (%) (21A.37.050 .A1)
75
75
75
75
75
75
Building materials: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .B3)
50
50
50
50
50
50
Building materials: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .B4)
50
50
50
50
50
50
Glass: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .C1)
15
15
15
15
15
15
Glass: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .C2)
15
15
15
15
15
15
Reflective glass (21A.37.050 .C3)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Building entrances (21A.37.050 .D)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Blank wall: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 E)
15
15
15
15
15
15
Street facing facade: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .F)
110
110
200
200
200
200
Upper floor step back: lower level (21A.37.050 .G3)
X
X
X
X
Lighting: exterior (21A.37.050 .H)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Lighting: parking lot (21A.37.050 .I)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Screening of mechanical equipment (21A.37.050 .J)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Screening of service areas (21A.37.050 .K)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Parking garages or structures (21A.37.050 .L)
Public Improvements (21A.37.050 .M)
X
X
X
X
X
X
 
      3.   Standards for Multi-Family Building Type:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
MU- 2
MU- 3
MU- 5
MU- 6
MU- 8
MU- 11
Standard
(Code Section)
District
MU- 2
MU- 3
MU- 5
MU- 6
MU- 8
MU- 11
Ground floor use: active use (%) (21A.37.050 .A1)
75
75
75
75
75
75
Building materials: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .B3)
70
70
70
70
70
70
Building materials: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .B4)
70
70
70
70
70
70
Glass: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .C1)
40
40
40
40
40
40
Glass: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .C2)
15
15
15
15
15
15
Reflective glass (21A.37.050 .C3)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Building entrances (feet) (21A.37.050 .D)
X
X
40
40
40
75
Blank wall: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .E)
15
15
15
15
30
30
Street facing facade: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .F)
110
110
200
200
200
200
Upper floor step back: Upper level front (feet) (21A.37.050 .G1)
10
10
Upper floor step back: landmark (21A.37.050 .G2)
X
X
X
X
Upper floor step back: lower level interior (21A.37.050 .G3)
X
X
X
X
Upper floor step back: Sugar House lower level font (21A.37.050 .G4)
X
X
Lighting: exterior (21A.37.050 .H)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Lighting: parking lot (21A.37.050 .I)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Screening of mechanical equipment (21A.37.050 .J)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Screening of service areas (21A.37.050 .K)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Parking garages or structures (21A.37.050 .L)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Public Improvements (21A.37.050 .M)
X
X
X
X
X
X
 
      4.   Standards for Storefront and Vertical Mixed Use Building Type:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
MU- 2
MU- 3
MU- 5
MU- 6
MU- 8
MU- 11
Standard
(Code Section)
District
MU- 2
MU- 3
MU- 5
MU- 6
MU- 8
MU- 11
Ground floor use: active use (%) (21A.37.050 .A1)
75
75
75
75
75
75
Building materials: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .B3)
70
70
70
70
70
70
Building materials: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .B4)
70
70
70
70
70
70
Glass: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .C1)
40
40
60
60
60
60
Glass: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .C2)
15
15
15
15
15
15
Reflective glass (21A.37.050 .C3)
0
0
0
0
0
0
Building entrances (21A.37.050 .D)
X
X
40
40
40
75
Blank wall: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .E)
15
15
15
15
30
30
Street facing facade: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .F)
110
110
200
200
200
200
Upper floor step back: Upper level front (feet) (21A.37.050 .G1)
10
10
Upper floor step back: landmark (21A.37.050 .G2)
X
X
X
X
Upper floor step back: lower level interior (21A.37.050 .G3)
X
X
X
X
Upper floor step back: Sugar House lower level font (21A.37.050 .G4)
X
X
Lighting: exterior (21A.37.050 .H)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Lighting: parking lot (21A.37.050 .I)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Screening of mechanical equipment (21A.37.050 .J)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Screening of service areas (21A.37.050 .K)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Parking garages or structures (21A.37.050 .L)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Public Improvements (21A.37.050 .M)
X
X
X
X
X
X
 
   C.   Manufacturing Districts:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
M-1
M-2
M- 1A
Standard
(Code Section)
District
M-1
M-2
M- 1A
Ground floor use: (%) (21A.37.050 .A)
Building materials: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .B3)
Building materials: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .B4)
Glass: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .C1)
Glass: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .C2)
Building entrances (feet) (21A.37.050 .D)
Blank wall: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .E)
Street facing facade: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .F)
Upper floor step back (feet) (21A.37.050 .G)
Lighting: exterior (21A.37.050 .H)
X
X
X
Lighting: parking lot (21A.37.050 .I)
X
X
X
Screening of mechanical equipment (21A.37.050 .J)
Screening of service areas (21A.37.050 .K)
Parking garages or structures (21A.37.050 .L)
X
X
X
Public Improvements (21A.37.050 .M)
X
X
X
 
   D.   Downtown and Gateway Districts:
Standard
(Code Section)
District
D-1
D-2
D-3
D-4
G- MU
Standard
(Code Section)
District
D-1
D-2
D-3
D-4
G- MU
Ground floor use: enhanced active use (%) (21A.37.050 .A2)
90
80
80
80
80
Building materials: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .B3)
70
80
70
70
70
Building materials: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .B4)
50
50
70
50
50
Glass: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050 .C1)
60
60
60
60
60
Glass: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050 .C2)
50
50
50
50
40
Reflective glass (21A.37.050 .C3)
50
50
50
50
50
Building entrances (feet) (21A.37.050 .D)
40
40
60
60
40
Blank wall: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .E)
20
20
20
20
15
Street facing facade: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050 .F)
150
200
150
150
150
Upper floor step back: Upper level front (feet) (21A.37.050 .G1)
10
10
10
10
10
Upper floor step back: landmark (21A.37.050 .G2)
X
X
X
X
X
Lighting: exterior (21A.37.050 .H)
X
X
X
Lighting: parking lot (21A.37.050 .I)
X
X
Screening of mechanical equipment (21A.37.050 .J)
X
X
X
X
X
Screening of service areas (21A.37.050 .K)
X
X
X
X
X
Parking garages or structures (21A.37.050 .L)
X
X
X
X
X
Public Improvements (21A.37.050 .M)
X
X
X
X
X
 
   E.   Special Purpose Districts:
Standard (Code Section)
District
RP
BP
FP
AG
AG-2
AG-5
AG-20
PL
I
UI
OS
NOS
MH
EI
JRF 2
Standard (Code Section)
District
RP
BP
FP
AG
AG-2
AG-5
AG-20
PL
I
UI
OS
NOS
MH
EI
JRF 2
Ground floor use (%) (21A.37.050.A2)
601
Building materials: ground floor (21A.37.050.B3)
751
Building materials: upper floors (21A.37.050.B4)
501
Glass: ground floor (%) (21A.37.050.C1)
601
Glass: upper floors (%) (21A.37.050.C2)
501
Reflective glass (21A.37.050.C3)
Building entrances (feet) (21A.37.050.D)
751
Blank wall: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050.E)
251
Street facing facade: maximum length (feet) (21A.37.050.F)
Upper floor stepback (feet) (21A.37.050.G)
Lighting: exterior (21A.37.050.H)
X
X
Lighting: parking lot (21A.37.050.I)
X
Screening of mechanical equipment (21A.37.050.J)
X1
Screening of service areas (21A.37.050.K)
X1
Parking garages or structures (21A.37.050.L)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Public Improvements (21A.37.050.M)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
 
Notes:
1.   Design standards only apply to the street facing facade of buildings with frontage on a public street. Stadiums and their accessory uses are exempt from adhering to the design standards.
2.   Land within the Jordan River Fairpark zoning district that is subject to a development agreement adopted by ordinance 95 of 2024 is subject to the standards adopted in ordinance 92 of 2024 and any subsequent modifications as outlined in the development agreement.
(Ord. 48-25, 2025: Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 3-25, 2025: Ord. 92-24, 2024: Ord. 65-24, 2024: Ord. 37-24, 2024: Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 75-23, 2023: Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 68-22, 2022: Ord. 67-22, 2022: Ord. 72-21, 2021: Ord. 44-19, 2019: Ord. 12-17, 2017)

21A.38.010: PURPOSE STATEMENT AND INTENT:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of this chapter is to regulate the continued existence of nonconforming uses, noncomplying structures, noncomplying lots and legal conforming dwellings as defined in chapter 21A.62, "Definitions", of this title. While nonconforming uses, noncomplying structures and improvements may continue, this chapter's purpose is to limit enlargement, alteration, restoration, or replacement which would increase the level of nonconformity or noncompliance.
      1.   Nonconforming uses include legal principal and accessory uses, which do not conform to the use regulations of this title in the zoning districts in which such uses are located.
      2.   Noncomplying structures and improvements include legally constructed principal and accessory buildings, structures and property improvements, that do not comply with the applicable bulk and/or yard area regulations and design standards of this title such as setbacks and parking in the zoning districts in which the buildings or structures are located.
      3.   This chapter also provides standards for legal complying lots and dwellings. The legal complying status permits continued use and/or replacement of structures subject to the standards of this chapter.
   B.   Intent: The intent of this chapter is to allow continued use of legal nonconforming uses, noncomplying structures and legal conforming dwellings, while at the same time protecting existing conforming development within the community. Certain nonconformities are permissible as is their continued use so long as in their particular location they are not detrimental to the surrounding neighborhood. Nonconforming uses that are determined to create a nuisance or are a potential hazard to a community or neighborhood may be eliminated through amortization. (Ord. 65-14, 2014)

21A.38.020: AUTHORITY TO CONTINUE:

Except as provided in this chapter, a nonconforming use, noncomplying structure, noncomplying lot or legal conforming dwelling may continue unaffected by any change in ownership. (Ord. 65-14, 2014)

21A.38.025: PROCEDURES:

   A.   Application: An application for an administrative interpretation relating to a noncomplying lot or structure or an application for determination of a nonconforming use of this title shall be filed on a form provided by the zoning administrator and shall contain at least the following information:
      1.   Provisions: The specific provision or provisions of this title for which an interpretation or determination is sought;
      2.   Facts: The facts of the specific situation giving rise to the request for an interpretation or determination;
      3.   Interpretation: The precise interpretation or determination claimed by the applicant to be correct;
      4.   Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible for payment of all fees established for providing the public notice required by chapter 21A.10 of this title.
      5.   Notification To Recognized Organizations: The city shall send notice by e-mail or other form chosen by the planning director to any recognized community organization in which the subject property is located notifying the recognized community organization that an administrative interpretation or determination of nonconforming use has been made.
   B.   Action On Application: The Zoning Administrator shall send the Zoning Administrator's written interpretation or determination to the applicant stating any specific precedent or other reasons, or analysis upon which the interpretation or determination is based.
   C.   Records: A record of decisions on all applications for interpretations or determinations of this title shall be kept on file in the Office of the Zoning Administrator.
   D.   Appeal: Any person adversely affected by a final decision made by the Zoning Administrator interpreting or making a determination regarding a provision of this title may appeal to the Appeals Hearing Officer in accordance with the provisions of chapter 21A.16 of this title. (Ord. 23-23, 2023: Ord. 65-14, 2014)

21A.38.030: ORDINARY REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE AND STRUCTURAL SAFETY:

Normal maintenance and incidental repair may be performed on a structure which contains a nonconforming use, on a noncomplying structure or on a legal conforming dwelling. This section shall not be construed to authorize any violation of the standards of this chapter. This section shall not prevent the strengthening or restoration to a safe condition of a structure in accordance with an order of the building official who declares a structure to be unsafe and orders its restoration to a safe condition. (Ord. 65-14, 2014)

21A.38.040: NONCONFORMING USES:

   A.   Regulations For Nonconforming Parking, Signs, Landscaping, Airport Flight Path Protection Overlay, Riparian Corridor Overlay And Sexually Oriented Businesses:
Regulations for nonconforming parking, signs and landscaping are regulated by the provisions set forth in chapters 21A.44, 21A.46 and 21A.48 of this title. Nonconforming regulations for the Airport Flight Path Protection Overlay and the Riparian Corridor Overlay are set forth in sections 21A.34.040 and 21A.34.130 of this title. Nonconforming sexually oriented businesses are also subject to subsection 21A.36.140C of this title and section 5.61.065 of this Code.
   B.   Nonconformity Of Taverns, Bar Establishments, Or Brewpubs: A legally existing tavern, bar establishment, or brewpub shall not be deemed nonconforming for purposes of expansion, reconstruction or licensing (as long as the use is permitted in the base zoning district) if the only reason for such nonconformity is due to the subsequent location of a school, church or park within the spacing requirements as specified under requirements of State law.
   C.   Terminating The Nonconformance Of A School District Or Charter School: A school district's or charter school's legal nonconforming status may be terminated when the property associated with the school district or charter school use or structure ceases to be used for school district or charter school purposes for a period of one year.
   D.   Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA): To accommodate and encourage compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) accessibility guidelines, the enlargement of structures to accommodate ramps, elevators, and bathrooms that meet the minimum ADA accessibility guidelines and improve accessibility for persons with disabilities shall not be considered as increasing or enlarging a nonconforming use.
   E.   Determination Of Nonconforming Use Status:
      1.   Burden Of Owner To Establish Legality Of Nonconforming Use: The burden of establishing that any nonconforming use lawfully exists under the provisions of this title shall, in all cases, be the owner's burden and not the City's. Building permits, business licenses and similar documentation may be considered as evidence establishing the legality of use.
      2.   Determination Of Nonconforming Status: The Zoning Administrator shall determine the nonconforming use status of properties based upon the evidence submitted and information available pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.
   F.   Abandonment Of Nonconforming Use:
      1.   Termination Of Nonconforming Use: A nonconforming use of land or of a structure that is abandoned shall not thereafter be reestablished or resumed. Any subsequent use or occupancy of the structure or site must conform with the regulations for the district in which it is located.
         a.   Presumption Of Abandonment: Abandonment may be presumed to have occurred if:
            (1)   A majority of the primary structure associated with the nonconforming use has been voluntarily demolished without prior written agreement with the municipality regarding an extension of the nonconforming use;
            (2)   The use has been discontinued for a minimum of one year; or
            (3)   The primary structure associated with the nonconforming use remains vacant for a period of one year.
         b.   Calculation Of Period Of Discontinuance: Any period of such discontinuance caused by government actions, without any contributing fault by the nonconforming user, shall not be considered in calculating the length of discontinuance pursuant to this subsection F1.
         c.   Termination Of Legal Nonconforming Status: A nonconforming use that has been abandoned shall be terminated and will have lost legal nonconforming status.
      2.   Presumption Of Abandonment: Any party claiming that a nonconforming use has been abandoned shall have the burden of establishing the abandonment.
      3.   Rebuttal Of Presumption Of Abandonment: A property owner may rebut the presumption of abandonment under subsection F1a of this section, and shall have the burden of establishing that any claimed abandonment under subsection F1a of this section has not in fact occurred.
   G.   Termination Of A Nonconforming Use By Amortization: The appeals hearing officer may require the termination of a nonconforming use, except billboards, under any plan providing a formula establishing a reasonable time period during which the owner can recover or amortize the amount of the owner's investment in the nonconforming use, if any, as determined by the zoning administrator. The appeals hearing officer may initiate a review for amortization of nonconforming uses upon a petition filed by the mayor or city council, in accordance with the following standards and procedures and consistent with the municipal land use, development, and management act, title 10, chapter 9a, of the Utah code and shall mail written notice to the owner and occupant of the property:
      1.   Initiation Of Termination Procedure: Appeals hearing officer review of a use determined to be nonconforming pursuant to the provisions of this section, for the purpose of establishing an amortization plan for termination of the use, shall first require a report from the zoning administrator to the appeals hearing officer. The zoning administrator's report shall determine the legality of the nonconforming use, provide a history of the site and outline the standards for determining an amortization period.
      2.   Notice To Nonconforming User: Upon receipt of the report of the zoning administrator recommending the establishment of an amortization plan for a nonconforming use, the appeals hearing officer shall mail the report and plan to the owner and occupant(s) of the nonconforming use, giving notice of the appeals hearing officer's intent to hold a hearing to consider the request in accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in chapter 21A.10 of this title.
      3.   Appeals Hearing Officer Review: The appeals hearing officer shall hold a noticed hearing within a reasonable time, following the procedures established in chapter 21A.10 of this title, on the request for amortization of the nonconforming use. Upon the conclusion of the hearing, the appeals hearing officer shall determine whether the nonconforming use should be amortized within a definite period of time.
      4.   Standards For Determining Amortization Period: The appeals hearing officer shall determine the appropriate amortization period upon the consideration of evidence presented by the zoning administrator and the owner of the nonconformingly used property that is sufficient to make findings regarding the following factors:
         a.   The general character of the area surrounding the nonconforming use;
         b.   The zoning classification and use(s) of nearby property;
         c.   The extent to which property values are adversely affected by the nonconforming use;
         d.   The owner's actual amount of investment in the property on the effective date of nonconformance, less any investment required by other applicable laws and regulations;
         e.   The amount of financial loss, if any, that would be suffered by the owner upon termination of the use; and
         f.   The extent to which the amortization period will further the public health, safety and welfare.
      5.   Appeal: Any person adversely affected by a final decision of the appeals hearing officer may file a petition for review of the decision with the district court within thirty (30) days after the decision is rendered.
   H.   Modifications to Nonconforming Uses: Except as provided in this section, a nonconforming use may be extended within the existing building where the nonconforming use occupied only a part of the building, provided no structural alteration to the exterior walls or roofline of the building is proposed or made for the purpose of the extension. No nonconforming use may be changed to another nonconforming use, moved, enlarged or altered except as provided in this section.
      1.   Change of Nonconforming Use to another Nonconforming Use:
         a.   Permitted: Any change of an existing nonresidential nonconforming use to another nonconforming use that is listed as a permitted use in the MU2 Mixed Use 2 zoning district in Section 21A.33.030, "Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Mixed-Use Districts", of this title, is permitted.
         b.   Determination of Nonconforming Use required: Any other change of a nonconforming use to another nonconforming use is subject to determination by the zoning administrator as to the new proposed use being a similar land use type as the existing use. Land uses shall be considered similar land use types, if the uses:
         (1)   Are listed as a permitted or conditional use in the same land use tables within Chapter 21A.33;
         (2)   Have similar or the new proposed use requires less off street parking as defined in Chapter 21A.44, "Off Street Parking, Mobility And Loading"; and
         (3)   Have similar or the new proposed use poses less adverse impacts. The new use may not result in increased or new adverse impacts upon the vicinity after consideration is given to hours of operation, traffic circulation, and environmental performance, such as noise, air and water pollution, odors, and potential hazards.
         c.   Drive-through uses: Existing nonconforming drive throughs may not change to another nonconforming drive through use that requires an increase to vehicle stacking spaces found in Section 21A.44.080, Required Vehicle Stacking Spaces.
      2.   Enlargement of a Nonconforming Use: An enlargement of a nonconforming use may be allowed pursuant to the following:
         a.   Limited to a one-time expansion after April 12, 1995, or after the passage of the ordinance which made the use nonconforming, whichever is later. Such one-time expansion is subject to the following limitations:
         (1)   Such expansion is limited to twenty five percent (25%) of the occupied area, or one thousand (1,000) square feet, whichever is less; and
         (2)   The use may not occupy additional land. A nonconforming use is prohibited from expanding onto a portion of a lot that was added to the subject parcel or lot through any process authorized in Title 20 Subdivisions if the use is or was prohibited at the time the lot or parcel was expanded.
         d.   Unless otherwise exempt, the expansion is subject to all requirements of this title.
         e.   An approved expansion shall be documented through an updated zoning certificate for the property.
      3.   Noncomplying structures associated with a nonconforming use are subject to Section 21A.38.050.
      4.   Remodeling or Improvements: Remodeling or improvements to a site or structure containing a nonconforming use shall be allowed for energy efficiency, accessibility or life safety improvements. Other improvements may be allowed provided all other applicable zoning regulations are complied with.
      5.   Deterioration or Destruction of Structure with a Nonconforming Use: Restoration of a deteriorated, damaged or destroyed structure and continuance of a nonconforming use shall be subject to the following:
         a.   If a building or structure that contains a nonconforming use is allowed to deteriorate to a condition that the structure is rendered uninhabitable as determined by the building official and is not repaired or restored within one year after written notice to the property owner that the structure is uninhabitable, the nonconforming use will cease to be legal.
         b.   If a building or structure that contains a nonconforming use is voluntarily razed, or is required by law to be razed, the nonconforming use shall not be resumed.
         c.   If a property owner has voluntarily demolished seventy five percent (75%) or more of the perimeter wall length and area dimensions of the exterior walls and/or total floor area of a structure that contains a nonconforming use, the nonconforming use shall be considered abandoned and shall not be resumed.
         d.   A nonconforming use may be restored when reconstruction is approved according to the provisions of Section 21A.34.020.M.1.a.
         e.   If a building or structure that contains a nonconforming use is involuntarily destroyed in whole or in part due to fire or other calamity and the structure or use has not been abandoned, the nonconforming use may be resumed and the building or structure may be restored to the condition prior to the destruction, provided such work is reasonably pursued in a time frame determined by the building official after such calamity. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 22-24, 2024: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 23-18, 2018: Ord. 64-15, 2015: Ord. 65-14, 2014)

21A.38.050: NONCOMPLYING STRUCTURES:

No noncomplying structure may be moved, enlarged or altered, except in the manner provided in this section or unless required by law. Modifications to a noncomplying structure that is subject to the Historic Preservation Overlay District requirements shall also meet the applicable supplemental regulations and standards of section 21A.34.020, "H Historic Preservation Overlay District", of this title.
   A.   Repair, Maintenance Or Alterations: Any noncomplying structure may be repaired, maintained or altered, except that no such repair, maintenance or alteration shall either create any new noncompliance or increase the degree of the existing noncompliance of all or any part of such structure. For purposes of this subsection, the addition of a solar energy device to a building is not a structural alteration. Small solar energy collection systems are subject to section 21A.40.190 of this title.
   B.   Enlargement: A noncomplying structure may be enlarged if such enlargement and its location comply with the standards of the zoning district in which it is located or as provided in this section.
      1.   Noncomplying as to Setbacks.
         a.   Front Yard: A principal building with a front yard setback that is less than the minimum required may be enlarged provided the addition does not further reduce the existing front yard setback and complies with all other applicable requirements of Title 21A. In addition, a principal building with a front yard setback that is more than the maximum allowed or that does not comply with the build-to requirement, may be enlarged provided the addition does not further increase the existing front yard setback and complies with all other applicable requirements of Title 21A.
         b.   Corner Side Yards: A principal building with a corner side yard setback that is less than the minimum required may be enlarged provided the addition does not further reduce the existing corner side yard setback and complies with all other applicable requirements of Title 21A.
         c.   Interior Side Yards: Additions to a principal structure with noncomplying side yard setback(s) are permitted as follows:
            (1)   Single story additions are permitted to follow the existing setback line provided the following standards are complied with:
               i.   The exterior wall height of the addition is equal to or less than the exterior wall height of the existing building. When a cross slope exists along the exterior wall, the interior floor to ceiling height of the addition shall match the interior floor to ceiling height of the existing building.
               ii.   The addition may extend the noncomplying exterior wall of the building up to twenty percent (20%) of the length of the existing wall. This shall be a one-time addition and no further additions are permitted.
            (2)   Two story or greater additions shall comply with the side yard setback requirement(s) and maximum wall height as specified in the underlying zone.
            (3)   In determining if a side yard is noncomplying, the narrower of the two side yards shall be interpreted to be the narrower side yard required in the underlying zoning district.
            (4)   All other provisions of the underlying zoning district and any applicable overlay zoning district shall apply.
         d.   Rear Yards: A principal building noncomplying to rear yard setbacks may be expanded provided the expansion follows an existing noncomplying building wall and does not result in a decrease of the existing rear yard setback and complies with side and corner side yard setbacks of the underlying zoning district. If the building does not comply with the existing side or corner side yard setback, the expansion shall be permitted to extend to the side or corner side yard setback of the underlying zone.
      2.   Noncomplying as to Height:
         a.   Maximum height: A principal structure that exceeds the maximum height of the underlying zoning district may be expanded at the existing height of the building provided the required yards of the underlying zoning district are complied with.
         b.   Minimum height: A principal structure with a height that is less than the minimum required may be enlarged provided the addition does not further reduce the height and complies with all other applicable requirements of Title 21A.
   C.   Determination Of Noncomplying Structure Status: The Zoning Administrator shall determine the noncomplying structure status of properties pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.
   D.   Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA): To accommodate and encourage compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) accessibility guidelines, the enlargement of structures to accommodate ramps, elevators, and bathrooms that meet the minimum ADA accessibility guidelines and improve accessibility for persons with disabilities are not considered as increasing or enlarging a noncomplying structure.
   E.   Moving: A noncomplying structure shall not be moved in whole or in part, for any distance whatsoever, to any other location on the same or any other lot unless the entire structure shall thereafter conform to the regulations of the zoning district in which it is located after being moved.
   F.   The replacement or reconstruction of any existing noncomplying portion of a principal structure or full replacement of a noncomplying accessory structure is permitted provided the replacement is in the same location or in a location that reduces the degree of noncompliance and is of substantially the same dimension. Enlarging a full replacement of a noncomplying accessory structure is permitted provided the enlarged section complies with all required yards, height, maximum square feet, and lot or yard coverage requirements.
   G.   Deterioration, Damage or Destruction of Noncomplying Structure: Restoration of a deteriorated, damaged or destroyed noncomplying structure shall be subject to the following:
      1.   If a noncomplying structure is allowed to deteriorate to a condition that the structure is rendered uninhabitable as determined by the building official and is not repaired or restored within one year after written notice to the property owner that the structure is uninhabitable, the noncomplying structure status will be lost and requires either complete demolition or compliance with the standards of the zoning district in which the structure is located.
      2.   If a property owner or authorized representative voluntarily demolishes a noncomplying structure or the noncomplying structure is required by law to be razed, the structure shall not be restored unless it is restored to comply with the regulations of the zone in which it is located. Demolition of a noncomplying structure includes any act or process that destroys or removes seventy five percent (75%) or more of the perimeter wall length and area dimensions of exterior walls and/or total floor area of a structure.
      3.   A noncomplying structure may be restored when reconstruction is approved according to the provisions of Section 21A.34.020.M.1.a.
      4.   If a noncomplying structure is involuntarily destroyed in whole or in part due to fire or other calamity and the structure or use has not been abandoned, the structure may be restored to its original condition with respect to building footprint, setback, height and other noncomplying dimensional standards of the zoning district in which the structure is located, provided such work is started within one year, unless a longer time frame is approved by the building official, after such calamity. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 22-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 65-14, 2014)

21A.38.060: NONCOMPLYING LOTS:

Subdividing Lots Containing Two or More Separate Principal Buildings: Lots that contain two or more separate principal buildings on a single parcel may be subdivided to place each structure on a separate lot subject to the following provisions:
   A.   The properties shall be subdivided by recording of a plat.
   B.   The proposed lots are exempt from the minimum lot area, lot width, lot coverage, and street frontage requirements of the underlying zoning district;
   C.   The proposed setbacks shall be reviewed and approved by the planning director after consultation with applicable city departments;
   D.   The proposed subdivision plat shall identify the front, corner side, interior side, and rear yards for the purpose of future development.
   E.   Parking may be located anywhere within the proposed subdivision except front yards (unless already existing) and shall not be reduced below the existing off-street parking
   F.   All lots that are part of the subdivision must include adequate access to a public street. Adequate access shall include pedestrian walkways and when off-street parking is required, vehicle access and parking.
   G.   All necessary easements for access and utilities are shown on the plat. A note shall be added to indicate responsibility for maintenance of shared access and utilities.
   H.   All other applicable regulations of the Salt Lake City Code shall apply.
A lot that is noncomplying as to lot area or lot frontage that was in legal existence on the effective date of any amendment to this title that makes the existing lot noncomplying shall be considered a legal complying lot and is subject to the regulations of this title. Any noncomplying lot not approved by the city that was created prior to January 13, 1950, may be approved as a legal noncomplying lot subject to the lot meeting minimum zoning requirements at the time the lot was created and documented through an updated zoning certificate for the property.
Any noncomplying lot not approved by the city that was created on or between January 13, 1950 to April 12, 1995, may be approved as a legal noncomplying lot subject to the lot meeting minimum zoning and subdivision requirements at the time the lot was created and documented through an updated zoning certificate for the property.
Noncomplying lots may be combined to create a conforming lot or more conforming lot subject to any maximum lot size standards of the zoning district in which the lot is located. (Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 65-14, 2014)

21A.38.070: LEGAL CONFORMING SINGLE-FAMILY DETACHED DWELLINGS, TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS, AND TWIN HOMES:

Any legally existing single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, or twin home located in a zoning district that does not allow these uses shall be considered legal conforming. Legal conforming status shall authorize replacement of the single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, or twin home structure to the extent of the original footprint.
   A.   Alterations, Additions or Extensions or Replacement Structures Greater Than the Original Footprint: In zoning districts other than M-1 and M-2, which do not allow detached single-family dwelling units, two-family dwelling units or twin homes, any alterations, extensions/additions or the replacement of the structure may exceed the original footprint by twenty five percent (25%) of the existing structure subject to the following standards:
      1.   Any alterations, extensions/additions or the replacement structure shall not project into a required yard beyond any encroachment established by the structure being replaced.
      2.   Any alterations, additions or extensions beyond the original footprint which are noncomplying are subject to special exception standards of Subsection 21A.52.030.A.15 of this title.
   B.   Off Street Parking: When replacing a legal conforming single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling or twin home, the number of new parking stalls provided shall be in accordance with the parking spaces required by Section 21A.44.040. (Ord. 67-22, 2022: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 65-14, 2014)

21A.38.075: UNIT LEGALIZATIONS:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of this subsection is to implement the existing Salt Lake City community housing plan by providing a process that gives owners of property with one or more excess dwelling units not recognized by the city an opportunity to legalize such units based on the standards set forth in this section. The intent is to maintain existing housing stock in a safe manner that contributes to the vitality and sustainability of neighborhoods within the city.
   B.   Review Standards: A dwelling unit that is proposed to be legalized pursuant to this section shall comply with the following standards:
      1.   The dwelling unit existed prior to April 12, 1995. In order to determine whether a dwelling unit was in existence prior to April 12, 1995, the unit owner shall provide documentation thereof which may include any of the following:
         a.   Copies of lease or rental agreements, lease or rent payments, or other similar documentation showing a transaction between the unit owner and tenants;
         b.   Evidence indicating that prior to April 12, 1995, the city issued a building permit, business license, zoning certificate, or other permit relating to the dwelling unit in question;
         c.   Utility records indicating existence of a dwelling unit;
         d.   Historic surveys recognized by the planning director as being performed by a trained professional in historic preservation;
         e.   Notarized affidavits from a previous owner, tenant, or neighbor;
         f.   Polk, Cole, or phone directories that indicate existence of the dwelling unit (but not necessarily that the unit was occupied); or
         g.   Any other documentation that the owner is willing to place into a public record which indicates the existence of the excess unit prior to April 12, 1995.
      2.   The excess unit has been maintained as a separate dwelling unit since April 12, 1995. In order to determine if a unit has been maintained as a separate dwelling unit, the following may be considered:
         a.   Evidence listed in Subsection B.1 of this section indicates that the unit has been occupied at least once every five (5) calendar years;
         b.   Evidence that the unit was marketed for occupancy if the unit was unoccupied for more than five (5) consecutive years;
         c.   If evidence of maintaining a separate dwelling unit as required by Subsection B.1 of this section cannot be established, documentation of construction upgrades may be provided in lieu thereof.
         d.   Any documentation that the owner is willing to place into a public record which provides evidence that the unit was referenced as a separate dwelling unit at least once every five (5) years.
   C.   Conditions of Approval: Any approved unit legalization shall be subject to the following conditions:
      1.   The unit owner shall allow the city's building official or designee to inspect the dwelling unit to determine whether the unit substantially complies with basic life safety requirements as provided in chapter 18.50, "Existing Residential Housing", of this code.
      2.   All required corrections indicated during the inspection process must be completed within 1 year unless granted an extension by the building official.
   D.   Application: A determination of non-conforming use application, provided by the zoning administrator, shall be required to legalize unrecognized dwelling units. (Ord. 64-21, 2021)

21A.38.080: APPEAL:

Any person adversely affected by an administrative decision of the zoning administrator on a determination for a nonconforming use or noncomplying structure, may appeal that decision to the appeals hearing officer pursuant to the provisions in chapter 21A.16 of this title. (Ord. 65-14, 2014)

21A.40.010: PURPOSE STATEMENT:

This chapter is intended to provide general regulations, applicable to all zoning districts, for accessory uses, buildings and structures which are customarily incidental and subordinate to the principal use and which are located on the same lot. It is further intended to provide specific standards for certain accessory uses, buildings and structures. (Ord. 26-95 § 2(20-0), 1995)

21A.40.020: GENERAL AUTHORIZATION:

Except as otherwise expressly provided or limited in this chapter, accessory uses, buildings and structures, as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title, are permitted in any zoning district in connection with any principal use lawfully existing within such district; provided, that such accessory uses and structures conform to all applicable requirements of this title. Any accessory use, building or structure may be approved in conjunction with the approval of the principal use. (Ord. 26-95 § 2(20-1), 1995)

21A.40.030: ZONING COMPLIANCE REQUIRED:

No accessory use, building or structure shall be established or constructed unless it complies with the zoning ordinance and proper building permits, if required, have been obtained. Accessory buildings associated with keeping animals, bees, livestock and poultry are not subject to this chapter or the building coverage limits of the respective zoning district but are subject to the provisions of title 8, "Animals", of this code. (Ord. 20-11, 2011)

21A.40.040: USE LIMITATIONS:

In addition to the applicable use limitations of the district regulations, no accessory use shall be permitted unless it complies with the restrictions set forth below:
   A.   An accessory use shall be incidental and subordinate to the principal use or structure in area, extent and purpose;
   B.   An accessory use, building or structure shall be under the same ownership or control as the principal use or structure, and shall be, except as otherwise expressly authorized by the provisions of this title, located on the same lot as the principal use or structure;
   C.   No accessory use shall be established or constructed before the principal use is in operation or the structure is under construction in accordance with these regulations;
   D.   No commercial sign, except as expressly authorized by this chapter or by the provisions of chapter 21A.46 of this title, shall be maintained in connection with an accessory use or structure.
   E.   An accessory use shall be permitted if it is routinely and customarily associated with the principal use and not otherwise prohibited by this title. For residential uses, this includes accessory uses that are customarily associated with a dwelling, such as home office, outdoor living space, pool houses, storage, personal use, hobbies, and other similar uses but does not include short term rentals or other uses not allowed in the zoning district. (Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 26-95 § 2(20-3), 1995)

21A.40.050: GENERAL YARD, BULK AND HEIGHT LIMITATIONS:

All accessory buildings permitted by this chapter shall be subject to the following general requirements:
   A.   Location of Accessory Buildings:
      1.   Front Yards: Accessory buildings are prohibited in any required front yard and shall be set back at least as far as the principal building when the principal building exceeds the required front yard setback. Notwithstanding the foregoing, hoop houses and cold frame structures up to twenty four inches (24") in height may be placed in a front yard.
      2.   Corner Side Yards: Accessory buildings are prohibited in a required corner side yard. Notwithstanding the foregoing, hoop houses and cold frame structures up to twenty four inches (24") in height may be placed in a corner side yard.
      3.   Side Yards: Hoop houses, greenhouses, and cold frame structures associated solely with growing food and/or plants are allowed in any interior side yard. Other accessory buildings are permitted in a required interior side yard when located a minimum of four feet (4') from any portion of the principal building and behind the rear wall of the principal building as shown in the illustration below:
      4.   Rear Yards: Accessory buildings shall be built a minimum of four feet (4') from any portion of the principal building; however, pedestrian connections, such as breezeways, that do not exceed five feet (5') in width may be allowed. The minimum distance requirement does not apply to cold frames associated solely with growing food and/or plants.
      5.   Distance from lot lines: In residential districts, accessory buildings shall be built at least one foot (1') from sides and rear lot lines except when sharing a common wall with an accessory building on an adjacent lot.
      6.   Distance from residential buildings: Accessory buildings shall be a minimum of ten feet (10') from any portion of a principal residential building on an adjacent lot when that adjacent lot is in a residential zoning district; excluding hoop houses, greenhouses, and cold frames associated solely with growing food and/or plants. This provision shall not be construed to limit the construction or expansion of a principal building.
      7.   Double Frontage Lots: On properties where two opposite ends of the lot have frontage on a street, accessory structures and buildings may be located in a front yard provided the accessory building or structure:
         a.   Is located in a provided yard that is directly opposite to the front yard where the primary entrance to the principal building is located;
         b.   Is in a location that is consistent with other accessory building locations on the block;
         c.   Complies with any sight distance triangle requirements of this title; and
         d.   Complies with all other accessory building and structure requirements of this title.
   B.   Maximum Coverage:
      1.   Yard Coverage:
         a.   In residential districts, any portion of an accessory building, excluding hoop houses, greenhouses, and cold frames associated solely with growing food and/or plants, shall occupy not more than fifty percent (50%) of the total area located between the rear facade of the principal building and the rear lot line.
         b.   The combined coverage for all hoop houses, greenhouses, and cold frames shall not exceed ten percent (10%) when located on vacant lots or, when located on a lot with a principal building, shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the total area located between the rear facade of the principal building and the rear lot line plus the side yard area between the front and rear facades of the principal building.
      2.   Building Coverage:
         a.   In the FR, R-1, R-2 and SR residential districts the maximum footprint of any accessory building, shall not exceed 50% of the building footprint of the principal structure except as follows:
            (1)   Notwithstanding the size of the footprint of the principal building, at least 480 square feet of accessory building coverage shall be allowed subject to compliance with all other requirements in Section 21A.40.050.
            (2)   Accessory buildings constructed within the buildable area that are located between the rear façade of the principal building and the rear yard setback may exceed 720 square feet provided the building is located entirely within the buildable area and the property complies with the maximum building coverage requirements of the underlying zoning district.
            (3)   The building coverage for a detached accessory dwelling unit shall be subject to the standards in 21A.40.200, regardless of the building coverage requirement in this section.
            (4)   An accessory building that contains an accessory dwelling unit on the second level may exceed the maximum coverage up to the footprint of the accessory dwelling unit.
         b.   The combined coverage for all hoop houses, greenhouses, and cold frames shall not exceed thirty five percent (35%) of the building footprint of the principal structure.
   C.   Maximum Height of Accessory Buildings/Structures:
      1.   Accessory to Residential Uses in the FP District and RMF Districts: The height of accessory buildings/structures in residential districts are measured from established grade to the highest point of the accessory building and shall conform to the following:
         a.   The height of accessory structures with flat roofs shall not exceed twelve feet (12'). The height of flat roof structures may be increased up to seventy five percent (75%) of the height of the principal structure, not to exceed fifteen feet (15') provided the setbacks increases one foot for every one foot (1') of building height above twelve feet (12').
         b.   The height of accessory structures with pitched roofs shall not exceed seventeen feet (17') measured to the midpoint of the roof. The height of pitched roof structures may be increased up to seventy five percent (75%) of the height of the principal structure, not to exceed twenty one feet (21') provided the setbacks increase one foot for every one foot (1') of structure height above seventeen feet (17').
      2.   Accessory to Residential Uses in the FR, R-1 Districts, R-2 District and SR Districts: The height of accessory buildings/structures in the FR districts, R-1 districts, R-2 district and SR districts are measured from established grade to the highest point of the accessory structure and shall conform to the following:
         a.   The height of accessory structures with flat roofs shall not exceed twelve feet (12'), except that in the SR-1A zoning district the height of accessory structures with flat roofs shall not exceed nine feet (9'). The height of flat roof accessory structures may be increased up to seventy five percent (75%) of the height of the principal structure, not to exceed an additional three feet (3') except in the SR-1A zoning district where up to an additional two feet (2') may be permitted provided the setbacks are increased one foot (1') for every one foot of additional building height.
         b.   The height of accessory structures with pitched roofs shall not exceed seventeen feet (17') at any given point of building coverage. In the SR-1A zoning district the height of accessory structures with pitched roofs shall not exceed fourteen feet (14'). The height of pitched roof accessory structures may be increased up to seventy five percent (75%) of the height of the principal structure, not to exceed an additional four feet (4') except in the SR-1A zoning district where up to an additional three feet (3') may be permitted provided the setbacks are increased one foot for every one foot of building height.
   D.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code, all structures shall comply with the Sight Distance Triangle Requirements as defined and illustrated in Chapter 21A.62 of this title. The planning director, in consultation with the transportation director, may approve alternative design solutions that result in similar visual clearance and effectively mitigate safety concerns. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 70-24, 2024: Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 46-23, 2023: Ord. 17-23, 2023: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 82-12, 2012: Ord. 59-12, 2012: Ord. 51-11, 2011: Ord. 20-11, 2011)

21A.40.065: OUTDOOR DINING:

"Outdoor dining", as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title, shall be allowed in any zoning district where restaurant or retail uses are allowed and for any nonconforming food serving land use subject to the provisions of this section:
   A.   Where allowed:
      1.   Within the buildable lot area;
      2.   Within a required or provided front or corner side yard;
      3.   Within a required side yard provided: the outdoor dining is setback a minimum of ten feet (10') when abutting a residential zoning district that does not permit restaurants or retail uses. Properties separated by an alley are not considered abutting for the purpose of this section.
      4.   Within a required rear yard provided the outdoor dining is setback a minimum of ten feet (10') when abutting a residential zoning district that does not permit restaurants or retail uses. Properties separated by an alley are not considered abutting for the purpose of this section.
      5.   Within a public right of way or an abutting public property subject to all applicable lease agreements, applicable regulations, and the outdoor dining design guidelines.
   B.   All outdoor dining shall be subject to the following conditions:
      1.   All applicable requirements of chapter 21A.48 and section 21A.36.020 of this title are met.
      2.   All required business, health and other regulatory licenses for the outdoor dining have been secured.
      3.   A detailed site plan demonstrating the following:
         a.   All the proposed outdoor dining activities will be conducted on private property owned or otherwise controlled by the applicant and that none of the activities will occur on any publicly owned rights-of-way unless separate approval for the use of any such public rights-of-way has been obtained from the city;
         b.   The main entry has a control point as required by state liquor laws.
      4.   The proposed outdoor dining complies with all conditions pertaining to any existing variances, conditional uses or other approvals granted for property.
      5.   Live music will not be performed, nor loudspeakers played in the outdoor dining area unless the decibel level is within conformance with the Salt Lake City noise control ordinance, chapter 9.28 of this code. Live music and loudspeakers are prohibited outside between the hours of ten o’clock (10:00) p.m. and seven o’clock (7:00) a.m. when the property is within a radius of six hundred sixty feet (660') of a residential zoning district found in chapter 21A.24 of this code.
      6.   Outdoor dining shall be considered an expansion of the use for the purpose of determining if additional parking is required as stated in chapter 21A.44 (Parking).
      7.   Smoking shall be prohibited within the outdoor dining area and within twenty five feet (25') of the outdoor dining area. ((Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 58-41, 2014)

21A.40.070: RESERVED:

(Rep. by Ord. 7-25, 2025)

21A.40.080: ACCESSORY STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS:

Storage of flammable liquids shall be permitted as accessory to a permitted or conditional use subject to the following conditions:
   A.   Storage facilities shall not be located in any required landscaped area;
   B.   Storage facilities shall not be located in a manner that will interfere with parking and vehicular circulation areas; and
   C.   The location and size of flammable liquid storage facilities shall be subject to Salt Lake City fire department approval. (Ord. 26-95 § 2(20-7), 1995)

21A.40.090: ANTENNA REGULATIONS:

All antennas shall comply with the following regulations and all other ordinances of the city and any pertinent regulations of the federal communications commission and the federal aviation administration:
   A.   Communication Towers: Communication towers are permitted in certain nonresidential districts. Refer to the tables of permitted and conditional uses in Chapter 21A.33 of this title for the applicable district regulations.
   B.   Amateur Radio Facilities With Surface Area Exceeding ten (10) Square Feet: Any antenna and antenna support having a combined surface area greater than ten (10) square feet or having any single dimension exceeding twelve feet (12') that is capable of transmitting as well as receiving signals and is licensed by the federal communications commission as an amateur radio facility shall be permitted as an accessory use, but only in compliance with the regulations set forth below:
      1.   Number Limited: No more than one such antenna or antenna support structure with a surface area greater than ten (10) square feet or any single dimension exceeding twelve feet (12') may be located on any lot.
      2.   Height Limited: No such antenna and its support structure shall, if ground mounted, exceed seventy five feet (75') in height or, if attached to a building pursuant to Subsection B.3 of this section, the height therein specified.
      3.   Attachment to Buildings Limited: No such antenna or its support structure shall be attached to a principal or accessory structure unless all of the following conditions are satisfied:
         a.   Height: The antenna and its support structure shall not extend more than 20 feet above the highest point of the building on which it is mounted.
         b.   Mounting: The antenna and its support structure shall not be attached to or mounted upon any building appurtenance, such as a chimney. The antenna and its support structure shall not be mounted or attached to the front or corner side of any principal building facing a street, including any portion of the building roof facing any street. The antenna and its support structure shall be designed to withstand a wind force of eighty (80) miles per hour without the use of supporting guywires.
         c.   Grounding: The antenna and its support structure shall be bonded to a grounding rod.
   C.   Wireless Telecommunications Facilities; Low Power Radio Services Facilities: The purpose of this section is to address planning issues brought on by the rapid growth in demand for low power radio services. This section distinguishes low power radio from other broadcasting type telecommunication technologies and establishes provisions that deal with issues of demand, visual mitigation, noise, engineering, residential impacts, health, safety and facility siting. The requirements of this section apply to both commercial and private low power radio services. Low power radio services facilities include "cellular" or "PCS" (personal communications system) communications and paging systems.
      1.   Uses: The uses specified in Table 21A.40.090 of this section, indicate which facility types are allowed as either a permitted or conditional use within specific zoning districts. Low power radio service facilities may be an accessory use, secondary use, or principal use.
         a.   Administrative Consideration of Conditional Uses: Applications for low power wireless telecommunication facilities that are listed as conditional uses shall be reviewed according to the procedures set forth in Section 21A.54.155.
TABLE 21A.40.090
WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
Wall Mount3
Roof Mount3
Monopole With Antennas And Antenna Support Structure Less Than 2' Wide3
Monopole With Antennas And Antenna Support Structure Greater Than 2' Wide3
Lattice Tower
Stealth
District Height Limit But Not To Exceed 60' Whichever Is Less)
60' Or Exceeding The Maximum Height Limit Of The Zone Up To 30 Additional feet
District Height Limit But Not To Exceed 60' Whichever Is Less)
60' Or Exceeding The Maximum Height Limit Of The Zone Up To 30 Additional feet
Wall Mount3
Roof Mount3
Monopole With Antennas And Antenna Support Structure Less Than 2' Wide3
Monopole With Antennas And Antenna Support Structure Greater Than 2' Wide3
Lattice Tower
Stealth
District Height Limit But Not To Exceed 60' Whichever Is Less)
60' Or Exceeding The Maximum Height Limit Of The Zone Up To 30 Additional feet
District Height Limit But Not To Exceed 60' Whichever Is Less)
60' Or Exceeding The Maximum Height Limit Of The Zone Up To 30 Additional feet
Residential districts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R-1/12,000
P1
P
R-1/7,000
P1
P
R-1/5,000
P1
P
SR-1
P1
P
SR-3
P1
P
R-2
P1
P
RMF-2
P1
P
RMF-35
P1
P
RMF-45
P
C
P
RMF-75
P
C
P
FM-UN1
P
P
Mixed use/Downtown/ Manufacturing Districts:
MU-2
P
C
P
MU-3
P
C
P
MU-5
P
P
P
C
C
C
P
MU-6
P
P
P
C
C
C
P
MU-8
P
P
P
P
P
C
P
MU-11
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
D-1
P
P
P
C
C
C
P
D-2
P
P
P
C
C
C
P
D-3
P
P
P
C
C
C
P
D-4
P
P
P
C
C
C
P
G-MU
P
P
P
C
C
C
P
M-1
P
P
P4
C4
P4
C4
C4
P
M-2
P
P
P
C
P
C
C
P
M-1A
P
P
P
C
P
C
C
P
Special purpose districts:
RP
P
C
P
BP
P
P
P
C
C
C
P
AG
P1
P1
C
C
C
P
AG-2
P1
P1
C
C
C
P
AG-5
P1
P1
C
C
C
P
AG-20
P1
P1
C
C
C
P
A
P
P
P
P
P
C
C
P
PL
P
C
P
PL-2
P
C
P
I
P
C
P
UI
P
P
C
C
C
P
OS2
C
C
C
C
C
P
EI
P
P
P
C
C
C
P
 
Notes:
   P = Permitted use
   C = Conditional use
   1.   Allowed as a permitted use on a residential building consisting of 4 or more attached dwelling units and on nonresidential buildings. Zoning administrator approval is required to assure compliance to subsection C2a of this section.
   2.   New telecommunications towers are allowed outside the telecommunication corridor in the OS zone for public safety, public security, or Salt Lake City Public Utilities Department purposes only.
   3.   Collocation of a wireless telecommunication facility is allowed per subsection C4 of this section.
   4.   Prohibited within the Eco-Industrial Buffer Area of the Northwest Quadrant Overlay District.
      2.   Facility Types: Low power radio services facilities are characterized by the type or location of the antenna structure. There are seven general types of such antenna structures allowed. Standards for the installation of each type of antenna are as follows:
         a.   Wall Mounted Antenna: The following provisions apply to wall mounted antennas:
         (1)   Wall mounted antennas shall not extend above the wall line of the building or extend more than four feet horizontally from the face of the building.
         (2)   Antennas, equipment, and the supporting structure shall be painted to match the color of the building or structure of the background against which they are most commonly seen. Antennas and the supporting structures on buildings should be architecturally compatible with the building. Whip antennas are not allowed on a wall mounted antenna structure.
         (3)   Antennas mounted directly on existing parapet walls, penthouses, or mechanical equipment rooms, with no portion of the antenna extending above the roofline of such structures, shall be considered a wall mounted antenna.
         b.   Roof Mounted Antenna: The following provisions apply to roof mounted antennas:
         (1)   Roof mounted antennas shall be allowed on top of existing penthouses or mechanical equipment rooms and shall not extend more than eight feet (8') above the existing roofline of the penthouse or mechanical equipment room.
         (2)   For antennas not mounted on a penthouse or mechanical equipment room, the antennas shall be mounted at least five feet (5') from the exterior wall of a building. For antennas mounted between five (5) and ten (10) feet from the exterior wall, the maximum height of a roof mounted antenna is directly proportional to the distance the antenna is set back from the exterior wall up to a maximum height of ten feet above the roofline of the building to which the antenna is attached. Antennas shall be mounted at least five feet (5') behind any parapet wall. For antennas mounted between five and ten feet behind a parapet wall, the maximum height of the antenna is directly proportional to the distance the antenna is set back from the wall up to a maximum of ten feet (10') as measured from the top of the parapet wall. The antennas shall not extend more than fifteen feet (15') above the roofline of the building itself unless approved as a conditional use (see Subsection 21A.62.050.H).
         (3)   Roof mounted antennas are permitted only on a flat roof.
         c.   Monopole with Antennas and Support Structure Less Than Two Feet (2') in Width: The total of each individual antenna structure mounted on a monopole shall not exceed two feet (2') in width. The maximum height of each individual antenna shall not exceed ten feet (10') in height (see Subsection 21A.62.050.G). In the case of collocation, when there is more than one antenna located on a monopole, all additional antenna structures shall not exceed the above referenced dimensions. No such antenna shall be located within one hundred sixty five feet (165') of a residential zone.
         d.   Monopole with Antennas and Antenna Support Structure Greater Than Two Feet (2') in Width: The maximum visible width of individual antennas and antenna mounting structures on a monopole shall not exceed eight feet in height or thirteen feet (13') in width as viewed looking directly at the monopole at same elevation as the antennas and antenna mounting structure (see Subsection 21A.62.050.F). In the case of collocation, when there is more than one antenna located on a monopole, all additional antenna structures shall not individually exceed the above referenced dimensions. No such monopole shall be located within three hundred thirty feet (330') of a residential zone.
         e.   Lattice Tower: The maximum visible width of individual antennas and antenna mounting structures on a lattice tower shall not exceed eight feet (8') in height or thirteen feet (13') in width (see Subsection 21A.62.050.E). No such lattice tower shall be located within three hundred thirty feet (330') of a residential zone.
         f.   Stealth Antennas: Examples of stealth antennas include, but are not limited to, flagpoles, light pole standards or architectural elements such as dormers, steeples and chimneys. Final determination regarding whether a structure qualifies as a stealth antenna shall be made by the planning director based on these standards. The electrical equipment shall be located in accordance with Subsection C.3 of this section.
         (1)   Stealth antennas shall be permitted in all zoning districts subject to meeting the provisions contained in Section 21A.36.020, Tables 21A.36.020.B and 21A.36.020.C of this title provided that:
            (A)   The stealth antenna is substantially disguised as another object or otherwise concealed from view so that the antenna is not readily apparent.
            (B)   The stealth antenna reasonably conforms to the expected dimensions of the object it is being disguised as if that object were to be located on the subject property.
            (C)   The stealth antenna shall be located in an area of the property where it is reasonable to expect the object that the antenna is being disguised as to be located.
            (D)   A stealth antenna shall not exceed the maximum building height of the zoning district except for any allowed height encroachment authorized in Subsection 21A.36.020.C Height Exceptions.
         (2)   Antennas Located within Existing Structures where there is no Exterior Evidence of the Antennas: Antennas located within an existing structure constructed prior to the effective date hereof shall be a permitted use in all zoning districts provided that:
            (A)   There shall not be any exterior evidence of the antenna or support structure.
            (B)   The electrical equipment structure shall be located within the existing structure or be located and/or screened where it is not visible from public rights of way or neighboring properties, or in compliance with the location requirements as noted in Subsection C.3 of this section.
         (3)   Additional Provisions for Stealth Antennas in the PL Public Lands District: In addition to the standards in Subsections (1) and (2) above, a stealth antenna as a stand-alone structure is permitted up to a height of seventy five feet (75') when located on property that is used for public safety purposes subject to complying with the following provisions:
            (A)   Shall be disguised as art or a tree;
            (B)   If disguised as art, the pole that supports the antennas shall be wrapped or painted as art and all antennas shall be substantially hidden from view as part of the art.
            (C)   If disguised as a tree, the pole shall be painted brown or green and the synthetic tree branches shall be either pyramidal or columnar shape to form a common tree shape. Antennas shall be painted to match the design of the tree branches and pole.
            (D)   The stealth antenna must comply with the minimum yard setbacks of the PL zoning district as provided in Subsection 21A.32.070.E.2.
            (E)   Installation of the stealth antenna shall not require the removal of an existing tree to accommodate the antenna structure.
         g.   Utility Pole Mounted Antenna: Antennas on utility poles and associated electrical equipment shall be allowed subject to the following standards:
         (1)   Antennas:
            (A)   The antennas shall be located either on an existing utility pole or on a replacement pole in the public right-of-way, or in a rear yard utility easement.
            (B)   On an existing pole, the antennas shall not extend more than ten feet (10') above the top of the pole.
            (C)   The antennas, including the mounting structure, shall not exceed thirty inches (30") in diameter to be considered a permitted use. Antennas with an outside diameter greater than thirty inches (30") shall be a conditional use.
            (D)   Antennas located in the public right- of-way shall be a permitted use and shall comply with the standards listed above.
            (E)   Conditional use approval is required for antennas located in a rear yard utility easement in all residential, MU-2, MU-3, PL Public Lands, PL-2 Public Lands, I Institutional, and OS Open Space zoning districts. Antennas located in a rear yard utility easement in all other zoning districts shall be a permitted use and shall comply with the standards listed above.
         (2)   General Provisions:
            (A)   The application shall include the signature of the authorized agent of the owner of the utility pole.
            (B)   Antennas and equipment boxes on the utility poles shall be painted to match the pole to which it is attached to minimize visual impacts.
            (C)   Generators or noise producing venting systems shall not be used.
            (D)   Lighting for aircraft is prohibited except where required by federal law.
            (E)   Electrical and utility cables between the utility pole and electrical boxes shall be placed underground.
            (F)   Facilities in the public right-of-way shall be subject to any applicable franchise fees or lease agreements required by the city.
      3.   Electrical Equipment:
         a.   Electrical Equipment Located in the Public Right-Of-Way, Front Yard or Side Yard: Electrical equipment in the public right-of-way shall either be attached directly to the utility pole or placed underground.
         (1)   If the electrical equipment is attached to the pole, the boxes shall not be larger than thirty six inches (36") in height, twelve inches (12") deep and no wider than twenty inches (20"). No more than five (5) such boxes shall be mounted on the utility pole to which it is attached (excluding the power meter and network interface box). The boxes shall be stacked vertically, one above the other, and shall be at least ten feet (10') above the ground. The power meter and network interface box may be installed below the ten foot (10') level.
         (2)   Electrical equipment in the required front or side yard shall be placed underground.
         (3)   Electrical equipment placed underground or on a utility pole in the public right-of-way shall comply with the requirements of the Salt Lake City Engineering and Transportation Divisions.
         b.   Electrical Equipment Located on Private Property: Electrical equipment shall be subject to the following standards:
         (1)   Located in a rear yard, interior side yard, or within the building area of the lot.
         (2)   If located in a zoning district without a required front or corner side yard setback, the equipment shall be located a minimum of ten feet (10') from the front or corner side yard property line.
         (3)   Located a minimum of four feet (4') from a side or rear property line unless located in an enclosed structure or a vault where the equipment will not be visible.
         (4)   If the equipment is located next to a public trail, park, open space, or other public space other than a street, the equipment shall be screened by a masonry wall or solid fence so the equipment is not visible.
         (5)   The electrical equipment and any structure associated with the electrical equipment is subject to the maximum lot coverage of the underlying zoning district.
      4.   Collocation: Collocation of a wireless telecommunication facility on a previously approved wireless telecommunication service facility such as an existing building, structure, or antenna support structure, is allowed as a permitted use, provided:
         a.   No increase in the height of the existing wireless telecommunication support structure is proposed;
         b.   All aspects of the collocation improvements must be located within the previously approved fenced (lease) area;
         c.   Compliance with the corresponding provisions set forth in this subsection C.
      5.   Height Limit: The height limit for monopoles and lattice towers shall be limited as per Table 21A.40.090 of this section.
      6.   Location and Minimum Setbacks: Monopoles with antennas and antenna support structure less than two feet in width, monopoles with antennas and antenna support structure greater than two feet (2') in width and lattice towers shall be allowed only in the rear yard area of any lot. These structures shall not be located in a required landscaped area, buffer area or required parking area.
      7.   Area Limitations for Wall and Roof Mounted Antennas: A combination of both roof and wall mounted antennas are allowed on a building. The total area for all wall and roof mounted antennas and supporting structures combined shall not exceed the lesser of sixty (60) square feet or five percent (5%) of the gross square footage of each exterior wall of a building. The total area is the sum of each individual antenna face and the visible portion of the supporting structure as viewed when looking directly at the face of the building. The total area for a roof mounted antenna shall apply to the closest exterior wall (see Subsection 21A.62.050.J).
      8.   Roof and Wall Mounted Antennas on Noncomplying Buildings that Exceed the Maximum Height Limit of the Zoning District: If a building exceeds the maximum allowable height of the zoning district, roof or wall mounted antennas may be attached to the portion of the building that extends above the maximum height limit of the zoning district, if said antenna is listed as a permitted use in Table 21A.40.090 of this section.
      9.   Additional Conditional Use Requirements: In addition to the conditional use standards outlined in Chapter 21A.54 of this title, the following shall be considered prior to a decision for a conditional use:
         a.   Compatibility of the proposed structure with the height and mass of existing buildings and utility structures;
         b.   Whether collocation of the antenna on the other existing structures in the same vicinity such as other towers, buildings, water towers, utility poles, etc., is possible without significantly impacting antenna transmission or reception;
         c.   The location of the antenna in relation to existing vegetation, topography and buildings to obtain the best visual screening;
         d.   Whether the spacing between monopoles and lattice towers creates detrimental impacts to adjoining properties.
      10.   Accessory Buildings to Antenna Structures: Accessory buildings to antenna structures must comply with the required setback, height and landscaping requirements of the zoning district in which they are located. Monopoles shall be fenced with a six foot (6') chainlink fence and the climbing pegs removed from the lower twenty feet (20’) of the monopole. All power lines on the lot leading to the accessory building and antenna structure shall be underground.
      11.   Historic District: Any antenna proposed for a location within a historic district or on landmark site is subject to approval through the Historic Landmarks Commission as contained in Section 21A.34.020 of this title.
      12.   Permission Required for Antennas and Mounting Structures on or over a Public Right-Of-Way: Antennas and mounting structures encroaching on or over the public sidewalk or on or over a public right-of-way shall be subject to obtaining permission from the City pursuant to the City's rights-of-way encroachment policy.
      13.   Location on City Owned Property or Land Zoned as Open Space: Telecommunication facilities proposed to be located on city owned property or on any property located within an Open Space zoning district or subject to the city's open space lands program must obtain approvals from appropriate agencies governing such properties.
      14.   Nonmaintained or Abandoned Facilities: The building official may require each nonmaintained or abandoned low power radio services antenna to be removed from the building or premises when such an antenna has not been repaired or put into use by the owner, person having control or person receiving benefit of such structure within thirty (30) calendar days after notice of nonmaintenance or abandonment is given to the owner, person having control or person receiving the benefit of such structure. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 3-25, 2025: Ord. 73-22, 2022: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 59-17, 2017: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 55-11, 2011: Ord. 10-10 § 12, 2010: Ord. 73-02 §§ 9 (Exh. D) - 11, 2002: Ord. 81-01 § 1, 2001: Ord. 11-01 § 1, 2001: Ord. 14-00 § 7, 2000: Ord. 3-00 § 1, 2000: Ord. 93-99 §§ 1 - 4, 1999: Ord. 35-99 §§ 60 - 62, 1999: amended during 5/96 supplement: Ord. 5-96 § 1, 1996: Ord. 26-95 § 2(20-8), 1995)

21A.40.100: LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT:

All mechanical equipment shall be located as follows:
   A.   Front and Corner Side Yards and Double Frontage Lots: Only allowed if located within four feet (4') of the principal building and screened by vegetation, a solid wall or fence so the equipment is not visible and at least ten feet (10') from the front and corner side yard property lines.
   B.   Side Yards: setback at least four feet (4') from a side property line. If the equipment is adjacent to a driveway, parking stall, or accessory structure on an abutting parcel, the setback may be reduced to two feet (2').
   C.   Rear Yards: setback at least four feet (4') from a rear property line. If the equipment is adjacent to a driveway, parking stall, or accessory structure on an abutting parcel, the setback may be reduced to two feet (2').
   D.   Prohibited Areas: in addition to the yard requirements above, mechanical equipment is prohibited to be located on the roof of an accessory structure, with the exception of exhaust fans and mechanical vents serving the accessory building in which case the fans or vents shall be at least ten feet (10') from a property line. (Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 64-21, 2021)

21A.40.120: REGULATION OF FENCES, WALLS AND HEDGES:

   A.   Purpose: Fences, walls and hedges serve properties by providing privacy and security, defining private space and enhancing the design of individual sites. Fences also affect the public by impacting the visual image of the streetscape and the overall character of neighborhoods. The purpose of these regulations is to achieve a balance between the private concerns for privacy and site design and the public concerns for enhancement of the community appearance, and to ensure the provision of adequate light, air and public safety.
   B.   Location: All fences, walls or hedges shall be erected entirely within the property lines of the property they are intended to serve.
   C.   Building Permit Required:
      1.   A building permit shall be obtained prior to construction of any fence that does not exceed six feet (6') in height and is not made of concrete or masonry or does not require structural review under the Uniform Building Code regulations. The permit is to ensure compliance with adopted regulations.
      2.   A building permit and fee are required for fences and walls which exceed six feet (6') in height and all fences or walls of any height that are constructed under the International Building Code. The permit is to ensure compliance with all Zoning Ordinance standards and requirements (location, height, types of materials) as well as to ensure the structural integrity of the pilasters and foundation system which will be verified by plan review and site inspection.
      3.   The application for a permit must include plans identifying the location and height of the proposed fence or wall. If the fence or wall is constructed of masonry or concrete of any height or exceeds six feet (6') in height, construction details showing horizontal and vertical reinforcement and foundation details shall be shown on the plans.
      4.   The building permit fee for a fence will be a general permit fee based on construction costs or valuation of the work as shown in the consolidated fee schedule.
      5.   Construction of any fence in the following districts shall also comply with the additional fencing regulations found in the following subsections of this title:
         a.   FP Foothills Protection District (21A.32.040I);
         b.   H Historic Preservation Overlay District (21A.34.020E); and
         c.   Foothill Residential FR-1, FR-2 and FR-3 Districts (21A.24.010P).
   D.   Design Requirements:
      1.   Residential districts (chapter 21A.24, "Residential Districts", of this title):
         a.   Allowed Materials: Fences and walls shall be made of high quality, durable materials that require low maintenance. Acceptable materials for a fence include chainlink, wood, brick, masonry block, stone, tubular steel, wrought iron, vinyl, composite/recycled materials (hardy board) or other manufactured material or combination of materials commonly used for fencing. Other materials of similar quality and durability, but not listed herein, may be used upon approval by the Zoning Administrator through an administrative interpretation application;
         b.   Prohibited Materials: Fences and walls shall not be made of or contain:
            (1)   Scrap materials such as scrap lumber and scrap metal.
            (2)   Materials not typically used or designated/manufactured for fencing such as metal roofing panels, corrugated or sheet metal, tarps or plywood.
      2.   Nonresidential districts (Chapters 21A.25 through 21A.34 of this title):
         a.   Allowed Materials: Fences and walls shall be made of high quality, durable materials that require minimal maintenance. Acceptable materials for fencing in nonresidential districts include, but are not limited to, chainlink, prewoven chainlink with slats, wood, brick, tilt-up concrete, masonry block, stone, metal, composite/recycled materials or other manufactured materials or combination of materials commonly used for fencing. Other materials of similar quality and durability, but not listed herein, may be used upon approval by the zoning administrator through an administrative interpretation application.
         b.   Prohibited Materials: Fences or walls in nonresidential districts shall not be constructed of or contain:
         (1)   Scrap materials such as scrap lumber and scrap metal.
         (2)   Materials not typically used or designated/ manufactured for fencing such as metal roofing panels, corrugated or sheet metal, tarps or plywood.
   E.   Height Restrictions and Gates:
      1.   Fences, walls, and hedges shall comply with the following regulations based on the following zoning districts:
         a.    Residential Zoning Districts:
            (1)   Except as permitted in subsection 21A.24.010.P and 21A.40.120.E.4 of this code a fence, wall or hedge located between the front property line and front building line of the facade of the principal structure that contains the primary entrance shall not exceed four (4) feet in height.
            (2)   A fence, wall, or hedge located at or behind the primary facade of the principal structure shall not exceed 6 feet in height.
            (3)   On developed properties where there is no existing principal structure, the height of a fence, wall, or hedge shall not exceed four (4) feet in a front yard area or six (6) feet in the rear or side yard areas.
            (4)   All refuse disposal and recycling dumpsters shall be screened on all sides by a solid wood fence, masonry wall, or an equivalent opaque material to a height of not less than 6 feet but not more than 8 feet.
         b.   Nonresidential Zoning Districts:
            (1)   A fence, wall, or hedge, located between the front property line and the primary facade of the principal structure shall not exceed four (4) feet in height.
            (2)   A fence, wall or hedge located at or behind the primary facade of the principal structure shall not exceed six (6) feet in height.
            (3)   On developed properties where there is no existing principal structure, the height of a fence, wall, or hedge shall not exceed four (4) feet in a front yard area or six (6) feet in the rear or side yard areas.
            (4)   Notwithstanding Subsection 21A.40.120.E.1.b.(1), in the M-1 zoned properties in the Salt Lake International Center, M-2 and EI zoning districts, fences, walls, or hedges may be up to six (6) feet in height if located between the front property line and the front yard setback line.
            (5)   If there is no minimum front yard setback in the underlying zoning district, a fence, wall, or hedge of a maximum six (6) feet in height may be placed no closer than ten (10) feet from the property line.
            (6)   Outdoor storage, when permitted in the zoning district, shall be located behind the primary facade of the principal structure and shall be screened with a solid wall or fence and shall comply with the requirements in Section 5.60.120. Outdoor storage in the M-1 and M-2 districts are also subject to the provisions of 21A.28.010.B.3.
            (7)   All refuse disposal and recycling dumpsters, except those located in the M-2, LO and EI districts shall be screened on all sides by a solid wood fence, masonry wall or an equivalent opaque material to a height of not less than 6 feet but not more than 8 feet.
      2.   Double Frontage Lot: A fence, wall, or hedge located on a property where both the front and rear yards have frontage on a street may be a maximum of six (6) feet in height in a front yard provided the fence, wall, or hedge:
         a.   Is located in a provided yard that is directly opposite the front yard where the primary entrance to the principal building is located;
         b.   Is in a location that is consistent with other six (6) foot tall fence locations on the block;
         c.   Complies with Sight Distance Triangle requirements of this Title; and
         d.   Complies will all other fence, wall, and hedge requirements of this Title.
         e.   Not exceed six (6) feet in height in a front yard.
      3.   Vacant Lots. Notwithstanding 21A.24.010.P.10.d, fencing to secure vacant or undeveloped lots may be up to six (6) feet in height, provided the fence is not closer than five (5) feet to a public sidewalk and is no less than eighty percent (80%) transparent. Once the property is developed, the fence will be required to comply with the height restrictions of this title.
      4.   Additional Fence Height Allowed. Notwithstanding any other Section of this Chapter, the following regulations apply:
         a.   When Abutting Nonresidential Zoning Districts. Fences, walls, or hedges in the FR, SR, and R-l zoning districts shall not exceed six (6) feet in height in the side or rear yard except where they abut a Commercial, Downtown, Manufacturing, or Special Purpose Zoning District. The maximum height shall be eight (8) feet. This exception does not apply to fences, walls, or hedges in the corner side yard or front yard, and only applies where the lot abuts the nonresidential district.
         b.   Public Utility Facilities. Fences or walls may exceed the maximum height regulations when the fence or wall is necessary to restrict access and promote safety of public utility buildings or structures.
         c.   Recreation Facilities. For fences or walls constructed around parks, open space, or other outdoor recreation areas, the maximum height fence shall be up to ten (10) feet in height and may be located in any required yard, provided that the fence or wall is no less than eighty percent (80%) transparent above a height of six (6) feet. Fences or walls for which a greater height is necessary to protect public safety, such as, driving ranges, baseball fields, athletic fields; or similar facilities may be allowed within the subject property to a height necessary to contain the recreation equipment.
         d.   Private Game Courts, Swimming Pools, and Other Similar Recreation Equipment. Fences or walls constructed around private game courts, swimming pools, or other similar recreation equipment expressly permitted in Section 21A.36.020.B, may be up to ten (10) feet in height provided that the fence or wall is no less than eighty percent (80%) transparent above a height of six (6) feet.
         e.   Construction Fencing. Temporary fencing to secure construction sites during the planning, demolition, or construction process is permitted to a maximum of ten (10) feet in height in any required yard.
         f.   Pillars. Pillars shall be allowed to extend up to eighteen (18) inches above the allowable height of a fence or wall; provided, that the pillars shall have a maximum diameter or width of no more than eighteen (18) inches; and provided, that the pillars shall have a minimum spacing of no less than six (6) feet apart, measured face to face.
         g.   Gates and Arches. The height of gates shall conform to the applicable maximum fence height where the gate is located except that decorative elements on gates such as scrolls, finials, and similar features may extend up to one foot above the maximum fence height. In addition, arches or trellises up to twelve (12) feet in height and five (5) feet in width may be constructed over a gate if integrated into the fence/gate design. A maximum of two (2) such arches shall be permitted per property.
         h.   Barbed or Razor Wire Fences. Where permitted, barbed wire and razor wire fences may be up to twelve (12) feet in height.
         i.   Conditional Uses. A fence, wall, or hedge may exceed the allowable height requirements of this Chapter where additional fence height is imposed as a reasonable condition to mitigate the anticipated detrimental effects of a conditional use. Where such additional height is imposed as a reasonable condition, such height shall not exceed the minimum height necessary to mitigate the anticipated detrimental effects of the conditional use.
      5.   Vision Clearance and Safety. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code, a fence, wall, or hedge shall comply with the sight distance triangle requirements of this section.
         a.   Corner Lots; Sight Distance Triangle: No solid fence, wall or hedge shall be erected to a height in excess of three (3) feet if the fence, wall or hedge is located within the sight distance triangle extending thirty (30) feet either side of the intersection of the respective street curb lines, or edge lines of roadway where curbing is not provided as noted in Section 21A.62.050 , illustration I of this title.
         b.   Intersection of Street and Driveway; Intersection of Alley or Driveway and Sidewalk; Sight Distance Triangle: Solid fences, walls and hedges shall not exceed thirty (30) inches in height within the sight distance triangle as defined in Section 21A.62.050 , illustration I of this title.
         c.   Sight Distance Triangle and See Through Fences: Within the area defined as a sight distance triangle, see through fences that are at least fifty percent (50%) open shall be allowed to a height of four (4) feet.
         d.   Alternative Design Solutions. To provide adequate line of sight for driveways and alleys, the zoning administrator, in consulting with the development review team, may require alternative design solutions, including, but not restricted to, requiring increased fence setback and/or lower fence height, to mitigate safety concerns created by the location of buildings, grade change or other preexisting conditions.
      6.    Height Measurement. The height of a fence, wall, or hedge shall be meas ured from the finished grade of the site as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title. In instances of an abrupt grade change at the property line, the height for fences that are located on top of a retaining wall shall be measured from the top of the retaining wall.
      7.   Gates. No gate, whether crossing a driveway, walkway, or part of a fence, shall be erected to a height in excess of the standards outlined in this subsection E. To regulate the location of gates and their impact on vehicular staging within the public right of way, passenger vehicles shall require a minimum seventeen (17) foot six (6) inch setback from back edge of sidewalk, or property line when a sidewalk is not provided, and large truck driveways shall require a one hundred (100) foot setback from back edge of sidewalk, or property line when a sidewalk is not provided. This requirement does not apply to gates abutting alleys. All gates are to swing inward to the property or be a roll gate that does not impact the staging area.
   F.   General Requirements:
      1.   Except when constructed of materials that have been designed or manufactured to remain untreated, all fences or walls shall periodically be treated with paint or chemicals so as to retard deterioration.
      2.   Fences or walls shall be constructed with good workmanship and shall be secured to the ground or supporting area in a substantial manner and engineered so that the structure of columns or posts and the material used for the intervening panels are adequately constructed to support the materials and withstand wind loads.
      3.   All fences or walls (including entrance and exit gates) shall be maintained in good repair, free of graffiti, structurally sound, so as to not pose a threat to public health, safety, and welfare.
   G.   Barbed Wire Fences: Permitted Use: Barbed wire fencing is allowed as a permitted use in the following instances:
      1.   AG, AG-2, AG-5, AG-20, A, CG, M-1, and M-2 districts and to secure critical infrastructure located in any other zoning district not listed subject to the following requirements. Critical infrastructure includes sites that are necessary to protect the facility or site for the purpose of public health and safety. Barbed wire is also permitted to secure construction sites and sites where construction is pending provided it is removed once construction is complete.
      2.   Barbed wire fences shall be subject to the following provisions:
         a.   Not allowed in a provided or required front yard.
         b.   The barbed wire is permitted to exceed the maximum fence height.
         c.   No strand of barbed wire shall be permitted less than seven feet (7') in height above the ground except for agricultural purposes provided the barbed wire is vertically aligned.
         d.   No more than three (3) strands of barbed wire are permitted.
         e.   The barbed wire strands shall not slant outward from the fence more than sixty (60) degrees from a vertical line.
         f.   All barbed wire shall be setback a minimum of three feet (3') from public property.
         g.   The barbed wire is not located along a property line shared with a residential use when the subject property is in a CG zoning district.
   H.   Razor Wire Fences: Razor wire fencing is allowed as a permitted use in the M-1, M-2 and EI zoning districts and to secure critical infrastructure structures and sites located in any other zoning district subject to the following requirements. Critical infrastructure includes sites that are necessary to protect the facility or site for the purpose of public health and safety.
      1.   Razor wire is not allowed in a provided or required front or corner side yard.
      2.   Razor wire is permitted to exceed the maximum fence height to a height necessary to reasonably secure the site.
      3.   No strand of razor wire shall be permitted on a fence that is less than seven feet (7') high. Razor wire coils shall not exceed eighteen inches (18") in diameter and must slant inward from the fence to which the razor wire is being attached.
      4.   All razor wire shall be setback a minimum of three feet (3') from public property in zoning districts that do not have a minimum yard setback.
   I.   Exemption: The A airport district is exempt from all zoning ordinance fence regulations. The department of airports has administrative authority to regulate and approve fencing within the A airport district. All fencing that the department of airports requires of its clients within the A district is subject to review and approval by the airport.
   J.   Electric Security Fences:
      1.   Permitted Use: Electric security fences are allowed as a permitted use in the M-1 and M-2 zones. Electric security fences on parcels or lots that abut a residential zone are prohibited.
      2.   Location Requirements: Electric security fences shall not be allowed in required front yard setbacks or on frontages adjacent to residentially zoned properties.
      3.   Compliance With Adopted Building Codes: Electric security fences shall be constructed or installed in conformance with all applicable construction codes.
      4.   Perimeter Fence or Wall: No electric security fence shall be installed or used unless it is fully enclosed by a nonelectrical fence or wall that is not less than six feet (6') in height. There shall be at least one foot of spacing between the electric security fence and the perimeter fence or wall.
      5.   Staging Area: All entries to a site shall have a buffer area that allows on site staging prior to passing the perimeter barrier. The site shall be large enough to accommodate a vehicle completely outside of the public right of way.
      6.   Height: Electric security fences shall have a maximum height of ten feet (10').
      7.   Warning Signs: Electric security fences shall be clearly identified with warning signs that read: "Warning-Electric Fence" at intervals of not greater than sixty feet (60'). Signs shall comply with requirements in chapter 21A.46, "Signs", of this title.
      8.   Security Box: Electric security fences shall have a small, wall mounted safe or box that holds building keys for police, firefighters and EMTs to retrieve in emergencies. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 79-24, 2024: Ord. 59-24, 2024: Ord. 37-24, 2024: Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 46-23, 2023: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 52-21, 2021: Ord. 46-17, 2017: Ord. 54-14, 2014: Ord. 20-14, 2014: Ord. 82-12, 2012: Ord. 73-11, 2011: Ord. 60-11, 2011: Ord. 24-11, 2011)

21A.40.130: ACCESS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES:

Building permits for an uncovered vertical wheelchair lift, or for an uncovered access ramp, for persons with disabilities, under four feet (4') in height, or any other form of uncovered access, for persons with disabilities, under four feet (4') in height, that encroaches into required yard areas, may be approved by the zoning administrator as a permitted accessory structure. Covered ramps or other access structures for persons with disabilities that encroach into required yard areas, shall be considered as a reasonable accommodation under applicable federal regulations. (Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 20-06 § 1, 2006: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(20-12), 1995)

21A.40.140: JUNK VEHICLES AND MATERIALS:

It is unlawful for any property owner or tenant to cause or permit any unlicensed, inoperable, unused or abandoned vehicles or vehicle parts to be in or upon any premises unless the premises is licensed for such use. Open storage of the following materials shall also be prohibited in or upon any premises unless the premises is licensed for such use: junk, scrap metal, used or scrap lumber, wastepaper products, discarded building materials, machinery or machinery parts, interior household furniture, appliances, tree limbs and cuttings, landscape debris, garbage, refuse, trash, rubbish, hazardous waste, industrial waste, construction and demolition waste, sludge, liquid or semiliquid waste; other spent, useless, worthless or discarded materials, or materials stored or accumulated for the purpose of discarding materials that have served their original purpose. (Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(20-13), 1995)

21A.40.160: GROUND MOUNTED UTILITY BOXES:

   A.   Purpose: Utility infrastructure provides a necessary service to the community. The regulations of this section are intended to allow for ground mounted utility boxes while reducing the negative impacts they may create.
   B.   Compliance With Regulations Required: All ground mounted utility boxes shall be subject to the regulations of this section and any applicable requirement in Title 21A, unless exempted within section 21A.02.050 of this title and any applicable adopted code and regulation. The location and access for maintenance of all required utility infrastructure is subject to approval by the utility provider and complying with all applicable adopted codes and regulations. No construction shall be undertaken without the applicable city permits and public way permits.
   C.   Location: Ground mounted utility boxes shall be located as required by this section.
      1.   Private Property or Parcel. On the subject parcel or an adjacent parcel when part of new construction or as an addition to an existing building that requires additional utility service subject to the following standards:
         a.   Rear and Side Yards: the ground mounted utility box shall be located a minimum of one foot from a side or rear property line.
         b.   Front and Corner Side Yards: The ground mounted utility box shall be located within five feet (5') of the building façade when located in required or provided front or corner side yard and at least one foot from a front or corner side yard property line. Utility boxes in a front or corner side yard shall be screened by a wall, fence, or hedge of at least equal height not to exceed the maximum height for a wall or fence allowed in the applicable yard.
         c.   Ground mounted utility box(es) may be placed in a required landscaped yard if screened by a wall, fence or hedge of at least equal height not to exceed the maximum height for a wall or fence allowed in the applicable yard.
         d.   If proposed on an adjacent parcel, an easement shall be provided for the utility boxes and associated equipment along with consent from the owner of the adjacent parcel.
      2.   Public Right of Way - Single Property or Parcel. In a public right of way if each of the following criteria are satisfied:
         a.   There is an existing building on the subject property that is located in a manner that prohibits the placement of required utility infrastructure on the property;
         b.   There is no existing front yard, corner side yard, interior side yard, or rear yard of sufficient size to accommodate ground mounted utility box(es) and access for maintenance, as required by the utility provider, of the box(es) within the yard. A right of way may be used to accommodate necessary working space;
         c.   There is not an alley adjacent to the subject property that provides sufficient access as required by the utility provider to a yard of sufficient size to accommodate ground mounted utility box(es). If the alley is not a public alley, necessary permissions and easements must be provided;
         d.   The existing utilities are not being relocated to support an expansion of the use or building or for any new use or accessory use on the property;
         e.   The ground mounted utility box will not negatively impact any existing or planned public improvement within the right of way;
         f.   The ground mounted utility box is located at least 10 feet away from any tree in the right of way;
         g.   The ground mounted utility box(es) comply with all requirements of chapter 14.32 or its successor; and
         h.   The applicant has provided to the city and the utility provider the dimensions and space requirements necessary for the utility needs, as determined by the utility provider, of the proposed development.
      3.   Public Right of Way - Broader Neighborhood. In a public right of way when the ground mounted utility box is necessary to provide utility service, wireless service, or other telecommunications service to the broader neighborhood, the location is consistent with any legal agreement between the utility provider and the city, and the proposed utility box complies with all applicable regulations.
      4.   Public Right of Way - Permit Issuance. The city engineer may issue a permit for the installation of a ground mounted utility box in the public right of way in accordance with standards set forth in this section and Title 14, chapter 14.32 of this code.
   D.   Materials: All ground mounted utility boxes shall consist of high quality material such as stainless steel or other durable painted or colored material. The finish shall be a neutral color such as dark or light green, beige or gray or color similar to utility boxes within the vicinity and coated with a graffiti resistant treatment.
   E.   Post installation Obligations: All ground mounted utility boxes and any related screening materials shall remain the service provider's responsibility to keep in a state of good visual quality and repair.
      1.   Franchise Agreements: Permitted and installed ground mounted utility boxes shall also comply with all conditions as set forth in the service provider's/owner's franchise agreement with the city. If the terms of any franchise agreement conflict with the provisions of this title, the ordinance regulations shall prevail and govern.
      2.   Discontinued Use: If the service provider/owner of a ground mounted utility box in the public right of way discontinues the use or has no defined need for said box, it is that service provider's/owner's sole responsibility to remove the box and all associated conduit and wiring at its own expense in compliance with all engineering division requirements.
      3.   Required Contact Information: A service provider shall place a permanent notice on the box containing the service provider's name and telephone number for the purpose of notification in the event of graffiti or damages to the equipment.
      4.   Maintenance: A service provider shall be solely responsible for maintaining ground mounted utility box sites in reasonably good repair in a clean, safe and level condition. "Level condition" shall mean not tilting greater than fifteen degrees (15°) from plumb. A service provider shall repair any damage to a ground mounted utility box within seventy two (72) hours after discovering or being notified of such damage to a box. (Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 14-15, 2015)

21A.40.170: CREMATORIUMS:

Crematoriums may be approved where allowed by the applicable table(s) of permitted and conditional uses only when associated with a licensed funeral home, mortuary or dedicated animal cremation service. When reviewing the application for a crematorium, the planning commission or administrative hearing officer will consider the following factors for approval:
   A.   The crematorium shall emit no visible emissions or odor.
   B.   Noise emitted from the crematorium shall not exceed maximum sound levels set forth in title 9, chapter 9.28, "Noise Control", of this code.
   C.   All activity relating to the dead shall be handled discretely and screened from public view to the maximum extent possible, including delivery and storage of the remains.
   D.   The crematorium shall not be used for the disposal of any waste materials, including medical or industrial.
   E.   In the case of pet crematoriums, the use shall be for the preparation and cremation of pets only.
   F.   The crematorium shall receive all necessary approvals from applicable state and federal agencies.
   G.   The crematorium use shall be consistent with all adopted city ordinances and master plans.
   H.   The crematorium use shall be associated with a licensed funeral home for human cremation, or a dedicated animal cremation service for animal cremation.
   I.   A licensed funeral home or mortuary operating an approved crematorium may perform cremation services for other licensed funeral homes or mortuaries. (Ord. 19-10 § 2, 2010)

21A.40.180: SMALL WIND ENERGY SYSTEMS:

   A.   Standards: All small wind energy systems shall comply with the following requirements. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this section and any other requirements of the zoning, site development, and subdivision ordinances, the zoning administrator shall determine which requirements apply to the project in order to achieve the highest level of neighborhood compatibility.
      1.   Setback: The base of the tower shall be set back from all property lines, public rights of way, and public utility lines a distance equal to the total extended height plus five feet (5'). If the small wind energy system is on a roof, the total extended height is equal to the roof height and tower height. A tower may be allowed closer to a property line than its total extended height if the abutting property owner(s) grants written permission and the installation poses no interference with public utility lines or public road and rail rights of way. Guywires and other support devices shall be set back at least five feet (5') from all property lines.
      2.   Tower Height: Where the total extended height meets the sound and setback requirements of this section (see subsection A1 of this section), there shall be no specific height limitation, except as imposed by federal aviation administration (FAA) regulations per subsection A10 of this section.
      3.   Sound: Sound produced by the turbine under normal operating conditions, as measured at the property line of any adjacent property improved with a dwelling unit at the time of the issuance of the zoning certificate, shall not exceed fifty five (55) dBA for any period of time. The fifty five (55) dBA sound level may be exceeded during short term events out of the owner's control such as utility outages and/or severe windstorms.
      4.   Appearance, Color, And Finish: Colors permitted include grays, browns, greens, tans and other earth tones. Bright, luminescent, or neon colors are prohibited.
      5.   Clearance: The blade tip or vane of any small wind energy system shall have a minimum ground clearance of fifteen feet (15') as measured at the lowest point of the arc of the blades. Blades on small wind energy systems in residential districts shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of tower height. All portions of the system shall maintain a clearance from power utility lines as required by the Utah high voltage line safety act.
      6.   Signage Prohibited: All signs on a wind generator, tower, building, or other structure associated with a small wind energy system visible from any public road, other than the manufacturer's or installer's identification, appropriate warning signs, or owner identification, shall be prohibited.
      7.   Lighting: No illumination of the turbine or tower shall be allowed unless required by the federal aviation administration (FAA).
      8.   Access: No foot pegs, rungs, or other climbing aids shall be allowed below twelve feet (12') on a freestanding tower. For lattice or guyed towers, sheets of metal or wood or similar barriers shall be fastened to the bottom tower section such that it cannot readily be climbed.
      9.   Requirement For Engineered Drawings: Building permit applications for small wind energy systems shall be accompanied by standard drawings of the wind turbine structure and stamped engineered drawings (by an engineer licensed by the state of Utah) of the tower, base, footings, and/or foundation as provided by the manufacturer.
      10.   Compliance With FAA Regulations: No small wind energy system shall be constructed, altered, or maintained so as to project above any of the imaginary airspace surfaces described in FAR part 77 of the FAA guidance on airspace protection or other current FAA regulations governing airspace protection.
      11.   Compliance With Building And Electrical Codes: Small wind energy systems and all associated components shall comply with all applicable building and electrical codes adopted by Salt Lake City and the state of Utah.
      12.   Utility Notification: No small wind energy system shall be installed until evidence has been submitted to the city that the relevant electric utility company has been informed of the customer's intent to install an interconnected customer owned generator. Off grid systems shall be exempt from this requirement.
      13.   Abandonment: If a wind turbine is inoperable for six (6) consecutive months the owner shall be notified by Salt Lake City that they must, within six (6) months of receiving the notice, restore their system to operating condition or remove the wind turbine from the tower. If the owner(s) fails to restore their system to operating condition within the six (6) month time frame, then the owner shall be required, at his expense, to remove the wind turbine from the tower for safety reasons.
      14.   Off Street Parking Or Loading Requirements: A small wind energy system shall not remove or encroach upon required parking or loading areas for other uses on the site or access to such parking or loading areas.
      15.   Exceptions: Small wind energy systems are prohibited in the open space OS and natural open space NOS zoning districts. (Ord. 20-11, 2011)

21A.40.190: SMALL SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTION SYSTEMS:

   A.   Standards: All small solar energy collection systems shall comply with the following requirements except as provided in subsection B of this section relating to small solar energy collection systems in the historic preservation overlay districts. Per section 21A.34.020 of this title the historic landmark commission or staff have authority to modify the setbacks, location and height to ensure compliance with the overlay district regulations. Excluding subsection B of this section, if there is any conflict between the provisions of this subsection and any other requirements of the zoning, site development, and subdivision ordinances, the zoning administrator shall determine which requirements apply to the project in order to achieve the highest level of neighborhood compatibility.
      1.   Setbacks, Location, And Height:
         a.   A freestanding small solar energy collection system shall be located a minimum of six feet (6') from all property lines and other structures, except the structure on which it is mounted.
         b.   A small solar energy collection system may be located on a principal or accessory structure, including legal principal or accessory structures located less than the required minimum yard setback for the zoning districts.
         c.   A small solar energy collection system shall not exceed by more than three feet (3') the maximum building height (based on the type of building - principal or accessory - the system is located on) permitted in the zoning district in which it is located or shall not extend more than twelve feet (12') above the roofline of the structure upon which it is mounted, whichever is less.
         d.   A development proposed to have a small solar energy collection system located on the roof or attached to a structure, or an application to establish a system on an existing structure, shall provide a structural certification as part of the building permit application.
      2.   Coverage: A small solar energy collection system mounted to the roof of a building shall not exceed ninety percent (90%) of the total roof area of the building upon which it is installed. A system constructed as a separate accessory structure on the ground shall count toward the total building and yard coverage limits for the lot on which it is located.
      3.   Code Compliance: Small solar energy collection systems shall comply with all applicable building and electrical codes contained in the international building code adopted by Salt Lake City.
      4.   Solar Easements: A property owner who has installed or intends to install a small solar energy collection system shall be responsible for negotiating with other property owners in the vicinity for any desired solar easement to protect solar access for the system and shall record the easement with the Salt Lake County recorder.
      5.   Off Street Parking And Loading Requirements: Small solar energy collection systems shall not remove or encroach upon required parking or loading areas for other uses on the site or access to such parking or loading areas.
   B.   Small Solar Energy Collection Systems and Historic Preservation Overlay Districts:
      1.   General: In addition to meeting the standards set forth in this section, all applications to install a small solar energy collection system within the Historic Preservation Overlay District shall obtain a certificate of appropriateness in accordance with Section 21A.34.020 prior to installation. Small solar energy collection systems shall be allowed in accordance with the location priorities detailed in Subsection B.3 of this section. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Subsection B, and any other requirements of this section, the provisions of this Subsection B shall take precedence.
      2.   Installation Standards: The small solar energy collection system shall be installed in a location and manner on the building or lot that is least visible and obtrusive and in such a way that causes the least impact to the historic integrity and character of the historic building, structure, site or district while maintaining efficient operation of the solar device. The system must be installed in such a manner that it can be removed and not damage the historic building, structure, or site it is associated with.
      3.   Small Solar Energy Collection System Location Priorities: In approving appropriate locations and manner of installation, consideration shall include the following locations in the priority order they are set forth below. The method of installation shall be the least visible from a public right-of-way, not including alleys, and most compatible with the character defining features of the historic building, structure, or site.
         a.   Rear yard in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way.
         b.   On accessory buildings or structures in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way.
         c.   In a side yard in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way.
         d.   On the principal building in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way.
         e.   On the principal building in a location that may be visible from a public right-of-way, but not on the structure's front facade.
         f.   On the front facade of the principal building in a location most compatible with the character defining features of the structure. (Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 67-23, 2023: Ord. 60-15, 2015)

21A.40.200: ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS:

   A.   Purpose: The regulatory purpose of this section is to promote an increase in the housing stock within the city and promote housing choices by allowing and regulating accessory dwelling units (ADUs).
   B.   Conflicting Regulations: If a regulation found in this section is in conflict with an applicable regulation in the base zoning district, overlay district, or provision of general applicability, the regulation in this chapter shall take precedence, with the following exceptions:
      1.   The regulations set forth in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District; and
      2.   The Special Foothills Regulations set forth in Subsection 21A.24.010.P of this title.
   C.   Owner Occupancy Required: The owner of the property, as defined in this section, shall reside on the property. For the purposes of this title, "owner occupant" shall mean the following:
      1.   An individual who is listed on a recorded deed as an owner of the property;
      2.   Any person who is related by blood, marriage, adoption to an individual who is listed on recorded deed as an owner of the property; or
      3.   An individual who is a trustor of a family trust who possesses legal ownership of the property.
      4.   Exceptions:
         a.   Owner occupancy is not required for an ADU located on a property with a principal use as a duplex, multi-family dwelling, or non-residential land use. A single-family dwelling with an attached ADU does not constitute a duplex;
         b.   The owner has a bona fide, temporary absence of 3 years or less for activities such as military service, temporary job assignments, sabbaticals, or voluntary service (indefinite periods of absence from the dwelling shall not qualify for this exception); or
         c.   The owner is placed in a hospital, nursing home, assisted living facility or other similar facility that provides regular medical care, excluding retirement living facilities or communities.
   D.   Number of Allowed ADUs: A single ADU is allowed on a property where permitted in Chapter 21A.33 of this title.
   E.   Location on Property: An ADU is allowed in the following locations on a property as indicated below:
      1.   Internal ADUs shall be located within the buildable area of the property.
      2.   A detached ADU shall be allowed as indicated in the table below:
 
Front yard
Not permitted
Corner side yard
Permitted if the ADU complies with the required setbacks in the table below and is no closer to the corner side property line than the principal structure. If the property is less than 50' in width, the ADU may be closer to the corner side property line than the principal structure.
Interior side yard
Permitted if the ADU complies with the required setbacks in the table below and is located behind the rear façade of the principal building.
Rear yard
Permitted if the ADU complies with the required setbacks in the table below.
Buildable area
Permitted
Notes
   1.   The use of the term yard in this section shall be interpreted to mean a required yard as indicated in the underlying zoning district.
 
      3.   A detached ADU shall be placed at a minimum distance from property lines as indicated below:
 
Rear property line
3'
Side property line
3'
Corner side property line
20% of the lot width or 10', whichever is less
Notes:
   1.   Additions to an existing accessory building shall comply with the setbacks in this table. This includes additions that add a second story.
   2.   An existing accessory building that is being converted to an ADU may maintain the existing setbacks of the accessory building. If a conversion includes an expansion (including adding a second story) the expansion shall comply with all applicable setback requirements in this table and in Subsection 21A.40.200.F.
 
   F.   ADU Building Height:
      1.   The maximum building height for a detached ADU is 17 feet, subject to the following exceptions:
         a.   Height may be increased up to 24 feet for a pitched roof or 20 feet for a flat roof provided the side and rear yard setbacks are increased one foot for each additional foot in building height above 17 feet. The setback does not need to be increased above the minimum indicated in Section E on the side of an ADU that abuts an alley or on the side of an ADU that abuts a property that is in a zoning district other than those listed in Chapter 21A.24 of this title.
         b.   Converting a legally existing accessory building is permitted when the existing accessory building exceeds the permitted height of this section.
         c.   When an ADU is located fully within the buildable area of the property, the height of the ADU is allowed up to the permitted height of the principal building in the underlying zoning district.
         d.   Solar panels attached to the roof of an ADU are permitted to exceed the maximum height of the structure up to four feet.
      2.   Building height for a detached ADU shall be measured in the same manner as the height for the principal building.
      3.   An internal ADU is subject to the same height requirements as the principal building.
   G.   ADU Parking:
      1.   The number of parking stalls provided for the principal use shall not be reduced below the minimum identified in Chapter 21A.44 of this title in order to accommodate an ADU. One parking stall is required for the ADU, except as indicated below:
         a.   The property is in a zoning district with no minimum off street parking requirement;
         b.   The property already contains at least one accessible stall above the minimum parking requirement for the principal use;
         c.   The property is within a ¼ mile radius of a public transit stop; or
         d.   The property is within ½ mile of a city-designated bicycle lane or path.
   H.   Regulation of Decks, Patios, and Outdoor Space for Detached ADUs:
      1.   Decks more than 2 feet above the existing grade are prohibited unless the ADU is located within the buildable area of the lot in which case the deck shall be subject to the same regulations for decks that apply to the principal building.
      2.   Rooftop patios on a detached ADU are prohibited.
      3.   Patios are permitted. A patio may be covered with a roof provided the square footage of the roof is no larger than 120 square feet and the covered patio complies with the setbacks required of the ADU. A covered patio shall not count towards the maximum square footage requirement of the ADU, but does count towards the total building coverage of the lot.
      4.   Balconies on ADUs. A balcony is permitted on a building containing an ADU provided the balcony does not extend into a required ADU setback and extends no further than 5 feet from an exterior wall of the ADU. Balconies shall not contain HVAC equipment nor be used as storage areas.
      5.   Internal ADUs shall be subject to the same standards for decks, patios, and other encroachments that apply to the principal building and use.
   I.   ADUs Located Along a Public Alley: A detached ADU that is located within 15 feet of a public alley shall include the following:
      1.   An exterior light shall be located on the exterior wall of the ADU to illuminate portions of the alley adjacent to the ADU. The lighting fixture shall be shielded, oriented and designed to direct light down and avoid light pollution onto adjacent properties. All uplighting is prohibited.
      2.   A 4 foot wide path from the alley to the entrance of the ADU shall be provided. If there is a fence between the ADU and the alley, a gate shall be provided, and the path shall lead to the gate. If the ADU is located within 15 feet of two or more public alleys, this requirement shall only apply to one of the alleys.
      3.   An ADU located on an alley that exists on the recorded plat maps or Atlas Plats of the city but has not been used for vehicular access or is otherwise blocked by encroachments such as fences or vegetation are exempt from this requirement.
   J.   ADU Gross Floor Area:
      1.   Detached ADU. None may exceed 1,000 square feet in gross floor area.
      2.   Internal ADU. There is no maximum gross floor area provided the building complies with all applicable standards in the underlying zoning district.
      3.   Gross floor area for a detached ADU shall be calculated as follows:
         a.   When the building includes other allowed accessory uses, only the square footage dedicated to the ADU shall be counted.
         b.   When the ADU is on a second level, stairs and required landings providing access to the ADU shall not be counted.
         c.   Loft space with a ceiling height lower than 7 feet within an ADU shall not be counted towards the total square footage of the ADU.
         d.   Basements shall not count towards the maximum gross floor area of the ADU, so long as:
            (1)   The basement is only used for storage or a use permitted by Section 21A.40.040.E of this chapter; and
            (2)   There is no internal circulation between the ADU and the basement.
   K.   Second Story Windows: Windows on the second story of a detached ADU are prohibited on an exterior wall that is adjacent to a side or rear property line unless:
      1.   The window is a clerestory window where the bottom of the window is at least 6 feet above the finished floor of the second story;
      2.   The window is on a wall that faces an elevation of the principal building;
      3.   The window faces and is at least 10 feet from a side or rear property line;
      4.   The exterior wall is adjacent to an alley; or
      5.   The window faces a side or rear property line that is adjacent to a property in a zoning district that permits commercial uses or a property that contains a nonresidential use.
   L.   Maximum Building Coverage: Accessory dwelling units are subject to the maximum building and yard coverage requirements of the applicable zoning and overlay districts.
   M.   Building Permit Required: A building permit is required to establish any ADU in the city. All ADUs are required to comply with all adopted applicable codes including but not limited to building, fire, and public utilities.
   N.   Administrative Regulations: The following administrative regulations are intended to provide direction on applying and interpreting the regulations of this chapter.
      1.   There is no minimum lot size required for an ADU.
      2.   An ADU does not count towards the density allowed in the underlying zoning district.
      3.   ADUs that have been approved prior to April 4, 2023, as part of a conditional use are considered legal conforming uses and may be modified if the modification complies with the requirements of this section and any other applicable standard of this title.
   O.   Zoning Certificate and Good Landlord Program:
      1.   A certificate of occupancy for the ADU shall not be issued until a zoning certificate is issued. A zoning certificate may be issued at the same time as the certificate of occupancy. If a certificate of occupancy is not required, the zoning certificate shall be issued prior to the ADU being occupied.
      2.   If a business license is required for the rental of the ADU, the owner shall be enrolled in the landlord/tenant initiative program as defined in Title 5, "Business Taxes, Licenses And Regulations", of this code prior to issuing a zoning certificate.
   P.   Restrictive Covenant: An ADU shall have a restrictive covenant filed against the property on which the ADU is located, on a form approved by the city attorney, which restrictive covenant shall include the following provisions:
      1.   A description of the principal structure and the ADU, including whether the ADU is within the principal structure or a detached structure, the square footage of both the principal structure and the ADU, and how off-street parking is allocated between the principal structure and the ADU.
      2.   A statement that the ADU may only be used and occupied in accordance with the applicable regulations adopted in the Salt Lake City Code and that the property owner will permit access necessary to confirm such use and occupancy.
      3.   A statement that the ADU and principal structure cannot be used for short term rental.
      4.   A statement that the terms of the restrictive covenant are enforceable by the city or, pursuant to Utah Code Section 10-9a-802, any adversely affected party, and that in any such enforcement action the court shall award the prevailing party its attorneys fees.
      5.   An ADU that is required to be owner occupied shall also include a statement reflective of this requirement. If such requirement set forth in Subsection 21A.40.200.C is eliminated in the future, then such restriction set forth in the restrictive covenant shall likewise become unenforceable.
      6.   The restrictive covenant shall be recorded with the Salt Lake County Recorder's Office against the subject property. A copy of the recorded covenant shall be provided to the planning division and attached to the building permit record prior to final inspection of the ADU. If no final inspection is required, the copy of the recorded covenant shall be provided prior to occupying the ADU.
   Q.   Use Regulations:
      1.   An ADU shall not be rented as a short term rental as defined in Section 21.A.62.040.
      2.   An ADU may include any home occupation authorized by this title.
      3.   An ADU may be converted to any other accessory use that is allowed in the zoning district.
      4.   An ADU cannot be converted to another principal use. (Ord. 17-23, 2023: Ord. 53-18, 2018)

21A.42.010: PURPOSE STATEMENT:

This chapter provides general regulations for uses, and the structures associated with them, which have only a seasonal or temporary duration. (Ord. 4-18, 2018)

21A.42.020: APPLICABILITY:

This chapter regulates temporary uses not otherwise regulated by title 3, chapter 3.50 of this Code. Food trucks and trailers are subject to chapter 21A.36 of this title if on private property or title 5, chapter 5.69 of this Code if on public property. Art festivals, neighborhood fairs and other similar activities, authorized by other City regulations to operate on public property or within the public way, are not subject to the provisions of this chapter. (Ord. 4-18, 2018)

21A.42.030: AUTHORITY:

The Zoning Administrator may authorize temporary uses as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title, and as hereinafter specified in accordance with the following provisions. (Ord. 4-18, 2018)

21A.42.040: NO CONTENT BASED DISCRIMINATION:

In applying the provisions of this chapter, the Zoning Administrator shall not consider the content, except legally prohibited obscenity, of any activity which the applicant claims to be protected by the First Amendment to the Constitution of the United States or article I, section 15 of the Constitution of Utah. Regulation of such constitutionally protected activities by the issuance of temporary use permits for temporary uses shall be limited to time, place, and manner restrictions necessary to protect the legitimate governmental purposes recognized by this title. (Ord. 4-18, 2018)

21A.42.050: PROCESS FOR CONSTITUTIONALLY PROTECTED TEMPORARY USES:

   A.   Notification To City: If an applicant for a building permit for a temporary use claims that the activity is protected by the First Amendment to the Constitution of the United States or article I, section 15 of the Constitution of Utah, and that the process specified in this chapter for considering the temporary use is insufficiently expeditious or unreasonably burdensome, the applicant shall notify the Zoning Administrator of the timetable which the applicant claims is necessary to process the application and any burdens which the applicant claims to be unreasonable.
   B.   Implementation Of Expedited Process: The Zoning Administrator shall consult with the City Attorney and establish an expedited or otherwise modified process for considering the application in a manner and under such schedules as may be necessary to meet any constitutional requirements affording protection to the activity. (Ord. 4-18, 2018)

21A.42.060: STANDARDS FOR ISSUANCE AND REVOCATION OF TEMPORARY USE PERMITS:

A temporary use permit is required for temporary uses, in accordance with the following standards set forth below:
   A.   Application: An application shall be submitted to the Zoning Administrator. Every application for a temporary use permit shall include a site plan and a traffic plan listing the date, time, location, anticipated attendance, anticipated access routes, ingress and egress for emergency vehicles, and available parking in the vicinity. The application shall be submitted to the Zoning Administrator at least thirty (30) calendar days before the scheduled date that the temporary event or use is to take place unless the Zoning Administrator approves a shorter application deadline.
   B.   Fees: The application for a temporary use permit shall be accompanied by the fee shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule.
   C.   Approval: A temporary use permit may be issued by the Zoning Administrator; provided, that the applicant meets all applicable requirements of this chapter and any other requirements deemed necessary by the Zoning Administrator to ensure that the temporary use will not have a detrimental impact upon other properties.
   D.   Basis For Permit Denial: A temporary use permit shall be denied if the Zoning Administrator determines that the public health, safety, or welfare would be impaired, or if the applicant has not adequately addressed traffic and parking issues associated with the proposed use, or if the proposed use does not meet the purpose and parameters of this chapter.
   E.   Conditional Permit: A temporary use permit may be conditioned upon such special requirements as the Zoning Administrator may determine are necessary to achieve the purposes of this title and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare.
   F.   Revocation Of Permit: A temporary use permit may be revoked by the Zoning Administrator pursuant to the procedures of section 21A.08.060 of this title, if any of the standards and conditions imposed pursuant to such permit, are violated.
      1.   Authority: A temporary use permit may be revoked by the Zoning Administrator in accordance with the provisions of this section, if any of the standards and conditions imposed pursuant to such permit, are violated.
      2.   Notice: Before a temporary use permit may be revoked, written notice of the decision to revoke shall be served upon the permit holder, or agent of the permit holder, either personally or by mail. The notice shall inform the permit holder of the grounds for the revocation and advise the permit holder that the revocation shall be effective twenty four (24) hours from the date of such service unless before the revocation date, the permit holder either:
         a.   Demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Zoning Administrator compliance with the requirements of the temporary use permit; or
         b.   Files an appeal of the Zoning Administrator's decision to revoke pursuant to subsection F4 of this section.
      3.   Effect Of Revocation: No person may continue to make use of land, buildings, or temporary structures in the manner authorized by any temporary use permit after such permit has been revoked in accordance with this section.
      4.   Appeal: Any person adversely affected by a final decision of the Zoning Administrator to revoke a temporary use permit may appeal to the Appeals Hearing Officer in accordance with the provisions of chapter 21A.16 of this title.
   G.   Other Permits: All required permits from other governmental entities must be obtained prior to initiating the temporary use. (Ord. 4-18, 2018)

21A.42.070: USE LIMITATIONS:

   A.   General Limitations: Every temporary use shall comply with all applicable zoning regulations unless authorized by sections 21A.42.080 and 21A.42.090 of this chapter.
   B.   Bulk And Yard Regulations: Except as expressly provided otherwise in sections 21A.42.080 and 21A.42.090 of this chapter, every temporary use shall comply with the bulk and yard requirements of the district in which the temporary use is located with the exception of landscaping requirements. Bulk and yard regulations can be adjusted by the Zoning Administrator based on the nature of the temporary use and the character of the adjacent and surrounding area.
   C.   Zoning Districts: Temporary uses are allowed in all non-residential zoning districts. Temporary uses are also allowed in other zoning districts as authorized in section 21A.42.080 of this chapter. Temporary structures are allowed in zoning districts as authorized in section 21A.42.090 of this chapter.
   D.   Signage: Temporary signs may be permitted in accordance with the procedures and requirements of chapter 21A.46 of this title.
   E.   Hours And Days Of Operation: No temporary use shall be operated during any hours or on any days of the week except as designated by the Zoning Administrator, on the basis of the nature of the temporary use and the character of the adjacent and surrounding area.
   F.   Parking: Before approving any temporary use, the Zoning Administrator shall make an assessment of the total number of off street parking spaces that will be reasonably required in connection with the proposed temporary use, location of the use, its intensity, and the availability of other parking facilities in the area. No temporary use shall be authorized that would, in the opinion of the Zoning Administrator, substantially reduce the amount of required off street parking spaces available for a use in connection with permanent uses located on the same zoning lot.
   G.   Sight Distance Triangle: No structures, equipment, merchandise, or any other item shall be located within the "sight distance triangle" as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title.
   H.   Legally Existing Businesses: Legally existing businesses are subject to the regulations in the underlying zoning district and any applicable regulation regarding outdoor sales. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 4-18, 2018)

21A.42.080: PERMITTED TEMPORARY USES:

Subject to the specific regulations and time limits and to the other applicable regulations of the zoning district in which the use is permitted, the following temporary uses shall be permitted in the zoning districts specified below or in subsection 21A.42.070C of this chapter, upon a finding by the Zoning Administrator that the parcel upon which the temporary use will be located is adequate in size, that there are adequate parking provisions and traffic access, and that the applicant has agreed to comply with such other conditions as the Zoning Administrator deems necessary to ensure that the temporary use will not have any material detrimental impact upon other properties:
   A.   Fundraisers: Fundraisers are permitted in any zoning district provided the applicant is a recognized community organization or non-profit, and the sale or event is no more than three (3) consecutive days.
   B.   Christmas Tree Sales: In addition to the zoning districts allowed for all temporary uses, Christmas tree sales are permitted on any parking lot for a legally existing recreational land use that is seasonal in nature and not being used concurrently or if the site has more parking than is required per the zone. Such use shall be limited to a period not to exceed forty five (45) days, per calendar year. Display of Christmas trees need not comply with the yard requirements of this title. No tree shall be displayed obstructing the "sight distance triangle" as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title.
   C.   Festivals, Bazaars, Large Scale Outdoor Sale Events, Carnivals, Circuses, And Other Special Events: Festivals, bazaars, large scale outdoor sale events, carnivals, circuses and other special events shall be limited to a period not to exceed fourteen (14) days. Such use need not comply with the maximum height requirements of this title. There must be at least seven (7) days between events at a given location during which time any and all structures or other items associated with the temporary use must be disassembled and removed from the site.
   D.   Temporary Food Service And Other Small Scale Temporary Uses: Temporary food service and other small scale temporary uses are permitted for a maximum of one hundred twenty (120) days each calendar year. Such facilities shall be less than two hundred (200) square feet and shall not interfere with pedestrian access to other businesses on the site. Food trucks and trailers are subject to chapter 21A.36 of this title if on private property or title 5, chapter 5.69 of this Code if on public property.
   E.   Farmers' Markets: Farmers' markets shall be limited to a maximum of one hundred twenty (120) days each calendar year.
   F.   Outdoor Sales Of Fireworks: Outdoor sales of fireworks from temporary stands or trailers is permitted subject to the requirements of title 18 of this Code and all other City and State codes regulating the sale and distribution of fireworks. No additional off street parking is required.
   G.   Movie/Film Locations: Movie/film locations are allowed in all zoning districts. The applicant shall provide a short written description and schedule of the proposed filming event to the owners and/or occupants of the property where filming will occur along with all properties adjacent to it (including those across streets and alleys). A report noting the reaction of those owners and occupants, with their addresses and phone numbers, shall be required. (Ord. 4-18, 2018)

21A.42.090: PERMITTED TEMPORARY STRUCTURES:

   A.   Temporary Structures: Any permitted temporary use may utilize temporary structures to further that use subject to the requirements of chapter 18 of this title.
   B.   Connection To Water And Sewer Utilities: No temporary structures, besides relocatable offices, can connect to water and sewer utilities.
   C.   Construction Trailers And Temporary Storage Yards: During building construction, trailers serving as contractor's offices and temporary storage yards for construction materials are permitted. Such facilities shall not be located in any required front yard on the site. When, due to site constraints, a location outside of the required front yards is not feasible, the location of such facilities may be approved by the Zoning Administrator. Temporary construction facilities shall be removed upon the completion of construction. No additional off-street parking is required.
   D.   Temporary Structures Associated With Permanent Business: The following temporary structures associated with a business that is legally licensed as a permanent business as outlined in this title, are permitted subject to the following standards:
      1.   Tents And Canopies: Permitted in all districts subject to the following standards:
         a.   Tents and canopies in nonresidential districts shall comply with the following standards:
         (1)   Tents and canopies shall remain on the property for no longer than forty five (45) consecutive days and no longer than forty five (45) days in a calendar year. Tents are allowed to stay for up to two days after the forty five (45) day period for the purpose of disassembly of the tent or canopy.
         (2)   No tent or canopy may occupy required parking stalls.
         (3)   There is no maximum size requirements for a tent or canopy as long as it meets the yard and setback requirements of the underlying zoning district. All tents over two hundred (200) square feet in area need to be approved by the Salt Lake City Building Services Division for wind and snow load requirements.
         b.   Tents and canopies in residential zoning districts and for legal, nonconforming land uses shall comply with the following standards:
         (1)   Tents and canopies shall remain on the property for no longer than forty five (45) consecutive days and no longer than forty five (45) days in a calendar year. Tents are allowed to stay for up to two days after the forty five (45) day period for the purpose of disassembly of the tent or canopy. Tents and canopies in any residential zone for the personal use of any resident are not subject to this standard.
         (2)   No tent or canopy may occupy required parking stalls.
         (3)   No tent may exceed two hundred (200) square feet in size and no canopy may exceed four hundred (400) square feet in size.
      2.   Kiosks And Other Temporary Structures: Kiosks and other temporary structures shall be no larger than two hundred (200) square feet. Such structures shall be located to minimize any light or noise impacts on adjacent residential properties.
      3.   Relocatable Office Buildings: Relocatable office buildings as defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title, are permitted in all zoning districts that permit offices subject to the requirements of title 18 of this Code. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 4-18, 2018)

21A.44.010: PURPOSE:

This chapter is intended to require that new development and redevelopment projects provide off street parking and loading facilities in proportion to the parking, loading, and transportation demands of the buildings and land uses included in those projects. This chapter is also intended to help protect the public health, safety, and general welfare by:
   A.   Avoiding and mitigating traffic congestion and reducing the financial burden on taxpayer funded roadways;
   B.   Providing necessary access for service and emergency vehicles:
   C.   Providing for safe and convenient interaction between vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians;
   D.   Providing flexible methods of responding to the transportation and access demands of various land uses in different areas of the city;
   E.   Reducing storm water runoff, reducing heat island effect from large expanses of pavement, improving water quality, and minimizing dust pollution;
   F.   Establishing context-sensitive parking standards to reflect the current and future built environment of neighborhoods; and
   G.   Avoiding and mitigating the adverse visual and environmental impacts of large concentrations of exposed parking. (Ord. 67-22, 2022)

21A.44.020: APPLICABILITY:

   A.   Amounts of Parking, Loading, and Drive-Through Facilities Required: The standards of this chapter are intended to establish: minimum and maximum amounts of vehicle parking; minimum required bicycle parking, minimum required loading facilities, and minimum capacity of drive-through facilities and shall apply to projects involving the activities listed below. In some instances, other standards of this chapter provide alternatives for required compliance. Certain exemptions are intended to encourage utilization of existing structures and preserve desirable characteristics of locations built prior to parking requirements.
      1.   New Development: Unless otherwise exempted by Section 21A.44.020.A.4, the standards in this chapter shall apply to all development and land uses upon adoption of this ordinance.
      2.   Expansion of Use or Structure: The number of off street parking and loading spaces for the expansion of a use or structure shall comply with the requirements of Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking" and the standards of this chapter when:
         a.   One or more additional dwelling units is created; or
         b.   The addition to or expansion of one or more structures or uses that, when considered together with any other expansions during the previous two-year period, would increase the total usable floor area of the structure(s) by more than twenty-five percent (25%); or
         c.   The addition to or expansion of one (1) or more structures or uses that requires conditional use permit approval.
      3.   Change of Use:
         a.   Except when located within an Urban Center or Transit Context, or as stated in Subsection b below, off street parking shall be provided pursuant to this chapter for any change of use that increases the minimum number of required vehicle parking spaces by:
            (1)   More than ten (10) parking spaces; or
            (2)   More than twenty-five percent (25%) of the parking spaces that currently exist on-site or on permitted off-site locations.
         b.   For changes in use in buildings built prior to 1944, no additional parking shall be required beyond what is existing.
      4.   Exemptions from Parking Requirements: The following shall be exempt from providing the minimum parking required by Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking", but shall comply with maximum parking allowed and location and design standards in Section 21A.44.060 if parking is provided:
         a.   Lots created prior to April 12,1995 that are less than five thousand (5,000) square feet in lot area, except those being used for single-family, two-family, and twin home dwelling uses;
         b.   Expansions or enlargements that increase the square footage of usable floor area of an existing structure or parking requirements for the use by twenty-five percent (25%) or less, provided that existing off street parking and loading areas are not removed.
   B.   Location and Design: Section 21A.44.060, "Parking Location and Design", shall apply to all vehicle parking, bicycle parking, loading, and drive-through facilities, regardless of whether the project is subject to the requirements for additional parking spaces or other facilities pursuant to Subsection 21A.44.020.A above. Parking garages are subject to design standards found in Chapter 21A.37 and zoning district specific requirements.
   C.   Demolition of Housing for Parking: The demolition of a dwelling unit for the purpose of increasing the number of parking stalls or modifying a parking lot for an existing land use is prohibited if the demolition results in a net loss of dwellings. (Ord. 48-25, 2025: Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 72-24, 2024: Ord. 67-22, 2022)

21A.44.030: CALCULATION OF PARKING:

   A.   Generally:
      1.   All parking and loading requirements that are based on square footage shall be calculated on the basis of usable floor area of the subject use, unless otherwise specified in Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking".
      2.   Parking spaces shall not be counted more than once for required off-site, shared, and/or alternative parking plans, except where the development complies with off-site, shared, and/or alternative parking standards.
      3.   Parking spaces designed or designated exclusively for motorcycles, scooters, and other two wheeled vehicles shall not count toward the number of minimum required or maximum allowed off street parking spaces.
      4.   Parking spaces intended for storage of business vehicles, such as fleet vehicles, delivery vehicles, or vehicles on display associated with sales or rental shall not count toward the number of minimum required or maximum allowed off street parking spaces unless otherwise stated in Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking".
      5.   Parking spaces designed or designated exclusively for recreational vehicles shall not count toward the number of minimum required or maximum allowed off street parking spaces.
      6.   When calculations of the number of required off street parking spaces for vehicles result in a fractional number, any fraction of 0.5 or larger shall be rounded up to the next higher whole number. Calculations for more than one use in a project shall be calculated for each individual use and may be rounded individually and added, or added then rounded as determined by the applicant.
      7.   Lots containing more than one (1) use may provide parking and loading based on the shared parking calculations in Subsection 21A.44.050.B, "Shared Parking".
   B.   Unlisted Uses: For uses not listed in Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking" the planning director is authorized to do any of the following:
      1.   Apply the minimum or maximum off street parking space requirement specified in Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking", for the listed use that is deemed most similar to the proposed use as determined by the planning director based on operating characteristics, the most similar related occupancy classification, or other factors related to potential parking demand determined by the director.
      2.   Apply a minimum parking requirement of three (3) spaces per one thousand (1,000) square feet of usable floor area for the use and a maximum parking allowance of five (5) spaces per one thousand (1,000) square feet of useable floor area for the use.
      3.   Establish the minimum off street parking space and loading requirements based on a parking study prepared by the applicant according to Subsection 21A.44.050.F. (Ord. 67-22, 2022)

21A.44.040: REQUIRED OFF STREET PARKING:

   A.   Minimum and Maximum Parking Spaces Required:
      1.   Unless otherwise provided in this code, each development or land use subject to this chapter pursuant to Section 21A.44.020 shall provide at least the minimum number, and shall not provide more than the maximum number, of off street parking spaces required by Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking".
      2.   A parking standard shown in Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking", is not an indication of whether the use is allowed or prohibited in the respective zoning district or context area. See Chapter 21A.33, "Land Use Tables" for allowed and prohibited uses.
      3.   The maximum parking limit does not apply to parking provided in parking garages, stacked or racked parking structures, or to off-site parking that complies with all other requirements of this title.
      4.   The maximum parking limit does not apply to properties in the M-1, M-2, M-1A, BP, or Airport zoning districts that are located west of the centerline of Redwood Road.
      5.   If a conditional use is approved by the planning commission in accordance with Chapter 21A.54, "Conditional Uses", and the conditional use approval states a different parking requirement than that required by this Chapter 21A.44, and is determined necessary to mitigate a detrimental impact, then the parking requirement in the conditional use approval shall apply.
      6.   All uses with vehicle stacking and/or drive-through facilities shall comply with Section 21A.44.080, "Drive-Through Facilities and Vehicle Stacking Areas", in addition to the requirements of Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking".
      7.   All uses with outdoor sales, display, leasing, and/or auction areas shall also provide one-half (1/2) parking space and no more than two (2) parking spaces per one thousand (1,000) sq. ft. of outdoor sales, display, leasing, and/or auction area. This additional parking shall not count toward the maximum allowed per Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking", when a maximum is specified.
   B.   Context Approach: Salt Lake City has a wide variety of development contexts that make any single approach to minimum and maximum parking requirements ineffective. The parking demand for a downtown area served by transit will be much lower than a downtown adjacent neighborhood or suburban shopping center. To ensure that minimum and maximum parking requirements reflect the built context (and future built context) of the area, we created four distinct "context areas", and then tailored minimum and maximum parking standards to each. The Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking Table below lists the specific zoning districts included in each context area. The following is a brief narrative introducing each context area:
      1.   General Context: This category includes the city's zoning districts that tend to be more auto-dependent and/or suburban in scale and parking needs. This context applies broadly to all of the zoning districts that are not specifically listed in the other context areas.
      2.   Neighborhood Center: This category includes areas with small- or moderate-scale shopping, gathering, or activity spaces, often within or adjacent to General Context areas, but that are not necessarily well served by transit. This category includes zoning districts with pedestrian-scale development patterns, building forms, and amenities.
      3.   Urban Center: This category includes zoning districts with dense, pedestrian-oriented development within more intensely developed urban centers. The parking demand in this context is higher than in the Neighborhood Center Context, but lower than areas with good transit service.
      4.   Transit Context: This category includes those zoning districts that immediately surround mass-transit facilities and/or are in the downtown core. These areas have the lowest parking demand and may be exempt from minimum parking requirements or be required to provide minimal off street parking.
TABLE 21A.44.040-A: MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM OFF STREET PARKING:
DU= dwelling unit   sq. ft.= square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
TABLE 21A.44.040-A: MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM OFF STREET PARKING:
DU= dwelling unit   sq. ft.= square feet
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Distance to fixed-rail transit shall be measured radially in a straight line from the closest point of the subject property line to the closest point of a fixed-rail transit station platform
Vehicle Stacking and Drive-Through Facilities: See Subsection 21A.44.040 .A.6
Outdoor Sales/Display/Leasing/Auction Areas: See Subsection 21A.44.040 .A.7
RESIDENTIAL USES
Household Living
Artists' loft/studio
1.5 spaces per DU
1 space per DU
0.5 spaces per DU
No Minimum
No Maximum
Manufactured home
2 spaces per DU
1 space per DU
No Minimum
All Contexts: 4 spaces per DU, not including recreational vehicle parking spaces
Mobile home
Single-family (attached)
Single-family (detached)
Twin home
2 spaces per DU
1 space per DU
No Minimum
All contexts: 4 spaces for DU, not including recreational vehicle parking spaces
Two-family
Multi-family
Studio and 1 bedrooms: 1 space per DU, 2+ bedrooms 1.25 space per DU
Studio and 1+ bedrooms: 1 space per DU
Studio: No Minimum 1 bedroom: 0.5 space per DU
2+ bedrooms: 1 space per DU
No Minimum
All Contexts: Studio & 1 Bedroom: 2 spaces per DU 2+ bedrooms: 3 spaces per DU
Group Living
Assisted living facility
1 space for each 6 infirmary or nursing home beds;
plus 1 space for each 4 rooming units;
plus 1 space for each 3 DU See Table Note A   
1 space for each 8 infirmary or nursing home beds; plus 1 space for each 6 rooming units; plus 1 space for each 4 DU See Table Note A
No Minimum
No Maximum
Nursing care facility
Congregate Care Facility (large)
1 space for each family, plus 1 space for every 4 individual bedrooms, plus 1 space for every 2 support staff present
No Minimum
All Contexts: 1 space per bedroom plus 1 space for each support staff present
Congregate Care Facility (small)
3 spaces per facility and 1 space for every 2 support staff present
No Minimum
Group home
1 space per 4 persons design capacity; See Table Note A
1 space per 6 persons design capacity; See Table Note A
1 space per 4 persons design capacity; See Table Note A
No Minimum
All Contexts: 1 space per 3 persons design capacity; See Table Note A
Residential support
Dormitory, fraternity, sorority
1 space per 2 persons design capacity
1 space per 3 persons design capacity
1 space per 4 persons design capacity
No Minimum
All Contexts: 1 space per 1 persons design capacity
Rooming (boarding) house
1 space per 2 guest rooms
1 space per 3 guest rooms
1 space per 4 guest rooms
No Minimum
No Maximum
Shared housing
0.5 spaces per unit
0.25 spaces per unit
No Minimum
No Maximum
 
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Distance to fixed-rail transit shall be measured radially in a straight line from the closest point of the subject property line to the closest point of a fixed-rail transit station platform
PUBLIC, INSTITUTIONAL, AND CIVIC USES
Community and Cultural Facilities
Art gallery
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
0.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
All Contexts: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Studio, Art
Exhibition hall
Museum
Crematorium
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
No Maximum
Daycare center, adult
Daycare center, child
Homeless resource center
Library
Community correctional facility,
3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
2.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Community recreation center
Jail
Charity dining hall
3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area
No Minimum
No Maximum
Social service mission
Municipal service use, including city utility use and police and fire station
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area, plus 1 space per service vehicle
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area, plus 1 space per service vehicle
No Minimum
No Maximum
Convent/monastery
1 space per 4 persons design capacity
1 space per 6 persons design capacity
1 space per 8 persons design capacity
No Minimum
No Maximum
Funeral home
1 space per 4 seats in main assembly area
1 space per 5 seats in main assembly area
1 space per 6 seats in main assembly area
No Minimum
Urban Center and Transit Center Context: 2 spaces per 4 seats in main assembly areas
Neighborhood Center and General Context: No maximum
Place of worship
1 space per 6 seats or 1 space per 300 sq. ft., whichever is less
1 space per 8 seats or 1 space per 400 sq. ft., whichever is less
1 space per 10 seats or 1 space per 500 sq. ft., whichever is less
No Minimum
All Contexts: 1 space per 3.5 seats or 1 space per 200 sq. ft., whichever is greater
Fairground
See Table Note B
No Maximum
Zoological park
See Table Note B
No Maximum
Ambulance service
Cemetery
No Minimum
Plazas
Park
Open space
 
 
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Distance to fixed-rail transit shall be measured radially in a straight line from the closest point of the subject property line to the closest point of a fixed-rail transit station platform
Educational Facilities
College and university
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. office, research, and library area, plus 1 space per 6 seats in assembly areas
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. office, research, and library area, plus 1 space per 10 seats in assembly areas
No Minimum
All Contexts: 4 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
K - 12 private
Elementary or Middle: 1 space per 20 students design capacity
High Schools: 1 space per 8 students design capacity
K - 12 public
Music conservatory
Professional and vocational
Seminary and religious institute
Healthcare Facilities
Clinic (medical, dental)
4 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
All Contexts: 6 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft
Blood donation center
3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
Transit and Urban Center Context: 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft
Neighborhood Center and General Context: 6 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Hospital
1 space per 3 patient beds design capacity
1 space per 2 patient beds design capacity
All Contexts: 1 space per 2 patient beds design capacity
Pharmacy
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
Transit Context: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Urban Center and Neighborhood Center Context: 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
General Context: 4 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
 
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU- 11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Distance to fixed-rail transit shall be measured radially in a straight line from the closest point of the subject property line to the closest point of a fixed-rail transit station platform
COMMERCIAL USES
Agricultural and Animal Uses
Greenhouse
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
Transit and Urban Center Context: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft
Neighborhood Center and General Context: No Maximum
Kennel
Pound
Veterinary office
Cremation service, animal
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
Kennel on lots of 5 acres or larger
Poultry farm or processing plant
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
Transit and Urban Center Context: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood Center and General Context: No Maximum
Raising of furbearing animals
Slaughterhouse
Agricultural use
No Minimum
No Minimum
No Minimum
No Minimum
Community garden
Farmer's market
Grain elevator
Pet cemetery
Stable
Stockyard
Urban farm
Botanical garden
See Table Note B
Recreation and Entertainment
Auditorium
1 space per 4 seats in assembly areas
1 space per 6 seats in assembly areas
1 space per 8 seats in assembly areas
No Minimum
All Contexts: 1 space per 3 seats in assembly areas
Theater, live performance
Theater, movie
Amphitheater
See Table Note B
Stadium
Tennis court (principal use)
2 spaces per court
No Minimum
Transit and Urban Center Context: 2 spaces per court or lane
Neighborhood Center and General Context: No Maximum
Bowling
2 spaces per lane
No Minimum
Transit and Urban Center Context: 2 spaces per court or lane
Neighborhood Center and General Context: No Maximum
Convention center
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
All Contexts: 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Performing arts production facility
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
All Contexts: 4 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Reception center
Recreation (indoor)
3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Recreational vehicle park (minimum 1 acre)
1 space per designated camping or RV spot
No Maximum
Recreation (outdoor)
See Table Note B
Food and Beverage Services
Brewpub
Indoor tasting/seating area: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.;
Outdoor tasting/seating area: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Indoor tasting/ seating area: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.;
Outdoor tasting/ seating area: 1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
Transit, Urban Center, and Neighborhood Center Context: 5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft indoor tasting/seating area
General Context: 7 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. indoor tasting/seating area
All Contexts: Outdoor tasting/ seating area: 4 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Restaurant
Tavern
Office, Business, and Professional Services
Check cashing/payday loan business
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
General Context: 4 spaces per 1,000
Neighborhood Center Context: 3 spaces per 1,000
Urban Center and Transit Center Contexts: 2 spaces per 1,000
Dental laboratory/ research facility
Financial institution
Research and laboratory facilities
Office (excluding medical and dental clinic and office)
3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Retail Sales & Services
Photo finishing lab
No Minimum
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
Transit and Urban Center Contexts: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood Center and General Context: 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Electronic repair shop
Furniture repair shop
Upholstery shop
Radio, television station
3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
Auction
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No minimum
Transit Context: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Urban Center and Neighborhood Center Context: 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
General Context: 4 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Flea market
Store, Pawn shop
Retail goods or serevices
Retail shopping center over 55,000 sq. ft. usable floor area
Up to 100,000 sq. ft.: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Above 100,000 sq. ft.: sq. ft. 1.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Up to 100,000 sq.
ft. :1.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. Above 100,000 sq. ft.: 1,25 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
Transit and Urban Center Contexts: up to 100,000 sq. ft.: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft., above 100,000 sq. ft.: 1.75 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood Center and General Context: Up to 100,000 sq. ft.: 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft., above 100,000 sq. ft.: 2.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Plant and garden shop with outdoor retail sales area
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
Transit and Urban Center Contexts: 1.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood Center: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
General Context: 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Lodging Facilities
Bed and breakfast
1 space per guest bedroom
0.5 spaces per guest bedroom
No Minimum
All Contexts: 1.25 spaces per guest bedroom
Short term rental
 
Hotel/motel
All Contexts: 1.5 spaces per guest bedroom
Vehicles and Equipment
Vehicle Auction
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area plus 1 space per service bay
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area plus 1 space per service bay
No Minimum
No Maximum
Automobile part sales
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of indoor sales/leasing/office area plus 1 space per service bay
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of indoor sales/leasing/offi ce area plus 1 space per service bay
No Minimum
All Contexts: 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of indoor sales/leasing/offi ce area, plus 1 space per service bay
Automobile and truck repair sales/rental and service
Boat/recreational vehicle sales and service (indoor)
Equipment rental (indoor and/or outdoor)
Equipment, heavy (rental, sales, service)
Manufactured/
mobile home sales and service
Recreational vehicle (RV) sales and service
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of indoor sales/leasing/office area plus 1 space per service bay
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of indoor sales/leasing/offi ce area plus 1 space per service bay
No Minimum
All Contexts: 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of indoor sales/leasing/offi ce area, plus 1 space per service bay
Truck repair sales and rental (large)
Car wash
No Minimum
Transit and Urban Center Contexts: 1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood Center: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
General Context: 5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Gas station
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
No Minimum
General Context: 5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood Center Context: 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Urban Center Context: 1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
Bus line yard and repair facility
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. , plus 1 space per commercial fleet vehicle
No Minimum
No Maximum
Impound lot
Limousine service
Taxicab facility
Tire distribution retail/wholesale
Adult Entertainment Establishments
Sexually oriented business
3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
All Contexts: 5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
 
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Distance to fixed-rail transit shall be measured radially in a straight line from the closest point of the subject property line to the closest point of a fixed-rail transit station platform
TRANSPORTATION USES
Airport
Determined by Airport Authority
No Maximum
Heliport
Bus line station/terminal
No Minimum
Urban Center and Transit Contexts:2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft.
Neighborhood Center and General Context: 1 space per 150 average daily passenger boardings
Intermodal transit passenger hub
Railroad, passenger station
Transportation terminal, including bus, rail and trucking
Railroad, repair shop
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. , plus 1 space per fleet vehicle generally stored on-site
No Minimum
No Maximum
Truck freight terminal
Railroad, freight terminal facility
No Minimum
 
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Distance to fixed-rail transit shall be measured radially in a straight line from the closest point of the subject property line to the closest point of a fixed-rail transit station platform
INDUSTRIAL USES
Manufacturing and Processing
Artisan food production
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of production area, plus 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office/retail
0.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of production area, plus 1.5 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office/retail
No Minimum
Transit and Urban Center Contexts: 1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of production area, plus 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office/retail
Neighborhood Center and General Context: 2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of production area, plus 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office/retail
Bakery, commercial
Automobile salvage and recycling (outdoor)
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of office/retail
0.5 space per 1,000 sq. ft. of office/retail
No Minimum
All Contexts: 7 spaces per 1,000 sq ft. of office/retail
Processing center (outdoor)
Automobile salvage and recycling (indoor)
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Maximum
Blacksmith shop
Bottling plant
Brewer/Small Brewery
Chemical manufacturing and/or storage
Commercial food preparation
Distillery
Drop forge industry
Explosive manufacturing and storage
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
No Maximum
Food processing
Heavy manufacturing
Incinerator, medical waste/hazardous waste
Industrial assembly
Jewelry fabrication
Laundry, commercial
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
No Maximum
Light manufacturing
Paint manufacturing
 
1 space per 1,000 sq. ft.
No Minimum
 
No Maximum
Printing plant
Processing center (indoor)
Recycling
Sign painting/ fabrication
Studio, motion picture
Welding shop
Winery
Woodworking mill
Collection station
No Minimum
No Minimum
No Maximum
Concrete and/or asphalt manufacturing
Extractive industry
Refinery, petroleum products
Storage and Warehousing
Air cargo terminals and package delivery facility
No Minimum
No Maximum
Building materials distribution
Distribution center
No Minimum
Flammable liquids or gases, heating fuel distribution and storage
No Minimum
No Maximum
Package delivery facility
Warehouse
Warehouse, accessory to retail and wholesale business (maximum 5,000 square foot floor plate)
Wholesale distribution
Storage, self
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area, plus 1 space per 30 storage units
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office
All Contexts: 1 space for every 15 storage units
Contractor's yard/office
2 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area
All Contexts: 3 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of office area
Rock, sand and gravel storage and distribution
No Minimum
No Maximum
Storage (outdoor)
Storage and display (outdoor)
Storage, public (outdoor)
 
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Distance to fixed-rail transit shall be measured radially in a straight line from the closest point of the subject property line to the closest point of a fixed-rail transit station platform
PUBLIC AND SEMI-PUBLIC UTILITY USES
Utility: Building or structure
No Minimum
No Maximum
Antenna, communication tower
Antenna, communication tower, exceeding the maximum building height in the zone
Large wind energy system
No Minimum
No Maximum
Solar array
Utility: Electric generation facility
Utility: Sewage treatment plant
Utility: Solid waste transfer station
Wireless telecommunications facility
 
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Land Use
Minimum Parking Requirement
Maximum Parking Allowed
General Context
Neighborhood Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed-rail; All zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between ½ mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU-2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and ½ mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D-3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Distance to fixed-rail transit shall be measured radially in a straight line from the closest point of the subject property line to the closest point of a fixed-rail transit station platform
ACCESSORY USES
Accessory Dwelling Unit
See Section 21A.40.200: Accessory Dwelling Units
Living quarter for caretaker or security guard
Warehouse, accessory
No Minimum
No Maximum
Accessory use, except those that are otherwise specifically regulated elsewhere in this title
Heliport, accessory
Storage, accessory (outdoor)
Table Notes:
A.   Facilities that are (a) occupied by persons whose right to live together is protected by the federal Fair Housing Act, and that (b) occupy a building originally constructed for another residential use shall have the same parking requirements as the residential use for which the building was constructed.
B.   Parking requirements to be determined by the transportation director based on considerations of factors such as estimated facility use, vehicle traffic to the facility, transit use to the facility, potential traffic congestion, and likelihood of overflow parking in surrounding neighborhoods.
 
   C.   Electric Vehicle Parking:
      1.   Each multi-family use shall provide a minimum of one (1) parking space dedicated to electric vehicles for every twenty-five (25) parking spaces provided on-site. Electric vehicle parking spaces shall count toward the minimum required number of parking spaces. The electric vehicle parking space shall be:
         a.   Located in the same lot as the principal use;
         b.   Located as close to a primary entrance of the principal building as possible;
         c.   Signed in a clear and conspicuous manner, such as special pavement marking or signage, indicating exclusive availability to electric vehicles; and
         d.   Outfitted with a standard electric vehicle charging station.
      2.   In addition to Electric Vehicle Parking requirements, each multi-family use shall provide a minimum of 20% electric vehicle ready (EV-ready) parking spaces of parking spaces provided on- site. EV-ready parking spaces are parking spaces that are equipped with electrical conduit and sufficient electrical capacity for the future use of a minimum 200-volt electric vehicle charging station. The location of proposed EV-ready parking spaces shall be indicated on submitted site plans.
         a.   EV-ready parking requirements shall count toward the minimum required and maximum allowed number of parking spaces.
         b.   Parking areas with four or fewer vehicle parking spaces are not required to identify an EV - ready parking space.
         c.   Where no minimum parking is required, the 20% EV-ready parking space requirement will be based on provided parking.
         d.   For new multi-family uses, a minimum of 20% of required Accessible (ADA) parking spaces shall be constructed as EV-ready.
         e.   Electric vehicle parking spaces provided in accordance with Subsection B.1 that exceed the minimum number of required spaces established in that subsection shall count towards the required number of EV-ready parking spaces required in this Subsection B.2.
   D.   Accessible Parking:
      1.   The number and design of accessible (ADA) parking spaces shall be pursuant to the standards provided in the Salt Lake City Off Street Parking Standards Manual.
      2.   Parking areas with four (4) or fewer vehicle parking spaces are not required to identify an accessible parking space; however, if parking is provided, a minimum of one (1) parking space shall comply with the ADA standard dimensions.
      3.   The number of required accessible spaces shall be based on the total number of vehicle spaces provided to serve the principal uses, as shown below in Table 21A.44.040-B, "Accessible Parking Required".
 
TABLE 21A.44.040-B: ACCESSIBLE PARKING REQUIRED:
Off Street Parking Spaces Provided
Minimum Required Accessible Spaces
1 to 100
1 per 25 parking spaces
101 to 500
1 per 50 parking spaces
501 to 1,000
2 percent of total number of parking spaces
1,001 and more
20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces over 1,000
 
   E.   Bicycle Parking:
      1.   Applicability: The following regulations apply to all uses except for single-family, two-family, and twin home residential uses and nonresidential uses having less than one thousand square feet (1,000 sq. ft.) of usable floor area.
      2.   Calculation of Minimum Required Bicycle Parking Spaces: The number of required bicycle spaces shall be based on the use within the defined parking contexts as shown in Table 21A.44.040-C, "Minimum Bicycle Parking Requirements", unless another city standard requires a different number of bicycle parking spaces for a specific use, in which case the use-specific bicycle parking standard shall apply. For the purpose of calculating bicycle parking, all fractions shall be rounded up to the closest whole number to ensure that a minimum of one bicycle parking space is provided whenever the bicycle parking regulations are applicable.
TABLE 21A.44.040-C: MINIMUM BICYCLE PARKING REQUIREMENTS*:
(Calculation of Bicycle Parking Spaces to be Provided per Residential Unit or Based on Usable Floor Area)
Use
General Context
Neighborhoo d Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed- rail transit; all zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/2 mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU- 2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and 1/2 mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D- 3, D-4, G-MU, UI
TABLE 21A.44.040-C: MINIMUM BICYCLE PARKING REQUIREMENTS*:
(Calculation of Bicycle Parking Spaces to be Provided per Residential Unit or Based on Usable Floor Area)
Use
General Context
Neighborhoo d Center Context
Urban Center Context
Transit Context
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located more than 3/4 mile to fixed- rail transit; all zoning districts not listed in another context area
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/2 mile and 3/4 mile from fixed-rail transit; SR-3, FB-UN1, MU- 2, MU-3
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located between 1/4 mile and 1/2 mile from fixed-rail transit; D-2
MU-5, MU-6, MU-8, and MU-11 located within 1/4 mile of fixed-rail transit; D-1, D- 3, D-4, G-MU, UI
Distance to fixed-rail transit shall be measured radially in a straight line from the closest point of the subject property line to the closest point of a fixed-rail transit station platform
Residential Uses
1 per 5 units
1 per 4 units
1 per 3 units
1 per 2 units
Public, Institutional, and Civic Uses
1 per 10,000 sq. ft.
1 per 5,000 sq. ft.
1 per 5,000 sq. ft.
1 per 3,000 sq. ft.
Commercial Uses
1 per 10,000 sq. ft.
1 per 5,000 sq. ft
1 per 4,000 sq. ft.
1 per 2,000 sq. ft.
Industrial Uses
1 per 15,000 sq. ft.
1 per 8,000 sq. ft.
1 per 5,000 sq. ft.
1 per 3,000 sq. ft.
*For all uses: In determining the minimum number of bicycle parking spaces required, fractional spaces are rounded to the nearest whole number, with one-half counted as an additional space
 
      3.   Building Expansions or Changes of Use: Building expansions or changes of use that require additional vehicle parking spaces pursuant to Section 21A.44.020 and Section 21A.44.040 shall provide additional bicycle parking spaces based on the calculations in Table 21A.44.040-C, "Minimum Bicycle Parking Requirements", for the entire use.
      4.   Secure/Enclosed Bicycle Parking: Each one (1) bicycle parking space that is within a secure/enclosed bicycle parking facility may be used to satisfy the requirement of two (2) required bicycle parking spaces.
      5.   Existing Public Bicycle Parking Facilities: Permanent public bicycle racks or bike corrals located within fifty feet (50') of the primary entrance to the principal building may be used to satisfy up to two (2) required bicycle parking spaces.
      6.   Accessory and Temporary Uses: No bicycle parking spaces are required for accessory or temporary uses. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 3-25, 2025: Ord. 60-24, 2024: Ord. 37-24, 2024: Ord. 75-23, 2023: Ord. 16-23, 2023: Ord. 67-22, 2022)

21A.44.050: ALTERNATIVES TO MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM PARKING CALCULATIONS:

The amount of off street vehicle parking required pursuant to Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking", may be adjusted by the factors listed in this section. These adjustments may be applied as part of the calculation of parking requirements and do not require discretionary approval by the City.
   A.   Limitations on Adjustments to Minimum Required Parking: With the exception of reductions available for Affordable and Senior Housing, the adjustments listed in Subsections 21A.44.050.B through 21A.44.050.G may be used in any combination, but shall not be combined to reduce the minimum required parking established in Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking", by more than forty percent (40%).
   B.   Shared Parking:
      1.   Shared Parking for Two or More Uses:
         a.   Where two (2) or more uses listed in Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking", share a parking garage or parking lot that is located on one of the properties that is sharing parking, or is located within the maximum permitted distance of all of the properties sharing parking shown in Table 21A.44.060-B, "Maximum Distances for Off-Site Parking", the total minimum off street parking requirement for those uses may be reduced by the factors shown in Table 21A.44.050-A, "Shared Parking Reduction Factors".
         b.   The minimum number of off street parking spaces shall be the sum of the parking requirements for the uses divided by the factor shown in Table 21A.44.050-A, "Shared Parking Reduction Factors", for that combination of uses.
      Example: If a five thousand (5,000) square foot art gallery shared a parking lot with a five thousand (5,000) square foot retail goods establishment, and a one hundred (100) unit multi-family residential use in the Urban Center Context, the minimum off street parking required would be calculated as follows:
         Use 1: Art Gallery
            0.5 per 1,000 sq. ft. x (5,000 sq. ft.) = 3 parking spaces
         Use 2: Retail Goods Establishment
            1 per 1,000 sq. ft. x (5,000 sq. ft.) = 5 parking spaces
         Use 3: Multi-Family Residential
            0 per studio unit x (20 studio units) = 0 parking spaces
            0.5 per 1 bedroom unit x (36 1 bedroom units) = 18 parking spaces
            1 per 2+ bedroom units x (44 2+ bedroom units) = 44 parking spaces
            0+18+44 = 62 parking spaces
         Sum of two largest minimum parking requirements:
            5 (retail goods establishment) + 62 (multi-family) = 67 parking spaces
         Reduction Factor (two largest minimums):
            67 ÷ 1.2 reduction factor = 55.8 or 56 parking spaces
         Add Remaining Minimum(s):
            56 (retail & multi-family) + 3 (art gallery) = 59 parking spaces required
TABLE 21A.44.050-A: SHARED PARKING REDUCTION FACTORS:
Property Use
Multi-Family Residential
Public, Institutional, or Civic
Food and Beverage, Recreation and Entertainment, or Lodging
Retail Sales
Other Non-Residential
TABLE 21A.44.050-A: SHARED PARKING REDUCTION FACTORS:
Property Use
Multi-Family Residential
Public, Institutional, or Civic
Food and Beverage, Recreation and Entertainment, or Lodging
Retail Sales
Other Non-Residential
Multi-Family Residential [1]
Public, Institutional and Civic
1.1
Food and Beverage, Recreation and Entertainment, or Lodging
1.1
1.2
Retail Sales
1.2
1.3
1.3
Other Non- Residential
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.2
[1] Applies to multi-family residential, assisted living facility (large), group home (large), and residential support (large) uses
 
      2.   Documentation Required:
         a.   The owners of record involved in the joint use of shared parking shall submit written documentation of the continued availability of the shared parking arrangement to the Transportation Director for review.
         b.   The Director shall approve the shared parking arrangement if the Director determines that the documentation demonstrates the continued availability of the shared parking facility for a reasonable period of time. No zoning or use approval shall be issued until the Director has approved the shared parking documentation.
         c.   If the shared parking arrangement is later terminated or modified and the Director determines that the termination or modification has resulted in traffic congestion, overflow parking in residential neighborhoods, or threats to pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicle safety, the property owners involved in the shared parking arrangement may be held in violation of this chapter.
   C.   Proximity to Fixed-Rail Transit: Required parking for a development located within one-quarter mile (when measured radially in a straight line from the subject property line) of a fixed-rail transit station platform in the General Context, Neighborhood Center Context, and Urban Center Context areas may be reduced by up to twenty-five percent (25%). This shall not apply to single or two-family uses including: single-family (attached or detached), twin homes, or two-family.
   D.   Affordable and Senior Housing (Multi-Family Structures): The minimum number of required off street parking spaces for multi-family residential developments with at least ten (10) dwelling units may be reduced by twenty-five percent (25%) if the multi-family development has:
      1.   A minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) of the dwelling units are restricted to residents with no greater than sixty percent (60%) area median income (AMI) for leased units; or
      2.   A minimum of thirty-five percent (35%) of the dwelling units are restricted to residents with no greater than eighty percent (80%) AMI for sale units; or
      3.   A minimum of seventy-five percent (75%) of the dwelling units are restricted to persons sixty-five (65) years of age or older.
      For a development that meets any of the scenarios above, an additional reduction of up to fifteen percent (15%) may be allowed when the development is located within one-quarter mile (when measured radially in a straight line from the subject property line) of a bus stop that is serviced by the same route at least every fifteen (15) minutes during daytime hours, Monday - Saturday.
      The reductions for affordable and senior housing can be combined with any other allowed reductions for a combined total not to exceed eighty percent (80%).
   E.   Car Pool and Carshare Parking:
      1.   For parking lots with one hundred (100) or more parking spaces, each off street parking space designated and signed for the exclusive use of a shared car pool vehicle shall count as three (3) spaces toward the satisfaction of minimum off street vehicle parking requirements.
      2.   For parking lots with one hundred (100) or more parking spaces, each off street parking space designated and signed for the exclusive use of a shared vanpool vehicle shall count as seven (7) spaces toward the satisfaction of minimum off street vehicle parking requirements.
      3.   For parking lots of any size, each off street parking space designated and signed for the exclusive use of a carshare vehicle shall count as four (4) spaces toward the satisfaction of minimum off street vehicle parking requirements.
   F.   Valet Parking Services: Modifications to minimum on site parking spaces may occur on a one-to-one basis if off site valet parking is provided and:
      1.   The design of the valet parking does not cause customers who do not use the valet services to park off the premises or cause queuing in the right-of-way;
      2.   The availability of valet parking service is clearly posted outside the establishment and near the main entrance; and
      3.   The applicant provides adequate written assurances for the continued operation of the valet parking, and a written agreement to notify future owners and tenants of the property of the duty to continue to provide off-site valet parking.
   G.   Parking Study Demonstrating Different Parking Needs:
      1.   The transportation director, in consultation with the planning director, may authorize a change in the amount of off street parking spaces. The authorization shall be based on the applicant submitting a parking study that demonstrates a different off street parking demand for the proposed development, use, or combination of uses than calculated from Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking", and subject to the overall limits on parking adjustments in Subsection 21A.44.050.A above.
      2.   The transportation director and planning director shall determine whether the information and assumptions used in the study are reasonable and whether the study accurately reflects anticipated off street parking demand for the proposed development, use, or combination of uses.
      3.   Considerations for an alternative parking requirement (parking provided below the minimum required or exceeding the maximum allowed) shall be granted only if the following findings are determined:
         a.   That the proposed parking plan will satisfy the anticipated parking demand for the use;
         b.   That the proposed parking plan will be at least as effective in maintaining traffic circulation patterns, reducing the visibility of parking areas and facilities as would strict compliance with the otherwise applicable off street parking standards;
         c.   That the proposed parking plan does not have a materially adverse impact on adjacent or neighboring properties;
         d.   That the proposed parking plan includes mitigation strategies for any potential impact on adjacent or neighboring properties; and
         e.   That the proposed alternative parking plan is consistent with applicable city plans and policies. (Ord. 67-22, 2022)

21A.44.060: PARKING LOCATION AND DESIGN:

   All required parking areas shall be located and designed in accordance with the standards in this Chapter 21A.44: Off Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading and the standards in the Off Street Parking Standards Manual.
   A.   Generally:
      1.   Parking Located on Same Lot as Use or Building Served: All parking spaces required to serve buildings or uses erected or established after the effective date of this ordinance shall be located on the same lot or parcel as the building or use served, unless otherwise allowed pursuant to Subsection 21A.44.060.A.4, "Off-Site Parking Permitted", or Section 21A.55.020, Planned Developments - Authority".
      2.   Biodetention in Parking Lot Interior and Perimeter Landscaping Areas: Retention of the 80th percentile storm is required for all impervious surface parking lots with fifty (50) or more parking spaces. Where this is not feasible, as defined in the SLCDPUs Standard Practices Manual, an approved Stormwater Best Management Practices (Stormwater BMPs) is required. All proposed Stormwater BMPs are subject to Public Utilities Division review, approval, and inspection.
      3.   Parking in Front and Corner Side Yards:
         a.   Parking in Required Yards: Parking stalls are prohibited in a required front yard or required corner side yard except when authorized by Section 21A.44.090. In the FR, R1, R2, and SR-1A zoning districts, parking in driveways that comply with all applicable city standards is allowed but shall not be used to satisfy off-street parking requirements.
         b.   Parking stalls may be allowed in a provided front or corner side yard where it exceeds the minimum yard requirement when:
         (1)   In any zoning district found in Chapter 21A.28 Manufacturing Districts or Chapter 21A.32 Special Purpose Districts; or
         (2)   Approved following the requirements in Section 21A.44.090; or
         (3)   Authorized in the zoning district.
         c.   Parking for land uses that do not include a principal building shall be setback a minimum of twenty five feet (25') from the front or corner side lot line. The twenty five foot (25') setback shall be considered a landscaped yard subject to the requirements of landscaped yards in Chapter 21A.48.
         d.   If this section conflicts with any regulation of the underlying zoning district, the provisions of the underlying zoning shall take precedence.
      4.   Off-Site Parking Permitted: When allowed as either a permitted or conditional use per Chapter 21A.33, "Land Use Tables", off-site parking facilities may be used to satisfy the requirements of this chapter and shall comply with the following standards:
         a.   Maximum Distance of Off-Site Parking: Off-site parking shall be located according to the distance established in Table 21A.44.060-B, "Maximum Distances for Off-Site Parking" (measured in a straight line from the property boundary of the principal use for which the parking serves to the closest point of the parking area).
 
Table 21A.44.060-B: Maximum Distances for Off-Site Parking:
Context
Maximum Distance to Off-Site Parking
Neighborhood Center
600 ft.
General
Legal Nonconforming Use in Residential District
Urban Center
1,200 ft.
Transit
1,000 ft.
 
         b.   Documentation Required:
         (1)   The owners of record involved in an off-site parking arrangement shall submit written documentation of the continued availability of the off-site parking arrangement to the planning director for review.
         (2)   The planning director shall approve the off-site parking arrangement if the director determines the location meets the standards of this section. No zoning or use approval shall be issued until the director has approved the off-site parking arrangement and the documentation has been recorded in the office of the Salt Lake County Recorder.
         (3)   If the off-site parking arrangement is later terminated or modified and the planning director determines that the termination or modification has resulted in traffic congestion, overflow parking in residential neighborhoods, or threats to pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicle safety, the property owners of the uses for which the off-site parking was provided may be held in violation of this chapter.
      5.   Circulation Plan Required: Any application for a building permit shall include a site plan, drawn to scale, and fully dimensioned, showing any off street parking or loading facilities to be provided in compliance with this title. A tabulation of the number of off street vehicle and bicycle parking, loading, and stacking spaces required by this chapter shall appear in a conspicuous place on the plan.
      6.   Driveways and Drive Approaches:
         a.   Compliance with Other Adopted Regulations:
         (1)   Parking lots shall be designed in compliance with applicable city codes, ordinances, and standards, including but not limited to Title 12 of this code: Vehicles and Traffic and the Off Street Parking Standards Manual to the maximum degree practicable, with respect to:
            (A)   Minimum distances between curb cuts;
            (B)   Proximity of curb cuts to intersections;
            (C)   Provisions for shared driveways;
            (D)   Location, quantity and design of landscaped islands; and
            (E)   Design of parking lot interior circulation system.
         (2)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 21A.44.060.A.6.a(1) above, relocation of a driveway for a single-family, two-family, or twin home residence in any zoning district shall only be required when the residence is replaced, and shall not be required when the residence is expanded or renovated in compliance with the city code.
         b.   General Standards: Access to all parking facilities shall comply with the following standards:
         (1)   To the maximum extent practicable, all off street parking facilities shall be designed with vehicular access to a street or alley that will least interfere with automobile, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic movement.
         (2)   Parking facilities in excess of five (5) spaces that access a public street shall be designed to allow vehicles to enter and exit the lot in a forward direction.
         (3)   Number of curb cuts: Lots with less than one hundred feet (100') of street frontage shall have only one (1) curb cut. Lots with one hundred feet (100') of street frontage or more are permitted one (1) curb cut for the first one hundred feet (100') of street frontage and one (1) additional curb cut for every additional two hundred fifty feet (250') of street frontage. The transportation director may approve additional curb cuts when necessary to ensure pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicle safety or to comply with the fire code. Public safety uses shall be exempt from limitations on curb cuts.
         (4)   Location: Driveways and drive approaches shall be at least five feet (5') from any public utility infrastructure such as power poles, fire hydrants, and water meters.
         (5)   Distance from street corners: Driveways and drive approaches for Single and Two-Family Dwellings shall be located at least twenty feet (20') from street corner property lines. Driveways and drive approaches for all other uses shall be at least fifty feet (50') from street corner property lines. Driveways and drive approaches in the D-1, D-2, D-3, D-4, and G-MU Zoning Districts shall be located to the side of the building or as far from the street corner as possible. The driveway location may be modified by the planning director if complying with this provision creates a conflict with the location of an existing street tree or other public infrastructure. When the width of the lot is less than the required distance, the transportation director may approve modifications no greater than the minimum necessary to accommodate the driveway and drive approach.
         (6)   Lead to approved parking area: Except for entrance and exit driveways leading to approved parking areas, no curb cuts or driveways are permitted.
         (7)   Drive Approach Widths: All drive approaches shall comply with the standards listed in Table 21A.44.060-C, "Minimum and Maximum Drive Approach Width".
TABLE 21A.44.060-C: MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM DRIVE APPROACH WIDTH:
Zoning District
Minimum Drive Approach Width (in front and corner side yard)
Maximum Drive Approach Width* (in front and corner side yard)
TABLE 21A.44.060-C: MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM DRIVE APPROACH WIDTH:
Zoning District
Minimum Drive Approach Width (in front and corner side yard)
Maximum Drive Approach Width* (in front and corner side yard)
SR- 1, SR- 2 and SR- 3
8 ft.
22 ft.
MH
8 ft.
16 ft.
Other Residential Zoning Districts
8 ft.
24 ft.
Manufacturing Districts
12 ft. single lane and 24 ft. for two-way
30 ft.
Other Non- Residential
Zoning Districts
12 ft. single lane and 24 ft. for two-way
30 ft.
*All drive approaches serving residential uses shall be a minimum eight feet (8') wide.
 
         (8)   The width of the driveway shall match the width of the drive approach that provides access to it.
         (9)   Garage Doors and Vehicle Staging: All driveways providing access to a garage shall have a minimum vehicle staging area. Garage doors for passenger vehicles shall be setback at least 17 feet 6 inches from the back edge of sidewalk, or property line when a sidewalk is not provided. Garage doors for large trucks shall be setback at least one hundred feet (100') from back edge of sidewalk, or property line when a sidewalk is not provided. This requirement does not apply to garage doors abutting alleys.
         (10)   Shared Driveways: Shared driveways, where two (2) or more properties share one drive approach, may be permitted if the transportation director determines that the design and location of the shared drive approach will not create adverse impacts on traffic congestion or public safety.
      7.   Minimum Dimensional Standards: All parking spaces shall comply with the dimensional standards in the Off Street Parking Standards Manual.
      8.   Surface Materials: All parking spaces, driveways and drive approaches shall comply with the standards for surfacing of access, driving, and parking surfacing in the Off Street Parking Standards Manual.
      9.   Grading and Stormwater Management: All surface parking areas shall comply with city grading and stormwater management standards and shall be reviewed for best management practices by Salt Lake City Department of Public Utilities. Refer to the Salt Lake City Stormwater Master Plan, Storm Drainage Manual, and Green Infrastructure Toolbox for additional information.
      10.   Sight Distance Triangles: All driveways and intersections shall comply with the sight distance triangle standards as defined in the Off Street Parking Standards Manual.
      11.   Landscaping and Screening: All parking areas and facilities shall comply with the landscaping and screening standards in Chapter 21A.48 and Section 21A.40.120 of this title.
      12.   Lighting: Where a parking area or parking lot is illuminated, the light source shall be shielded so that the light source is not directly visible from any abutting property or abutting private or public street.
      13.   Signs: All signs in parking areas or related to parking facilities shall comply with Chapter 21A.46, " Signs", and applicable provisions of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).
      14.   Pedestrian Walkways: The following standards shall apply to surface parking lots with twenty five (25) or more parking spaces:
         a.   Pedestrian walkway(s) shall be at least five feet (5') in width, and located in an area that is not a driving aisle leading from the farthest row of parking spaces to the primary entrance of the principal building.
         b.   Vehicles shall not overhang the pedestrian walkway(s).
         c.   Where the walkway(s) crosses a drive aisle, pedestrian walkway(s) shall be identified by a change in color, material, surface texture, from surrounding driving surfaces, but such identification cannot be curbing of the walkway.
         d.   One (1) pedestrian walkway meeting these standards shall be provided for every fifty (50) parking spaces provided on site or part thereof, after the first twenty (20) parking spaces.
      15.   Tandem Parking: Where more than one parking space is required for a residential dwelling unit, the parking spaces may be designed as tandem parking spaces, provided that:
         a.   No more than two (2) required spaces may be included in the tandem parking layout; and
         b.   Each set of two (2) tandem parking spaces shall be designated for a specific residential unit.
      16.   Cross-Access between Abutting Uses: The transportation director may require that access to one or more lots be through shared access points or cross-access through abutting parcels when the transportation director determines that individual access to abutting parcels or limited distance between access points will create traffic safety hazards due to traffic levels on adjacent streets or nearby intersections. Such a determination shall be consistent with requirements of state law regarding property access from public streets. Required cross-access agreements shall be recorded with the Salt Lake County Recorder's Office.
   B.   Recreational Vehicle Parking:
      1.   Generally:
         a.   Recreational vehicle parking spaces shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, required off street vehicle parking spaces.
         b.   Recreational vehicles shall not be used for storage of goods, materials, or equipment other than those that are customarily associated with the recreational vehicle.
         c.   All recreational vehicles shall be stored in a safe and secure manner. Any tie downs, tarpaulins, or ropes shall be secured from flapping in windy conditions.
         d.   Recreational vehicles shall not be occupied as a dwelling while parked on the property.
         e.   Recreational vehicle parking is permitted in any enclosed structure conforming to building code and zoning requirements for the zoning district in which it is located.
         f.   Recreational vehicle parking outside of an approved enclosed structure shall be permitted for each residence and shall be limited to one motor home or travel trailer and a total of two recreational vehicles of any type.
         g.   Recreational vehicle parking outside of an enclosed structure shall comply with the standards in this section.
      2.   Front and Corner Side Yard Parking: Recreational vehicle parking is prohibited in any required or provided front or corner side yard.
      3.   Rear Yard Parking: Recreational vehicles may be parked in the rear yard when they are on a hard surfaced pad compliant with surfacing standards in the Off Street Parking Standards Manual and with access provided by either a hard surfaced driveway, hard surfaced drive strips or an access drive constructed of turf block materials with an irrigation system.
      4.   Side Yard Parking: Recreational vehicle parking in side yards shall be allowed only when topographical factors, the existence of mature trees, or the existence of properly permitted and constructed structures prohibit access to the rear yard. The existence of a fence or other structure that is not part of a building shall not constitute a lack of rear yard access. Any recreational vehicle parking area in a side yard shall:
         a.   Be on a hard surface compliant with the Off Street Parking Standards Manual;
         b.   Be accessed via a driveway compliant with driveway standards of this chapter;
         c.   Not obstruct access to other required parking for the use. (Ord. 48-25, 2025: Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 3-25, 2025: Ord. 70-24, 2024: Ord. 56-24, 2024: Ord. 37-24, 2024: Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 46-23, 2023: Ord. 24B-23, 2023: Ord. 24-23, 2023: Ord. 67-22, 2022)

21A.44.070: OFF STREET LOADING FACILITIES:

   A.   Size Required:
      1.   Unless otherwise specified, an off street loading berth shall be at least ten feet (10') in width by at least thirty-five feet (35') in length for short berths, and twelve feet (12') in width by at least fifty feet (50') in length for long berths, exclusive of aisle and maneuvering space. Maneuvering aprons of appropriate width and orientation shall be provided and shall be subject to approval by the transportation director.
      2.   All loading areas shall have a vertical clearance of at least fourteen feet (14').
TABLE 21A.44.070-A: OFF STREET LOADING REQUIREMENTS:
Use
Gross Floor Area (Square Feet)
Number and Size of Berths
TABLE 21A.44.070-A: OFF STREET LOADING REQUIREMENTS:
Use
Gross Floor Area (Square Feet)
Number and Size of Berths
Hotels, Institutions, and Institutional Living
50,000 - 100,000
1 short
Each additional 100,000
1 short
Office/Commercial
50,000 - 100,000
1 short
Each additional 100,000 up to 500,000
1 short
Retail
50,000 - 100,000
1 long
Each additional 100,000
1 long
Industrial
25,001 - 50,000
1 long
50,001 - 100,000
2 long
Each additional 100,000
1 long
Multi- Family Residential
# of Dwelling Units (Per Building)
Number and Size of Berths
80-200
1 short
Greater than 200
1 additional short
 
   B.   Location and Design:
      1.   All loading berths shall be located on the same development site as the use(s) served.
      2.   No loading berth shall be located within thirty feet (30') of the nearest point of intersection of any two (2) streets.
      3.   No loading berth shall be located in a required front yard. For properties located in an MU zoning district, loading berths shall only be allowed behind or to the side of a principal building. All service areas shall be screened or located within the building.
      4.   Each loading berth shall be located and designed to:
         a.   Allow all required vehicle maneuvering and backing movements on-site;
         b.   Minimize conflicts with pedestrian, bicycle, and traffic movement or encroachments into any pedestrian walkway, bicycle lane, public right-of-way, and fire lane; and
         c.   Avoid the need to back into a public street while leaving the site to the maximum extent practicable, as determined by the planning director and the transportation director.
      5.   Landscaping and screening of all loading berths shall be provided to comply with the requirements of Chapter 21A.40.120, "Landscaping and Buffers" and Chapter 21A.37, "Design Standards".
      6.   Where a loading berth is illuminated, the light source shall be shielded so that the light source is not directly visible from any abutting property or abutting private or public street.
      7.   All signs in loading facilities shall comply with Chapter 21A.46, "Signs", and applicable provisions of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
      8.   All loading berths shall comply with the surfacing standards of the Off Street Parking Standards Manual. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 70-24, 2024: Ord. 12-24, 2024: Ord. 67-22, 2022)

21A.44.080: DRIVE-THROUGH FACILITIES AND VEHICLE STACKING AREAS:

   A.   Number of Stacking Spaces Required: The following standards apply for all uses with vehicle stacking and/or drive-through facilities.
      1.   All uses with drive-through facilities shall provide the minimum number of onsite stacking spaces indicated in Table 21A.44.080-A, "Required Vehicle Stacking Spaces".
TABLE 21A.44.080-A: REQUIRED VEHICLE STACKING SPACES:
Use
Minimum stacking length. Stacking length may be in multiple lanes. Required length as indicated below is measured from the point of service or final service window.
TABLE 21A.44.080-A: REQUIRED VEHICLE STACKING SPACES:
Use
Minimum stacking length. Stacking length may be in multiple lanes. Required length as indicated below is measured from the point of service or final service window.
Car Wash, Self- Service
60 feet
Car Wash, Automated
200 feet
Food and Beverage Service Uses
400 feet
Gasoline Pumps
60 feet
Retail and Financial Institutions
120 feet
Other Uses
120 feet
 
      2.   Traffic Study:
         a.   Conditional Uses: A traffic study addressing both on site and off site traffic and circulation impacts is required as part of a conditional use application to allow a drive-through facility. If said study indicates a greater vehicle stacking is needed, that distance shall apply.
         b.   Permitted Uses: A traffic study may be required as part of a permit application if the planning director, in conjunction with the transportation director, finds that the proposed stacking and vehicle maneuvering is inadequate and create adverse impacts to traffic circulation.
   B.   Location and Design of Drive-Through Facilities:
      1.   In zoning districts where uses with drive- through facilities are allowed and where no front or corner side yard setback is required, the drive-through lanes shall not be located between the front or corner side lot line and any walls of the principal building.
      2.   Drive-through lanes shall be arranged to avoid conflicts with site access points, access to parking or loading spaces, and internal circulation routes, to the maximum extent practicable.
      3.   A by-pass lane, driveway, or other circulation area around a drive-through facility stacking lane shall be provided for all uses other than automated car washes and financial institutions.
      4.   All required stacking spaces shall measure 9 feet in width by 20 feet and shall be counted from the final service window.
      5.   Air quality: Drive through facilities shall post idle-free signs pursuant to Chapter 12.58 of this code.
      6.   When a drive through use adjoins any residential use or any residential zoning district, a minimum eight foot high masonry wall shall be erected and maintained along such property line.
      7.   No drive through use shall allow vehicles to block any portion of the right of way for any period of time.
      8.   Drive through facilities shall be allowed one additional drive approach for exiting vehicles that is marked with a stop sign within five feet of the property line along a street. The driveway shall be a minimum of fifty feet (50') from any other driveway. No driveway may be located within fifty feet (50') of the back of curb of an intersecting street.
      9.   All drive through facilities that have an indoor customer area shall provide a direct pedestrian walkway and entry to the front of the building that does not require crossing a parking stall, drive aisle or stacking lane.
      10.   All parking areas shall include marked pedestrian paths through the parking lot to the closest building entrance. Pedestrian paths shall be marked by a change in paving material or striping.
      11.   Loudspeakers shall comply with all applicable Salt Lake County Health Department ordinances regulating noise.
   C.   Change of Use with a Drive Through Facility: Any change of use with a drive through facility to another use with a drive through facility shall comply with the required vehicle stacking length for the new use as indicated in Table 21A.44.080-A, Required Vehicle Stacking Spaces. Existing nonconforming drive throughs changing to another nonconforming drive through use are subject to the requirements of Subsection 21A.38.040.H. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 37-24, 2024: Ord. 75-23, 2023: Ord. 67-22, 2022)

21A.44.090: MODIFICATIONS TO PARKING AREAS:

Applicants requesting development permits or approvals may request adjustments to the standards and requirements in this Chapter 21A.44, "Off Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading", and the city may approve adjustments to those standards, as described below.
   A.   Administrative Modifications: The planning director or transportation director may approve the following types of modifications provided that the director determines that the adjustment will not create adverse impacts on pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicle safety and that the adjustment is required to accommodate an unusual site feature (such as shape, topography, utilities, or access point constraints) and that the need for the adjustment has not been created by the actions of the applicant.
      1.   Modification to dimensions or geometries of parking, loading, or stacking space, aisles, or maneuvering areas otherwise required by this chapter, other city regulations, or the Off Street Parking Standards Manual; provided that those modifications are consistent with federal and state laws regarding persons with disabilities, including but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act.
      2.   Modifications to bicycle parking or loading berth location or design standards.
      3.   Front Yard Parking: For any zoning district, front yard parking may be allowed if all of the following conditions are met:
         a.   The lot contains an existing residential building.
         b.   No other off-street parking exists on the site.
         c.   No provided side yard is greater than eight feet (8'). If greater than eight feet (8'), no tree over six inches (6") in caliper is present in the side yard that would necessitate the removal of the tree to locate a parking stall in the side yard or rear yard.
         d.   The rear yard is not accessible through a side yard as provided in Subsection A.3.c and does not have frontage on a public street or public alley and the property does not have access rights across an adjacent private street or alley.
         e.   The front yard parking complies with the following standards:
         (1)   The front yard parking is limited to no wider than ten feet (10') in width and is a minimum depth of twenty feet (20').
         (2)   The front yard parking is accessed by an approved drive approach.
         (3)   The location of the front yard parking is placed within ten feet (10') of a side lot line or for corner properties, may also be within ten feet (10') of a rear lot line and is consistent with the location of other driveways on the block face.
      4.   Vehicle and Equipment Storage Without Hard Surfacing:
         a.   The property is located in a M-1, M-2, M-1A, or EI zoning district.
         b.   The lot is used for long-term vehicle storage, not for regular parking and/or maneuvering.
         c.   The storage areas are not located within any required front yard or corner side yard.
         d.   The storage area surface is compacted with 6 inches of road base or other similar material with dust control measures in place.
         e.   A mechanism, such as a wash bay, gravel guard, or rumble strip is used to remove mud, sand, dirt, and gravel from the vehicle with a minimum of fifty feet (50') of paved driveway between the mechanism and a public street. The mechanism used is subject to approval by the transportation director or designee provided it is a commonly used device that is effective at removing debris from vehicle tires. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 3-25, 2025: Ord. 67-22, 2022)

21A.44.100: USE AND MAINTENANCE:

   A.   Use of Parking Areas: Except as otherwise provided in this section, required off street parking facilities provided for uses listed in Table 21A.44.040-A, "Minimum and Maximum Off Street Parking" shall be solely for the parking of automobiles or authorized temporary uses.
   B.   Maintenance:
      1.   Space allocated to any off street loading berth or related access or maneuvering area shall not be used to satisfy the parking space requirements for any off street parking.
   2.   Except in the M-1, M-2, M-1A, and D districts, no cleaning or maintenance of loading areas using motorized equipment may be performed between ten o’clock (10:00) P.M. and seven o’clock (7:00) A.M. each day, except for snow removal. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 3-25, 2025: Ord. 67-22, 2022)

21A.44.110: NONCONFORMING PARKING AND LOADING FACILITIES:

Nonconforming parking and loading facilities shall be subject to the standards established in Chapter 21A.38, "Nonconforming Uses and Noncomplying Structures", and the criteria established in this section.
   A.   Continuation of Nonconforming Parking and Loading Facilities: Any parking spaces, loading facilities, or drive approaches that were lawfully existing or created prior to the effective date of this ordinance, but that have since become nonconforming with the provisions of this chapter through the actions of the city or any governmental entity, shall be allowed to continue, but any expansion of the use or structure, or change of use, after the adoption date of this ordinance shall comply with the provisions of this Chapter 21A.44, "Off Street Parking, Mobility, and Loading".
   B.   Nonconformity Due to Governmental Acquisition: Where a lot, tract, or parcel is occupied by a lawful structure or use, and where the acquisition of right-of-way by eminent domain, dedication, or purchase by a city, county, state, or federal agency creates noncompliance of the parking, loading, or drive-through facilities with any requirement of this chapter, the parking, loading, or drive-through facility shall be deemed lawful and conforming. This designation shall apply only to noncompliance resulting directly from the acquisition of right-of-way.
   C.   Damage or Destruction: Reconstruction, reestablishment, or repair of any nonconforming parking, loading, or drive- through area involuntarily damaged or destroyed by fire, collapse, explosion or other natural cause is not required to comply with the standards of this chapter. The parking and loading facilities may be restored or continued as they existed prior to the damage or destruction, or in a manner that reduces any nonconformity that existed prior to the damage or destruction.
   D.   Legalization of Garages Converted to Residential Use: Garages attached to single-family and two-family residential structures converted to residential uses before April 12, 1995, and any associated front yard parking, may be legalized by complying with the following requirements:
      1.   The property owner shall obtain a building permit for all building modifications associated with conve1ting the garage to residential use and the city shall inspect the conversion for substantial compliance with adopted life safety regulations.
      2.   The driveway leading to the converted garage shall not be removed without replacing the same number of parking spaces (up to the minimum required by this chapter) in a location authorized by this chapter.
      3.   Parking on the driveway in the front yard is restricted to passenger vehicles only. (Ord. 70-24, 2024: Ord. 67-22, 2022)

21A.46.010: PURPOSE STATEMENT:

   A.   Purpose: The regulations of this chapter are intended to:
      1.   Eliminate potential hazards to motorists and pedestrians by requiring that signs are designed, constructed, installed and maintained in a manner that promotes the public health, safety and general welfare of the citizens of Salt Lake City;
      2.   Encourage signs which, by their good design, are integrated with and harmonious to the buildings and sites, including landscaping, which they occupy;
      3.   Encourage sign legibility through the elimination of excessive and confusing sign displays;
      4.   Preserve and improve the appearance of the City as a place in which to live and to work, and create an attraction to nonresidents to come to visit or trade;
      5.   Allow each individual business to clearly identify itself and the nature of its business in such a manner as to become the hallmark of the business which will create a distinctive appearance and also enhance the City's character;
      6.   Safeguard and enhance property values;
      7.   Protect public and private investment in buildings and open space; and
      8.   Permit on premises signs as provided by the specific zoning district sign regulations included in this chapter. (Ord. 13-04 § 22, 2004: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)

21A.46.020: DEFINITIONS:

   A.   Word Usage And Interpretation:
      1.   In this chapter, the words, terms, phrases and their derivatives shall have the meanings as stated and defined in this chapter.
      2.   Words not defined in this chapter but defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title, or in the Building Code as adopted by the City in title 18 of this Code, shall have those definitions.
   B.   Defined Terms: For the purposes of this chapter, sign types and related terms shall be defined as follows:
   A-FRAME SIGN: A temporary and/or portable sign constructed with two (2) sides attached at the top allowing the sign to stand in an upright position.
   ANIMATED SIGN: A sign, excluding electronic changeable copy, which involves motion or rotation of any part by mechanical or artificial means or which displays flashing or intermittent lights.
   AWNING: A structure constructed of fabric or metal placed so as to extend outward from the building, providing a protective shield for doors, windows and other openings, with supports extending back to the building, supported entirely by the building. The maximum vertical drape of the front valance is limited to one foot (1').
   AWNING SIGN: A sign that is painted on or otherwise made part of the awning material. (See figure 21A.46.020 at the end of this section.) Signage is limited to the vertical portions of the awning; the sides and the front valance. No signage shall protrude beyond the vertical face.
   BACKLIT AWNING SIGN: A sign made of translucent material with illumination from behind. A backlit awning is considered a form of flat sign and is subject to the regulations thereof.
   BALLOON: A temporary sign comprised of an inflated nonporous object filled with air or other gas affixed to a building or lot for the purpose of attracting attention.
   BANNER, PUBLIC EVENT: "Public event banner" means a banner pertaining to festivals or events, as permitted in title 3, chapter 3.50 of this code, which is installed as a temporary sign.
   BANNER, SECURED: "Secured banner" means a temporary sign intended to be hung on a frame, secured at the top and the bottom on all corners, applied to plastic or fabric of any kind, excluding official flags and emblems of political organizations.
   BANNER, UNSECURED: "Unsecured banner" means a temporary sign on plastic or fabric of any kind which is not secured in the manner described in the definition of a "secured banner".
   BENCH SIGN: A sign located on the back of a bench.
   BILLBOARD (OUTDOOR ADVERTISING SIGN): A form of an off premises sign. A freestanding ground sign located on industrial, commercial or residential property if the sign is designed or intended to direct attention to a business, product or service that is not sold, offered or existing on the property where the sign is located. (See figure 21A.46.020 at the end of this section.)
   BUILDING FACE: Any single side of a building. Signs regulated by building face can be located on a maximum of four (4) faces of a building.
   BUILDING OR HOUSE NUMBERS SIGN: A flat sign which identifies the address of the property.
   BUILDING PLAQUE SIGN: A plaque designating names of buildings, occupants and/or date of erection and other items such as architect, contractor, or others involved in the building's creation, cut into or attached to a building surface and measuring no more than four (4) square feet in area, with a maximum six inch (6") projection from the building.
   BUILDING SECURITY SIGN: A sign indicating the existence of an electronic or staffed security system on the site or warning against trespass on the site.
   BUILDING SIGN: Any sign attached to a building and which is not supported by, or attached to, the ground. Examples of building signs include: awning sign; backlit awning sign; building or house numbers sign; building plaque sign; flat sign; marquee sign; nameplate sign; projecting building sign; roof sign; wall sign; window sign.
   CANOPY: A structure constructed of fabric or other material placed so as to extend outward from the building, providing a protective shield for doors, windows and other openings, with supports extending to the ground as well as attached to the building.
   CANOPY, DRIVE-THROUGH: "Drive-through canopy" means a freestanding roof structure over drive-through facilities such as a gasoline pump island.
   CANOPY, DRIVE-THROUGH, SIGN: "Drive-through canopy sign" means a flat sign that is painted or attached to a drive-through canopy which does not extend above or below the canopy facade.
   CANOPY SIGN: A sign that is painted or otherwise made part of the canopy material. Signage is limited to the vertical portions of the canopy; the sides and the front valance. No signage shall protrude beyond the vertical face.
   CLEARANCE (Of A Sign): The smallest vertical distance between the grade beneath the sign and the bottom of the sign, including framework and embellishments, extending over that grade.
   CONSTRUCTION SIGN: A temporary sign identifying the contractor, architect, designer or other affiliated organization responsible for the construction of a new project.
   DEVELOPMENT ENTRY SIGN: A permanent sign used to identify the main entrance of a development of at least ten (10) acres containing multiple lots and/or multiple (principal) buildings.
   DIRECTIONAL OR INFORMATIONAL SIGN (PRIVATE): An on premises sign designed to guide vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic by using such words as "entrance", "exit", "parking", "one-way" or similar directional instruction, and which may include the identification of the building or use, but may not include any advertising message.
   DIRECTORY SIGN: A sign on which the names and locations of occupants or the use of a building or property are identified, but which does not include any advertising message.
   ELECTRONIC CHANGEABLE COPY: The copy of a sign containing an electronically generated message such as a public service, time, temperature and date, or a message center or reader board, where different copy changes of a public service or commercial nature are shown on the same lamp bank or message facility. The term "electronic changeable copy" shall not be defined as a type of "animated sign" if the message displayed is fully readable within three (3) seconds. Electronic changeable copy shall be considered, for the intents of this chapter, a sign face type rather than a sign type.
   EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN: A sign made legible in the absence of daylight by devices external to the sign which reflect or project light upon it.
   FLAG, CORPORATE: "Corporate flag" means a flag identifying the name and/or logo of the business or corporation on the premises where the flag is displayed.
   FLAG, OFFICIAL: "Official flag" means a flag of a government or governmental agency.
   FLAG, PENNANT: Any geometric shaped cloth, fabric, or other lightweight material normally fastened to a stringer which is secured or tethered so as to allow movement of the sign caused by movement of the atmosphere. A sign, with or without a logo, made of flexible materials suspended from one or two (2) corners, used in combination with other such signs to create the impression of a line.
   FLAT SIGN: A sign erected parallel to and attached to the outside wall of a building and extending not more than twenty four inches (24") from such wall, with messages or copy on the face only. (See figure 21A.46.020 at the end of this section.)
   FREESTANDING SIGN: A sign supported by one or more upright poles or braces placed in or upon the ground surface and not attached to any building. Examples of freestanding signs are a monument sign and a pole sign.
   GARAGE/YARD SALE SIGN: A temporary sign on residential property and used to identify a garage or yard sale on the premises.
   GAS PRICE SIGN: An on premises sign advertising the price of gasoline other than the information attached to the gasoline pump.
   GAS PUMP SIGN: Price, gallons, octane and other customary information relating to gasoline sales appearing on a gasoline pump.
   GOVERNMENT SIGN: Any temporary or permanent sign erected and maintained for any official governmental purpose.
   HEIGHT (Of A Sign): The largest vertical distance between the highest point of the sign and the grade of the land beneath the sign. When the land slopes down from the street and the sign is located at the setback line, the height is measured from the adjacent street (top of curb).
   HEIGHT, SIGN FACE: "Sign face height" means the maximum vertical distance between the top and the bottom of a sign face.
   HISTORICAL MARKER: A type of memorial sign limited in content to the identification of an historical building or structure or the site of an historical event.
   ILLEGAL SIGN: Any sign erected after the effective date hereof which does not comply with the provisions of these sign regulations, or a sign that was illegal prior to the adoption of said ordinance, that has not been subsequently legalized.
   INTERIOR SIGN: A sign located within the building oriented to the interior space of the building.
   INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN: A sign which has characters, letters, figures, designs or outlines internally illuminated by electric lights, luminous tubes or other means as a part of the sign proper.
   KIOSK: A structure which is used for the posting of temporary signs.
   LETTER SIGN: A type of flat sign consisting of letters placed directly on the building face.
   LOGO: A business trademark or symbol.
   MARQUEE: A permanent roofed structure which extends outward from the face of the building.
   MARQUEE SIGN: A sign attached to a marquee. (See figure 21A.46.020 at the end of this section.)
   MEMORIAL SIGN: A sign acknowledging a person, place, event or structure.
   MONUMENT SIGN: A freestanding sign whose sign face extends to the ground or to a base. (See figure 21A.46.020 at the end of this section.)
   NAMEPLATE SIGN: A sign indicating the name and/or occupation of a person or persons residing on the premises or legally occupying the premises, or indicating a home occupation legally existing on the premises.
   NEIGHBORHOOD IDENTIFICATION SIGN: A sign located in the public right of way which identifies the name of a particular neighborhood.
   NEON PUBLIC PARKING SIGN: A standardized parking identification/entry sign as shown in figure 21A.46.020 of this section that is approved under contract with the Salt Lake City transportation division. The sign may be attached to a building as a projecting sign or stand alone as a freestanding sign.
   NEW DEVELOPMENT SIGN: A temporary sign used to identify a new development being constructed.
   NONCONFORMING SIGN: Any sign or structure or portion thereof which was lawfully erected in compliance with applicable regulations of the city and maintained prior to April 12, 1995, and which fails to conform to the sign regulations of this chapter and all other applicable standards and restrictions of this title.
   OFF PREMISES SIGN: A sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service, entertainment or attraction sold or offered at a location other than the premises on which the sign is erected.
   ON PREMISES SIGN: A sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service, entertainment or attraction sold or offered on the premises on which the sign is erected.
   OPEN AIR MALL: A building or buildings that are designed to function like a traditional shopping mall, but do not have a ceiling or roof.
   OUTDOOR ADVERTISING SIGN: See definition of "Billboard (Outdoor Advertising Sign)".
   PARK BANNER SIGN: A banner hung from either an existing light pole standard or on a pole erected specifically for the purpose of accommodating a banner. A park banner sign includes verbiage and/or design that relates to either a permanent venue within a park or provides a means of identifying the specific park itself. A "park banner sign" does not include any banner that contains verbiage or symbols that relate to or otherwise identify a temporary event.
   POLE SIGN: A freestanding sign whose sign face is held by mast(s) or pole(s) and not attached to any building. (See figure 21A.46.020 at the end of this section.)
   POLITICAL SIGN: A temporary sign advertising a candidate or candidates for public elective office or soliciting votes in support of or against any proposition or issue at any general, primary, special, school or any other election decided by ballot or a temporary sign expressing political opinion.
   PORTABLE SIGN: A temporary sign not permanently anchored or secured to either a building or the ground, but usually anchored or secured to a trailer, vehicle (where the primary purpose of the vehicle is to advertise) or frame capable of being moved from place to place.
   PREMISES: A lot with its appurtenances and buildings that functions as a unit.
   PROJECTING BUILDING SIGN: A sign attached to a building or other structure whose sign face is displayed perpendicular or at an angle to the building wall.
   PROJECTING BUSINESS STOREFRONT SIGN: A sign attached to a building or other structure whose sign face is displayed perpendicular or at an angle to the building wall. Said signs shall contain only the name of the business and/or associated corporate logo.
   PROJECTING PARKING ENTRY SIGN: A sign attached to a building or other structure whose sign face is displayed perpendicular or at an angle to the building wall. Said signs shall contain only the words or symbol signifying the entry to a parking lot or structure.
   PUBLIC SAFETY SIGN: A sign designed to warn people of potentially dangerous or hazardous situations. Forms of public safety signs include: traffic safety signs, electrical hazard warnings, geologic hazard markers, etc.
   PYLON SIGN: A freestanding sign whose sign face is on or extends from a concealed support structure (such as poles, pole covers, or columns). A pylon sign may have multiple sign faces, but the combined areas may not exceed the maximum sign face allowed in the district. (See figure 21A.46.020 at the end of this section.)
   REAL ESTATE SIGN: A temporary sign related to the property upon which it is located and offering such property for sale or lease.
   ROOF SIGN: A sign erected on the roof of a building and constructed so as to appear as an extension of the building facade. (See figure 21A.46.020 at the end of this section.)
   SHOPPING CENTER IDENTIFICATION SIGN: A pole, monument or flat sign used to identify a shopping center development consisting of two (2) or more stores. A shopping center identification sign may include electronic or other changeable copy.
   SIGN: An object, device or structure, or part thereof, situated outdoors or indoors which is used to advertise, identify, display, direct or attract attention to an object, person, institution, organization, business, product, service, event or location by any means, including words, letters, figures, designs, symbols, fixtures, colors, illumination or projected images. The term "sign" shall include the sign structure, supports, lighting system and any attachments, ornaments or other features used to attract attention. The term "sign" does not include the flag or emblem of any nation, organization of nations, state, county, city; or works of art which in no way identify a product or business logo.
   SIGN FACE: That part of the sign that is or can be used to identify, to advertise, to communicate information, or for visual representation which attracts the attention of the public for any purpose. The term "sign face" includes any background or surrounding material, panel, trim or ornamentation, color and direct or self-illumination that differentiates the sign from the building, structure, backdrop surface or object upon or against which it is placed. The term "sign face" does not include any portion of the support structure for the sign; provided, that no message, symbol or any of the previously described elements of a sign face is placed on or designed as part of the support structure. See subsection 21A.46.070W of this chapter.
   SIGN FACE AREA: The surface of the sign face. (See figure 21A.46.020 at the end of this section.)
   SIGN GRAPHICS: Any lettering, numerals, figures, designs, symbols or other drawings or images used to create a sign.
   SIGN MAINTENANCE: The maintenance of a sign in a safe, presentable and good condition including the replacement of defective parts, repainting, cleaning, and other acts required for the maintenance of the sign.
   SIGN MASTER PLAN AGREEMENT: An agreement outlining sign criteria to be used on private property but not oriented to a public street. The criteria should include, but is not limited to, the discussion of types, sizes and materials of construction of signs.
   SIGN STRUCTURE OR SUPPORT: Any structure that supports or is capable of supporting a sign, including decorative cover.
   SNIPE SIGN: A sign for which a permit has not been obtained which is attached to a public utility pole, service pole, supports for another sign or fences, trees, etc.
   SPECIAL EVENT SIGN: A temporary sign accessory to a use that identifies special events or activities. A special event sign shall not include real estate signs, garage/yard sale signs or other types of accessory signs.
   STADIUM: A confined but open air facility designed to accommodate athletic events or other large gatherings.
   STOREFRONT: A face of a building fronting on a street or having public pedestrian access.
   TEMPORARY SIGN: Any exterior sign, banner, pennant, valance or advertising display constructed of paper, cloth, canvas, light fabric, cardboard, wallboard or other light materials, with or without light frames, intended to be displayed for a short period of time. Examples of temporary signs include: an A-frame sign; balloon; secured banner; unsecured banner; public event banner; garage/yard sale sign; political sign; real estate sign; special event sign.
   VEHICULAR SIGN: A sign on a vehicle which is visible from the public right-of-way where the primary purpose of the vehicle is not to advertise a product or to direct people to a business.
   VENDING MACHINE SIGN: Any sign fastened to or painted to a vending machine which directly relates to the product contained in the machine.
   VINTAGE SIGN: An on-premises sign with unique identifying characteristics that contributes to the historical or cultural character of the neighborhood, City, or region and designated as provided in section 21A.46.125 of this chapter.
   VISIBLE: Capable of being seen, whether or not any item of information is legible, without visual aid, by a person of normal visual acuity.
   WALL SIGN: A sign that is painted on a building wall containing the name of the business and/or its logo.
   WINDOW SIGN: A sign inside of or attached to the interior of a transparent glazed surface (window or door) oriented to the outside of the building. A display window that does not include signs shall not be considered a sign.
FIGURE 21A.46.020
SIGN FACE AREA MEASUREMENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 44-23, 2023: Ord. 45-18, 2018: Ord. 61-11, 2011: Ord. 63-06 § 2, 2006: Ord. 79-05 § 1, 2005: Ord. 67-04 §§ 1, 2 (Exh. A), 2004: Ord. 13-04 § 21, 2004: Ord. 61-00 §§ 1, 2, 2000: Ord. 53-00 § 1, 2000: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)

21A.46.030: GENERAL SIGN PERMIT REQUIREMENTS:

   A.   Sign Permit Required: Except where exempted by the provisions of this chapter, it is unlawful for any person to erect, construct, enlarge, locate or modify any on or off premises sign within the city contrary to any provisions of this chapter without first obtaining a sign permit from the building official. No sign shall be erected, constructed, reconstructed, located or modified until the site plan for such sign has been approved and a sign permit issued by the building official. Such permits shall be issued only to State of Utah licensed contractors unless specifically exempted by the State of Utah.
   B.   Application Requirements: All applications for sign permits shall be accompanied by a site plan and an elevation drawing. The site plan shall be in duplicate on a minimum eight and one-half by eleven inch (8 1/2 x 11") paper. The site plan information shall be drawn to scale and dimensioned, and shall convey sufficient information so that the zoning administrator can determine whether the proposed sign will conform with the provisions of this chapter and the applicable provisions of the Salt Lake City building code.
      1.   Site Plan Drawing Requirements: The site plan drawing shall show the size of the sign and its location with relationship to the following features of the site:
         a.   Property lines;
         b.   Existing and proposed buildings or other structures;
         c.   Barrier curbs;
         d.   Parking areas;
         e.   Landscaped areas; and
         f.   "Clear view" areas on corners, driveways or intersections.
      2.   Elevation Drawing Requirements: Specifically, the elevation drawing shall show the following information:
         a.   Type of sign;
         b.   Sign location in relation to nearest property line;
         c.   Sign face design if an on premises sign;
         d.   Sign height;
         e.   Sign face area; and
         f.   Illumination specification.
   C.   Sign Permit Fee Required: The sign permit applicant shall pay the fee shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule.
   D.   Plan Checking Fee: A plan checking fee shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule shall be paid to the building official for every sign permit issued. Where plans are incomplete, or changed so as to require additional plan checking, an additional plan checking fee may be charged at the rate shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule.
   E.   Inspection Tag Fee: An inspection tag fee shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule shall be paid to the building official for each inspection tag issued.
   F.   Double Fee Required: In the event that work is started prior to obtaining a permit, the fee for a sign permit may be doubled. The payment of such double fee shall not relieve any persons from fully complying with the requirements of this chapter in the execution of the work, nor from any other penalties prescribed herein.
   G.   Expiration Of Application: An application for which no permit is issued within thirty (30) days following the date of application shall expire and plans submitted for checking may thereafter be destroyed by the zoning administrator. The zoning administrator may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding a total of ninety (90) days from the date of application upon written request by the applicant showing that circumstances beyond the control of the applicant have prevented action from being taken. In order to renew action on an application after expiration, the applicant shall resubmit plans and pay a new plan checking fee.
   H.   Insurance Required For Structures And Signs Overhanging Public Property: No structure or sign overhanging public property shall be erected, reerected, located or relocated or enlarged or modified structurally, or change ownership, without first receiving the approval of the city property manager and submitting a certificate of insurance as specified by the Salt Lake City attorney's office. Information concerning insurance requirements is available at the office of the zoning administrator.
   I.   Permission Required For Signs And Marquees On Or Over Public Right Of Way: Except for portable signs authorized pursuant to section 21A.46.055 of this chapter, signs, marquees and other structures encroaching on or over the public sidewalk or on or over a public right of way shall obtain permission from the city pursuant to the city's rights of way encroachment policy. (Ord. 44-23, 2023: Ord. 24-11, 2011)

21A.46.040: EXEMPT SIGNS:

The following signs and sign related activities located and conducted wholly on private property are exempt from all regulations in this chapter, subject to the following provisions:
   A.   Banner, Public Event. For provisions governing street banners, see Section 21A.46.170.
   B.   Building or House Numbers Sign.
   C.   Building Plaque Sign: One building plaque sign per address.
   D.   Building Security Sign: Building security signs whose sign faces are no more than one square foot in area and limited to no more than four building security signs per building.
   E.   Flag, Official: Shall not encroach over a property line.
   F.   Gas Price Signs: Gas price signs not exceeding fifty (50) square feet as long as they comply with all other applicable provisions of this title. This type of sign is permitted in addition to the maximum size limits listed in the sign regulations tables for each zoning district.
   G.   Gas Pump Sign.
   H.   Interior Sign.
   I.   Political Sign.
   J.   Public Safety Signs: No more than eight square feet in area, five feet (5') in height, and setback a minimum of five feet from a front or corner side yard property line.
   K.   Routine Maintenance of Sign: Routine sign maintenance or changing of lettering or parts of signs designed to be regularly changed.
   L.   Vending Machine Sign.
   M.   Murals: All or any portion of painted artwork which would not constitute a sign under this chapter.
   N.   Portable Signs: Portable signs as authorized pursuant to Section 21A.46.055 of this chapter.
   O.   Any sign that does not contain commercial messaging and does not create a safety hazard. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 5-05 § 2, 2005: Ord. 78-03 § 2, 2003: Ord. 53-00 § 2, 2000: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)

21A.46.050: SIGNS EXEMPT FROM PERMITS AND PERMIT FEES:

Signs legally existing on or before April 12, 1995, shall be exempt from the sign permit fee. All signs listed in section 21A.46.040 of this chapter, except gasoline price signs which are in compliance with all provisions of this chapter, are exempt from permits and permit fees. Nameplates, garage sale and real estate signs, which are in compliance with all provisions of this chapter, are also exempt from permits and permit fees. (Ord. 35-99 § 76, 1999: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)

21A.46.052: SIGNS EXEMPT FROM SPECIFIC CRITERIA EXCEPT FEES AND PERMITS:

   A.   Signs within Open-Air Malls, Stadiums, or other Enclosed Spaces without a Roof: Signs that are located within physically confined spaces and separated from the public street right-of-way are subject to the following provisions.
      1.   Signs may be authorized through a sign plan for the development when approved by any process outlined in Title 21A.
      2.   Shall obtain sign permits and pay fees for each sign within the development to ensure compliance with the approved sign plan, the applicable regulations of this title, and the city’s adopted building code.
      3.   Signs oriented to a public street or a public space shall comply with the sign regulations of this chapter unless specifically approved as part of a planned development, as outlined in Chapter 21A.55, or as part of a development approved through the design review process, as outlined in Chapter 21A.59.
   B.   Playground equipment, athletic field infrastructure, or the structures located on publicly owned lands: Signs indicating the manufacturer or sponsor are permitted provided the signs are no larger than nine square feet. Such signs that are painted or applied to the playing surface are exempt from the size limitations.
   C.   Pole Signs on School Property: Pole signs on property used for K-12 public school or K-12 private school are allowed regardless of the zoning district. Pole signs on K-12 public school or K-12 private school property are permitted provided such signs comply with the following requirements:
      1.   The maximum number of signs permitted is one pole sign;
      2.   The maximum height of a freestanding pole sign is fifteen feet (15'), except that pole signs on the property along a collector or arterial street may be a maximum height of twenty five feet (25');
      3.   There is no minimum setback requirement; however, all portions of the sign must be located on school property. No portion of the sign may overhang onto the public right-of-way.
      4.   The sign will be allowed to have a maximum of three (3) sign faces. For pole signs located on school properties, the sign face is the total sign area of each side of the sign. A sign face may include multiple separate sign panels;
      5.   The total combined sign face areas of a pole sign shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) square feet, except that pole signs on the property along a collector or arterial street may have a maximum total combined sign face area of five hundred forty (540) square feet;
      6.   No sign may be used as an off premises sign; and
      7.   The pole sign is subject to all other requirements as stated in this chapter and all applicable zoning overlay requirements. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 26-23, 2023: Ord. 14-19, 2019)

21A.46.055: TEMPORARY PORTABLE SIGNS:

Pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this section, attended portable signs shall be allowed on public property in all MU zones identified in Chapter 21A.25, Light Manufacturing (M-1), Heavy Manufacturing (M-2), Northpoint Light Manufacturing (M-1A), Central Business (D-1), Downtown Support (D-2), Downtown Warehouse/Residential (D-3), Downtown Secondary Central Business (D-4), Gateway-Mixed Use (G-MU) and Business Park (BP) Zoning Districts.
   A.   Size: The maximum size of the sign face for such portable signs shall not exceed three feet (3') in height and two feet (2') in width on a sidewalk. Any portion of the frame for a portable sign the support structure may extend up to six inches (6") in any direction beyond the sign face. Illumination and other attached decorations or objects on such signs are prohibited.
   B.   Location: Within the zoning districts identified above, any person may display a freestanding portable sign on the city owned right-of-way (sidewalk or park strip) but not in the roadway. Signs may not be attached to any utility poles, traffic signs, news racks or any other item or fixture in the public way. The usable sidewalk space must remain unobstructed. Unobstructed sidewalk space must be at least ten feet (10') wide on Main Street between South Temple and 400 South; and where available, eight feet wide in the D-1, D-3, D-4 and G-MU Districts. In all other applicable areas a minimum of six feet (6') of unobstructed space is required. In addition, any portable sign may not be placed in any location that would obstruct any ADA accessible feature.
   C.   Construction: All portable signs must be built so as to be reasonably stable and to withstand expected wind and other weather elements.
   D.   Attended Portable Signs: An "attended portable sign" is a portable sign placed by a person who, either in person or through a representative, at all times while the sign is in the public right- of-way, remains either: 1) within twenty five feet (25') of the sign or 2) on the first floor of a building whose front entrance is within twenty five feet (25') of the sign or which has windows providing a view of the portable sign from within the building. Salt Lake City reserves the right to request the removal or relocation of a portable sign to accommodate construction activity within the public right-of-way.
   E.   Portable signs that are attended by a representative shall be permitted only on the "block face" (as defined in Section 21A.62.040) on which the business being advertised is located and on up to two (2) block faces intersecting and contiguous with the block face on which such business is located, provided that the portable sign is located within a zoning district which permits said signs. Within the downtown and gateway zoning districts, a "block face" shall be defined as all of the lots facing one side of a street between two (2) intersecting collector and/or arterial streets. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 3-25, 2025: Ord. 18-14, 2014)

21A.46.060: SIGNS SPECIFICALLY PROHIBITED IN ALL ZONING DISTRICTS:

The following exterior signs, in addition to all other signs not expressly permitted by this chapter, are prohibited in all zoning districts and shall not be erected:
   A.   Animated signs excluding public service signs, except as expressly authorized by this chapter;
   B.   Balloons;
   C.   Bench signs;
   D.   Pennant Flags;
   E.   Portable signs, other than those allowed by Section 21A.46.055;
   F.   Signs on city property, city right-of-way, or that overhang any property line unless specifically allowed by this chapter and subject to required encroachment agreements;
   G.   Signs located near streets which imitate or are easily confused with official traffic signs and use words such as "stop", "look", "danger", "go slow", "caution" or "warning", except where such words are part of the name of a business or are accessory to parking lots; and
   H.   Snipe Signs. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 63-17, 2017)

21A.46.070: GENERAL STANDARDS:

   A.   Construction Standards:
      1.   Applicable Regulations: All signs erected in the city after April 12, 1995, shall comply with the current standards of the National Electrical Code, and adopted building code, all provisions of this chapter and any other applicable provisions of this title or other applicable regulations.
      2.   Engineering Required: All sign permit applications for freestanding signs shall be engineered to conform with the applicable provisions of the adopted building code and, where required by the building official, shall be accompanied by an engineering drawing stamped and signed by a structural engineer licensed by the State attesting to the adequacy of the proposed construction of the sign and its supports.
   B.   Ownership Shown on Signs: The name of the sign owner and sign erector of all signs shall be in plain and public view. Signs not carrying such an imprint will be presumed to be owned by the owner of the property on which the sign is located.
   C.   Clearance Between Sign and Ground: A minimum clearance of eight feet (8') shall be provided between the ground and the bottom of any pole, projecting sign or flag.
   D.   Signs Not to Constitute a Traffic Hazard: No sign shall be erected at any location where by reason of its position, shape, color or words, it may interfere with, obstruct the view of or be confused with any authorized traffic sign, signal or device. All signs shall comply with the Sight Distance Triangle Requirements as defined and illustrated in Chapter 21A.62 of this title. Clear sight zone areas shall be provided as indicated in the Salt Lake City Off Street Parking Standards Manual.
   E.   Repair of Building Facades: A building facade damaged as the result of the removal, repair, replacement or installation of any signs shall be repaired by the property owner within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the damage.
   F.   Maintenance of Signs: Every sign shall be kept in good maintenance and repair. The ground space within a radius of ten feet (10') from the base of any freestanding sign shall be kept free and clear of all weeds, rubbish and flammable material. The building official shall inspect and enforce this section pursuant to the provisions of Section 21A.46.150 of this chapter.
   G.   Sign Removal: The sign face identifying a discontinued use on the property shall be removed from the property when the use is discontinued. The removal of nonconforming signs shall be regulated by Section 21A.46.140.
   H.   Lights and Lighted Signs: No spotlight, floodlight or lighted sign shall be installed in any way which will permit the rays of such sign's light to penetrate beyond the property on which such light or lighted sign is located in such a manner as to constitute a nuisance. Signs alleged to be a nuisance, by reason of light, by the neighboring property owners or tenants shall be subject to the zoning administrator's review to consider the validity of the nuisance complaint. If the sign is determined to be a nuisance, by reason of light, by the zoning administrator, the owner of the sign shall be required by the zoning administrator to take the appropriate corrective action.
   I.   Allowed Obstructions: Signs may encroach into required yards when in compliance with the provisions of this chapter. If the minimum setbacks for signs indicated in this chapter conflict with the regulations in Table 21A.36.020.B, this chapter shall take precedence.
   J.   Signs on Public Property: Except for portable signs authorized pursuant to Section 21A.46.055 of this chapter, no sign shall be located on publicly owned land or inside street rights of way, except signs erected by permission of an authorized public agency, or the city pursuant to the city's right of way encroachment policy.
   K.   Extension of Building Signs: Signs shall be allowed to extend beyond the face of the building up to two feet unless a different dimension is identified in this chapter.
   L.   Roof Signs: Roof signs shall conform to the following standards:
      1.   The height of the sign face of roof signs shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the height of the building or ten feet (10'), whichever is less, unless a different dimension is authorized in this chapter;
      2.   No guywires, braces or secondary supports visible from the ground shall be used; and
      3.   Roof signs shall not exceed the maximum permitted height for the zoning district in which it is located.
   M.   Reserved.
   N.   Reserved.
   O.   New Development Sign: New development signs shall be permitted during construction through initial occupancy of ninety five percent (95%) of floor space for a nonresidential development and through ninety five percent (95%) initial unit occupancy for a residential development. New development signs shall be removed upon two (2) years of use, regardless of the level of occupancy. See Sections 21A.46.080 through 21A.46.120 of this chapter for zoning district limitations on size, height and location of new development signs.
   P.   Temporary Signs: Temporary signs shall comply with the following standards:
      1.   Required Setback: All temporary signs shall be set back five feet (5') from all property lines, except where displayed as building signs on buildings set back less than five feet (5') or where the sign setback is otherwise specified in this title.
      2.   Display Period and Removal: Temporary signs shall be permitted in accordance with the standards set forth below for display period and removal, unless specified otherwise in this title:
Sign Type1
Display Period
Removal Required 3 Days After
Sign Type1
Display Period
Removal Required 3 Days After
Construction impact area mitigation sign
Per city guidelines2
Per city guidelines2
Construction sign
Duration of construction
Completion
Garage/yard sale sign
2 sales per year (7 days maximum per sale)
End of sale
Political sign
No limit
Election/voting day
Public event banner (on public property)
Per city guidelines
Per city guidelines
Real estate sign
Duration of listing
Closing/lease commencement date
Special event
Duration of event
End of event
Vacancy sign
Duration of vacancy
Date of lease or of purchase and sale contract
 
Notes:
   1.   See Sections 21A.46.080 through 21A.46.120 of this chapter for zoning district limitations on the size, height and location of temporary signs.
   2.   See Section 21A.46.180, "Construction Impact Area Mitigation Signs", of this chapter.
   Q.   Flags of Fraternal, Religious or Civic Organizations: Flags of fraternal, religious and civic organizations are permitted as on premises signs, but shall not exceed thirty (30) square feet in area.
   R.   Official Flags: Official flags shall not project over a property line, except within the D-1 and D-4 Zoning Districts, where official flags are allowed to project up to eight feet (8') across the property line, but not within two feet (2') of the curb line. The pole support must be attached directly to the building and located so that all portions of the flag clear the pedestrian level of the building. Flags shall not interfere with street trees, light poles, utility lines, etc., and shall maintain a ten foot (10') clearance from the sidewalk.
   S.   Freeway Height Exception: The height of on premises pole signs located on properties adjacent to I-15, I-80, I-215 and the 2100 South Expressway (State Route 201) may be increased to a height of twenty five feet (25') above the pavement grade of the adjacent freeway if the sign is freeway oriented and located within three hundred feet (300') of the freeway.
   T.   Freeway Frontage: Freeways shall be considered street frontage for signage purposes, except for monument signs. Pole signs approved on freeway frontage shall be limited to seventy five percent (75%) of the maximum size allowed for the zone. Reduced size pole signs shall be interchangeable with other pole signs on the same site.
   U.   Historic District Signs: The historic landmark commission may authorize, as a minor alteration modification to an existing sign or the size or placement of a new sign in a historic district or on a landmark site, including placement of a sign type not allowed in the underlying zone, if the applicant can demonstrate that the location, size and/or design of the proposed sign is compatible with the design period or theme of the historic structure or district and/or will cause less physical damage to the historically significant structure. If a sign in a local historic district or on a landmark site has been designated a vintage sign as per Section 21A.46.125 of this chapter, the modifications allowed in that section may be authorized by the historic landmark commission subject to the appropriate standards of Section 21A.34.020 of this title.
   V.   Sign Area Determination: Sign face area square footage shall be determined as follows:
      1.   Flat Signs (Excluding Letter Signs and Backlit Awnings) and Wall Signs: The entire surface of the sign face shall be measured.
      2.   Backlit Awnings and Letter Signs: A polygon, not to exceed eight (8) sides, shall be drawn around the copy area to enclose as nearly as possible the space covered by the copy.
      3.   All Signs: Words, symbols, letters, images, logos and all other designs that are intended to convey a message shall be included in calculating the sign face area. Colors, stripes and other designs that are not intended to convey a message shall not be included. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 64-24, 2024: Ord. 44-23, 2023: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 45-18, 2018: Ord. 17-14, 2014: Ord. 73-11, 2011: Ord. 62-09 § 2, 2009: Ord. 77-08 § 1, 2008: Ord. 5-05 § 4, 2005: Ord. 13-04 § 23, 2004: Ord. 78-03 § 4, 2003: Ord. 62-03 § 1, 2003: Ord. 61-00 §§ 3 - 6, 2000: Ord. 53-00 § 4, 2000: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)

21A.46.075: NEON PUBLIC PARKING SIGNS:

Neon public parking signs are permitted under contract with the Salt Lake City Transportation Division as part of the neon public parking sign program provided they comply with section 21A.46.030 and subsections 21A.46.070A through I of this chapter. Neon public parking signs are not regulated by the specific zoning district sign regulations and are not limited by, nor do they limit the number of signs otherwise allowed in a zoning district. Neon public parking signs shall comply with the following:
   A.   Location: Neon public parking signs are permitted on, or near, parking facilities allowed as permitted or conditional uses in nonresidential zoning districts within the area bound by 200 North Street, 300 East Street, 900 South Street, and I-15; and the area bound by 200 North, I-15, 600 North, and 200 West.
   B.   Dimensions And Design: Neon public parking signs shall be dimensioned and designed as shown in section 21A.46.020, figure 21A.46.020 of this chapter.
   C.   Height And Elevation: The height and elevation of neon public parking signs shall conform to the following provisions:
      1.   Projecting Neon Public Parking Signs: A projecting neon public parking sign shall be located at the parking entry level of the building.
      2.   Freestanding Neon Public Parking Signs: A minimum clearance of ten feet (10') shall be provided between the ground and the bottom of the sign face of the neon public parking sign. A neon public parking sign shall not exceed fifteen feet (15') in height.
   D.   Minimum Setback: No minimum setback shall be required for neon public parking signs. Neon public parking signs encroaching on or over the public right-of-way shall obtain permission from the City pursuant to the City's rights-of-way encroachment policy.
   E.   Number Of Neon Public Parking Signs Permitted: Neon public parking signs are limited to one per driveway or parking lot entry.
   F.   Neon Public Parking Signs On Public Property: The Salt Lake City Transportation and Engineering Divisions may approve neon public parking signs, with any necessary support structure, on publicly owned land or on public rights-of-way pursuant to the City's rights-of-way encroachment policy. All necessary building and electrical permits must be obtained for the sign.
   G.   Neon Public Parking Signs In Historic Districts: A neon public parking sign proposed in a Historic Preservation Overlay District, or on a structure or site listed on the Salt Lake City Register of Cultural Resources, shall require review and approval by the Historic Landmark Commission or Salt Lake City Planning Director or designee in accordance with section 21A.34.020 of this title. (Ord. 67-04 § 3, 2004)

21A.46.090: SIGN REGULATIONS FOR MIXED USE DISTRICTS:

The following regulations shall apply to signs permitted in the residential mixed use, mixed use and commercial districts. Any sign not expressly permitted by these district regulations is prohibited.
   A.   Sign Regulations for the MU-2, MU-3, MU-5, MU-6, MU-8 and MU-11 District:
      1.   Purpose: Signage in the Mixed Use districts should be appropriate for commercial uses and business districts. These districts are located in proximity to residential areas and contain a residential/commercial mix of uses. The sign regulations for these districts are intended to permit signage that is appropriate for commercial uses and business districts, with minimum impacts on nearby residential uses.
      2.   Applicability: Regulations in subsections A3 shall apply to all uses within MU-2 district.
      3.   Sign Type, Size and Height Standards for the MU-2 District:
STANDARDS FOR THE MU-2 DISTRICT
Sign Type
Maximum Sign Face Area
Maximum Height
Minimum Setback
Special Provisions
Sign Type
Maximum Sign Face Area
Maximum Height
Minimum Setback
Special Provisions
Awning or Canopy
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront.
Building total not to exceed 40 square feet.
NA
NA
1. May extend to property line.
2. One per ground floor business entry or window.
Canopy, Drive Through and Gas Pump Island
Up to 40% of
the canopy face.
NA
NA
 
Constructio n
32 square feet
8 feet
5 feet if freestanding
1. One per street frontage.
2. May be located on construction fencing
Flat (storefront)
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront up to a maximum of 24 square feet.
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement
One per leasable space.
Flat (building)
1 square foot per linear foot of building frontage, up to a maximum of 32 square feet.
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement
One per building.
Monument
1 square foot per street frontage, up to a maximum of 32 square feet.
5 feet
5 feet
1. Not allowed on lots with less than 100 feet of street frontage.
2. One per street frontage
Nameplate
4 square feet
NA
NA
One per building entry.
New Developme nt Sign
80 square feet
10 feet if freestanding
5 feet if freestanding
1. One per street frontage.
2. May be located on construction fencing
Private Directional
4 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
 
Projecting (storefront)
6 square feet per side
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement
1. One per leasable space or street frontage.
2. May extend up to 4 feet from building wall.
3. Shall be a minimum of 8 feet above a public sidewalk.
Real estate
16 square feet
8 feet
5 feet
One per street frontage.
Wall (storefront)
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront, up to a max of 32 square feet.
NA
NA
1. One per leasable space.
2. Storefronts with multiple street frontages may have one sign per street frontage.
Wall (building)
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront, up to a max of 32 square feet.
NA
NA
1. One sign per building.
2. The maximum size only applies to the portion of the sign that includes commercial messaging.
Window
25% of window area
NA
NA
Window area of storefront may be combined or calculated individually.
 
      4.   Sign Type, Size and Height Standards for the MU-3 District:
STANDARDS FOR THE MU-3 DISTRICT
Sign Type
Maximum Sign Face Area
Maximum Height
Minimum Setback
Special Provisions
Sign Type
Maximum Sign Face Area
Maximum Height
Minimum Setback
Special Provisions
Awning or Canopy
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront, building total not to exceed 40 square feet.
NA
NA
1. May extend up to 6 feet from face of building.
2. One per ground floor business entry or window.
Canopy, Drive Through and Gas Pump Island
Up to 40% of the canopy face.
NA
NA
 
Constructio n
32 square feet
8 feet
5 feet if freestandin g
1. One per street frontage.
2. May be located on construction fencing
Flat (storefront)
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront up to a maximum of 24 square feet
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement
One per leasable space.
Flat (building)
1 square foot per linear foot of building frontage, up to a max of 48 square feet.
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement
One per building.
Monument
1 square foot per street frontage, up to a maximum of 100 square feet.
10 feet
5 feet
1. Not allowed on lots with less than 100 feet of street frontage.
2. One per street frontage
Nameplate
4 square feet
NA
NA
One per building entry.
New Development Sign
80 square feet
10 feet if freestanding .
5 feet if freestanding
1. One per street frontage.
2. May be located on construction fencing
Pole
1 square foot per frontage up to a maximum of 75 square feet.
25 feet
20 feet, measured to the closest art of the sign.
1. Not allowed on lots with less than 100 feet of street frontage.
2. One sign per street frontage.
Private Directional
4 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
 
Projecting storefront)
6 square feet per side
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement
1. One per leasable space.
2. May extend up to 4 feet from building wall.
3. Shall be a minimum of 8 feet above a public sidewalk.
Pylon
1 square foot per frontage up to a maximum of 75 square feet.
25 feet
20 feet, measured to the closest art of the sign.
1. Not allowed on lots with less than 100 feet of street frontage.
2. One sign per street frontage.
Real estate
16 square feet
8 feet
5 feet
One per street frontage.
Wall (storefront)
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront, up to a max of 32 square feet.
NA
NA
1. One sign per leasable space
2. Storefronts with multiple street frontages may have one sign per street frontage.
Wall (building)
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront, up to a max of 32 square feet.
NA
NA
1. One sign per building.
2. The maximum size only applies to the portion of the sign that includes commercial messaging.
Window
25% of window area
NA
NA
Window area of storefront may be combined or calculated individually.
 
      5.   Sign Type, Size and Height Standards for the MU-5 and MU-6 Districts:
STANDARDS FOR THE MU-5 AND MU-6 DISTRICTS
Sign Type
Maximum Sign Face Area
Maximum Height
Minimum Setback
Special Provisions
Sign Type
Maximum Sign Face Area
Maximum Height
Minimum Setback
Special Provisions
Awning or Canopy
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement.
1. May extend up to 6 feet from face of building.
2. One sign per ground floor business entry or window.
3. Minimum clearance of 10 feet above sidewalk or walkway
Canopy, Drive Through and Gas Pump Island
Up to 40% of the canopy face.
NA
NA
 
Construction
64 square feet
12 feet
5 feet is freestanding
1. One per street frontage.
2. May be located on construction fencing
Development Entry
50 square feet
8 feet
10 feet if freestanding
1. One per entry, no more than 2 per street frontage.
2. Only allowed on developments over 10 acres.
Flat (building)
1 square foot per linear foot of building frontage up to a maximum of 120 square feet.
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement.
1. One per building.
2. May extend up to 2 feet above the roof line or parapet wall.
Flat (storefront)
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront up to a maximum of 100 square feet.
 
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement
One per business or leasable space.
Marquee
1 square foot per street frontage up to a maximum of 100 square feet.
 
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement.
1. One per building.
2. Minimum clearance of 10 feet above sidewalk or walkway.
3. May extend up to 10 feet from building wall.
Monument
1 square foot per frontage, up to a maximum of 100 square feet.
20 feet
5 feet
1. Not allowed on lots with less than 100 feet of street frontage.
2. One per street frontage
Nameplate
4 square feet
NA
NA
One per building entry.
New Development Sign
80 square feet
12 feet if freestanding
5 feet if freestanding
1. One per street frontage.
2. May be located on construction fencing
Pole
1 square foot per frontage up to a maximum of 75 square feet.
25 feet
20 feet, measured to the closest part of the sign.
1. Not allowed on lots with less than 100 feet of street frontage.
2. One sign per street frontage.
Private Directional
8 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
No limit on number of signs
Projecting (building)
0.5 square feet per linear square feet of street frontage up to 40 square feet.
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement
1. May extend up to 4 feet above the roof line or parapet wall.
Projecting (storefront)
10 square feet per side.
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement
1. One per leasable space.
2. May extend up to 4 feet from building walls.
3. Shall be a minimum of 8 feet above a public sidewalk.
Projecting, Parking Entry
4 square feet
 
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement
1. One per parking entry
2. Minimum clearance of 10 feet above sidewalk or walkway
Pylon
1 square foot per frontage up to a maximum of 75 square feet.
25 feet
20 feet, measured to the closest part of the sign.
1. Not allowed on lots with less than 100 feet of street frontage.
2. One sign per street frontage.
Real estate
64 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
One per street frontage
Wall (storefront)
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront, up to a max of 32 square feet
NA
NA
1. One sign per leasable space.
2. Storefronts with multiple street frontages may have one sign per street frontage.
Wall (building)
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront.
NA
NA
1. One sign per building.
2. The maximum size only applies to the potion of the sign that includes commercial messaging.
Window
25% of window area
NA
NA
Window area of storefront may be combined or calculated individually.
 
      6.   Sign Type, Size and Height Standards for the MU-8 and MU-11 Districts:
STANDARDS FOR THE MU-8 AND MU-11 DISTRICTS
Sign Type
Maximum Sign Face Area
Maximum Height
Minimum Setback
Special Provisions
Sign Type
Maximum Sign Face Area
Maximum Height
Minimum Setback
Special Provisions
Awning or Canopy Sign
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront, building total not to exceed 40 square feet.
 
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement.
1. May extend up to 6 feet from face of building.
2. One per ground floor business entry or window.
3. Minimum clearance of 10 feet above sidewalk or walkway
Canopy, Drive Through and Gas Pump Island
Up to 40% of the canopy face.
NA
NA
 
Constructio n
64 square feet
8 feet
5 feet
1. One per building
2. May be located on construction fencing
Developme nt Entry
50 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
One per entry, no more than 2 per street frontage.
Only allowed on developments over 10 acres.
Flat (building)
1.5 square feet per linear foot of building frontage, up to a max of 200 square feet.
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement.
One per building.
Flat (storefront)
1.5 square feet per linear foot of storefront up to a maximum of 100 square feet.
 
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement.
1. One per leasable space. Leasable spaces on corners may have 2 signs.
Marquee
1 square foot per street frontage up to a maximum of 200 square feet.
 
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement.
1. One per building.
2. Minimum clearance of 10 feet above sidewalk or walkway.
3. May extend up to 10 feet from building wall.
Monument
1 square foot per frontage, up to a maximum of 100 square feet.
20 feet
5 feet
1. Not allowed on lots with less than 100 feet of street frontage.
2. One per street frontage
Nameplate
4 square feet
NA
NA
One per leasable space. Leasable spaces on corners may have 2 signs.
New Development Sign
200 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1. One per street frontage.
2. May be located on construction fencing
Pole
1 square foot per frontage up to a maximum of 75 square feet.
25 feet
20 feet, measured to the closest part of the sign.
1. Not allowed on lots with less than 100 feet of street frontage.
2. One sign per street frontage.
Private Directional
4 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
No limit on number of signs
Projecting (storefront)
12 square feet per side.
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement.
1. One per leasable space.
2. May extend up to 4 feet from building wall.
3. Shall be a minimum of 8 feet above a public sidewalk.
Projecting (building)
20 square feet per side.
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement.
1. One per leasable space.
2. May extend up to 4 feet from building wall.
3. Shall be a minimum of 8 feet above a public sidewalk.
Projecting Parking Entry
4 square feet
NA
None. May encroach into a public right of way up to 2 feet with city lease agreement.
1. One per parking entry
2. Shall be a minimum of 10 feet above a public sidewalk.
Pylon
1 square foot per frontage up to a maximum of 75 square feet.
25 feet
20 feet, measured to the closest part of the sign.
1. Not allowed on lots with less than 100 feet of street frontage.
2. One sign per street frontage.
Real estate
64 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
One per street frontage.
Wall (storefront)
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront, up to a max of 32 square feet.
NA
NA
1. One sign per leasable space.
2. Storefronts with multiple street frontages may have one sign per street frontage.
Wall (building)
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront, up to a max of 32 square feet.
NA
NA
1. One sign per building.
2. The max size only applies to the portion of the sign that includes commercial messaging.
Window
25% of window area
NA
NA
Window area of storefront may be combined or calculated individually.
 
   B.   Sign Type, Size And Height Standards For The New Automotive Dealership Localized Alternative Sign Overlay District: For purposes of this localized alternative sign overlay district only, the following definitions shall apply:
      BUSINESS: Each of the following shall constitute a separate business or storefront: new automobile franchise, service business for new automobile franchise, parts business, manufacturer certified used automobile business in conjunction with new automobile franchise, café, car wash, and such other separate business units operated on the property and affiliated with the new automotive dealership business operating on the property.
      PROPERTY: That certain real property constituting approximately eleven (11) acres located at 1530 South and 500 West, Salt Lake City, and more particularly described as Sidwell parcel number 15-13-152-002.
STANDARDS FOR THE NEW AUTOMOBILE DEALERSHIP
LOCALIZED ALTERNATIVE SIGN OVERLAY DISTRICT 1
 
Types Of
Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Of Signage
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs2
Minimum Setback3
Number Of Signs Permitted
Per Sign Type
Flat sign storefront orientation)5
2 square feet per linear foot of store frontage4
 
n/a
1 per business or storefront
Pole sign
1 square foot per linear foot of street frontage; 200 square feet maximum for a single business, 300 square feet maximum for multiple businesses
35 feet or 25 feet above pavement grade of the adjacent freeway per subsection 21A.46.070T of this chapter
10 feet with a maximum 6 feet projection. No extension across a property line is permitted
1 per each 150 linear feet of street frontage with each sign separated by at least 200 feet, provided that a manufacturer franchise be displayed only once on a pole sign on the property
Wall sign or flat sign general building orientation)
1 square foot per linear foot of building face4
 
n/a4
1 per building face
 
Notes:
   1.   All other sign types and standards not specifically listed in the automobile dealership overlay shall be regulated under the standards within the applicable zoning district.
   2.   Reserved.
   3.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   4.   A multiple franchise automobile dealership may combine the square footage total of both the storefront orientation and the general building orientation flat and wall signs, subject to a maximum combined area of signage not to exceed 3 square feet per linear foot of building face.
   5.   Storefront flat signs limited to locations on the lower 2 floors.
(Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 64-24, 2024: Ord. 72-21, 2021: Ord. 47-15, 2015: Ord. 9-14, 2014: Ord. 59-12, 2012: Ord. 23-10 § 15, 2010: Ord. 71-04 §§ 23, 24 (Exh. F), 2004: Ord. 17-04 § 3 (Exh. B), 2004: Ord. 14-03 §§ 1, 2, 2003: Ord. 53-00 §§ 6-9, 2000: Ord. 35-99 §§ 77, 78, 1999: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)

21A.46.125: VINTAGE SIGNS:

   A.   The purpose of this section is to promote the retention, restoration, reuse, and reinstatement of nonconforming signs that represent important elements of Salt Lake City's heritage and enhance the character of a corridor, neighborhood, or the community at large.
   B.   Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this title:
      1.   An application for designation of vintage sign status as well as for the reinstatement of, modifications to, or relocation of a vintage sign shall be processed in accordance with the procedures set forth in chapter 21A.08 and section 21A.46.030 as well as the following:
Application: In addition to the general application requirements for a sign, an application for vintage sign designation or modification shall require:
         a.   Detailed drawings and/or photographs of the sign in its current condition, if currently existing;
         b.   Written narrative and supporting documentation demonstrating how the sign meets the applicable criteria;
         c.   Detailed drawings of any modifications or reinstatement being sought;
         d.   Detailed drawings of any relocation being sought; and
         e.   Historic drawings and/or photographs of the sign.
      2.   The zoning administrator shall designate an existing sign as a vintage sign if the sign:
         a.   Was not placed as part of a Localized Alternative Signage Overlay District and has not been granted flexibility from the base zoning through a planned development agreement or by the historic landmark commission;
         b.   Is not a billboard as defined in section 21A.46.020 of this chapter;
         c.   Retains its original design character, or that character will be reestablished or restored, based on historic evidence such as drawings or photographs; and,
         d.   Meets at least four (4) of the following criteria:
            (1)   The sign was specifically designed for a business, institution, or other establishment on the subject site;
            (2)   The sign bears a unique emblem, logo, or another graphic specific to the city, or region;
            (3)   The sign exhibits specific characteristics that enhance the streetscape or identity of a neighborhood;
            (4)   The sign is or was characteristic of a specific historic period;
            (5)   The sign is or was integral to the design or identity of the site or building where the sign is located; or
            (6)   The sign represents an example of craftsmanship in the application of lighting technique, use of materials, or design.
      3.   A designated vintage sign may:
         a.   Be relocated within its current site.
         b.   Be modified to account for changing uses within its current site. These modifications shall be in the same style as the design of the original sign including:
            (1)   Shape and form,
            (2)   Size,
            (3)   Typography,
            (4)   Illustrative elements,
            (5)   Use of color,
            (6)   Character of illumination, and
            (7)   Character of animation.
         c.   Be restored or recreated, and reinstated on its original site.
         d.   Be relocated to a new site for use as a piece of public art, provided that the original design and character of the sign is retained, or will be restored, and it advertises a business no longer in operation. Vintage signs may only be relocated for use as public art to sites in the following districts: D-1, D-2, D-3, D-4, G-MU, or any MU district found in Chapter 21A.25.
         e.   Be relocated and reinstalled on the business's new site, should the business with which it is associated move, provided that the business's new location is within the same contiguous zoning district as the original location.
      4.   Once designated, a vintage sign is exempt from the calculation of allowed signage on a site. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 38-24, 2024: Ord. 75-23, 2023: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 45-18, 2018)

21A.46.130: LOCALIZED ALTERNATIVE SIGN OVERLAY DISTRICT:

   A.   Purpose: Large scale land uses (such as a shopping center, an office park, a special purpose district use such as the airport, or large institutions such as universities or medical centers having a multibuilding campus) have common design elements that can be complemented and enhanced through the use of special signage. Localized alternative sign overlay districts allow for the creation of special sign regulations to meet the needs of these situations.
   B.   Applicability: These regulations shall be applicable to sites two (2) acres or larger in the following districts:
      1.   Any MU zone found in Chapter 21A.25,
      2.   The D-1, D-2, D-3, and D-4 zones,
      3.   GMU, and
      4.   The A, BP, I, PL, PL2, or UI zones.
   C.   Submission Of Overlay District Regulations: In order to give effect to the purpose set forth in subsection A of this section, a localized alternative sign overlay district pertaining only to a particular center, campus or district may be proposed as an alternative to the sign regulations that would otherwise be applicable under this chapter.
   D.   Effect Of Overlay District: If a localized alternative sign overlay district is established, the sign standards and limitations established within that district shall govern.
   E.   Application Procedure: Persons seeking to establish a localized alternative sign overlay district shall follow normal amendment procedures pursuant to Chapter 21A.50. Following adoption of the overlay district by the City Council, the regulations of the district shall apply uniformly to all properties located within the boundaries of the overlay district.
   F.   Changes To Approved Localized Alternative Sign Overlay Districts: An alternative localized sign overlay district which has been properly established may be amended or modified only upon submission and approval of another zoning amendment application pursuant to chapter 21A.50 of this title. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 63-17, 2017: Ord. 73-02 § 15, 2002: Ord. 28-01 § 1, 2001: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)

21A.46.140: NONCONFORMING SIGNS:

   A.   Applicability: The regulations in this section shall apply to all nonconforming signs with the following exceptions:
      1.   Vintage signs shall be regulated by Section 21A.46.125 of this chapter.
      2.   Billboards shall be regulated by Section 21A.46.160 of this chapter.
   B.   Modifications: A sign permit may be issued for modifications to a nonconforming sign provided the modifications do not increase the level of nonconformity of such sign. This includes changes to dimensional standards, location, or the replacement of any part of the sign structure. This provision does not apply in the case of:
      1.   Any modification that is necessary due to a government action that results in the relocation or alteration of a sign, including signs that would become nonconforming due to the government action, are permitted.
   C.   Maintenance: Nonconforming signs shall be maintained as defined in Section 21A.46.020, including the temporary removal of the sign for repairs and other routine maintenance. The sign shall be reinstalled in the same location and in the same manner or relocated to a location that increases the level of conformity.
   D.   Sign Removal:
      1.   The sign face identifying a discontinued use on the property shall be removed from the property when the use is discontinued.
      2.   Nonconforming sign structures may remain on the property but shall be re-used to advertise on-site goods or services within one year or will be considered abandoned. An abandoned sign shall be removed in accordance with Subsection 21A.46.150.E with the following exception:
         a.   The zoning administrator may extend the one-year period if the property owner provides evidence that the property was marketed for occupancy at least once every calendar year.
   E.   Restoration of Signs:
      1.   Voluntarily Removed Signs: Unless authorized by Subsections 21A.46.140.B or 21A.46.140.C above, a nonconforming sign voluntarily removed from the property by the property owner or property owner's representative shall not be restored unless it is restored to conform with the regulations of this title.
      2.   Involuntarily Destroyed Signs: If a nonconforming sign is involuntarily destroyed in whole or in part due to fire or other calamity, the sign may be restored to its original condition with respect to size, setback, height, and other nonconforming dimensional standards of the zoning district in which the sign is located, provided such work is started within one year, unless a longer time frame is approved by the building official, after such calamity. (Ord. 44-23, 2023: Ord. 45-18, 2018: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)

21A.46.150: PERMITS, INSPECTION AND ENFORCEMENT:

   A.   Enforcement by Building Official: The building official shall have the authority to enforce these sign regulations. In the performance of that duty, the building official may:
      1.   Issue Permits: Issue permits to construct, modify or repair signs which conform to the provisions of this chapter;
      2.   Determine Conformance: Ascertain that all signs, construction, and all reconstruction or modifications of existing signs are built or constructed or modified in conformance with the provisions of these sign regulations and all other regulations incorporated herein by reference;
      3.   Require Inspection Tags: Require that each sign located in the city requiring a sign permit have affixed to the sign or its supports a current inspection tag visible from the sidewalk or nearest convenient location. This inspection tag shall be issued pursuant to the procedures for sign inspections, set forth in Subsection B of this section;
      4.   Issue Citations and Complaints: Issue citations and/or file complaints against violators of these sign regulations;
      5.   Confiscate Signs: Confiscate signs located on public property in accordance with the provisions of Subsection H of this section.
   B.   Inspection Requirements: The building official shall have the authority to inspect signs as follows:
      1.   Initial Inspection After Construction: The building official shall make an initial inspection prior to footings being poured on a freestanding sign, and upon the completion of construction, erection, re-erection or remodeling of any sign for which a permit has been issued and an inspection request is made.
      2.   Issuance of Inspection Tag: Upon completion of the sign inspection, the building official shall issue the appropriate inspection tag to the owner or sign contractor if the sign is found to conform to the provisions of this chapter. The presence of a current inspection tag shall serve as certification that the sign to which it is affixed conforms to the provisions of this chapter at the time of its erection and tagging.
      3.   Tag Data: Each sign inspection tag shall include the permit number and shall be recorded in the office of the building official as to the sign type, size, cost of construction, date of sign permit, and owner's and sign contractor's name and address.
      4.   Tag Installation: The inspection tag shall be installed by the sign owner, or sign contractor taking out the permit.
      5.   Inspection: The building official shall conduct an inspection of signs. If the building official finds any sign which has no visible inspection tag, has a visible inspection tag but is in need of repair, or violates any provision of this chapter, the building official may take the necessary legal action as specified in Subsections D through I of this section.
   C.   Legal Actions Authorized: The building official may take any appropriate action or institute any proceeding in any case where any sign is erected, constructed, reconstructed, modified, repaired, converted or maintained, or in any case where any sign is used in violation of these sign regulations or any other city ordinance, in order to accomplish the following purposes:
      1.   To prevent such unlawful erection, construction, reconstruction, modification, repair, conversion, maintenance or use of a sign; and
      2.   To restrain, to correct, or to abate such violation.
   D.   Notice of Violation: The building official may provide written notice of violation by registered mail to the owner of the property where the sign is located or person having charge or control or benefit of any sign found by the building official to be unsafe or dangerous, or in violation of these sign regulations or of any other city ordinance.
   E.   Nonmaintained or Abandoned Signs: The building official may require each nonmaintained or abandoned sign to be removed from the building or premises when such sign has not been repaired or put into use by the owner, person having control or person receiving benefit of such structure within thirty (30) calendar days after notice of nonmaintenance or abandonment is given to the owner, person having control or person receiving the benefit of such structure.
   F.   Unsafe or Dangerous Signs: If an unsafe or dangerous sign is not repaired or made safe within five (5) working days after the building official gives notice pursuant to Subsection D of this section, the building inspector may abate and remove the sign, and the person having charge, control or benefit of any such sign shall pay to the city the costs incurred in such removal within thirty (30) calendar days after written notice is mailed to such person.
   G.   Illegal Signs: If an illegal sign is not brought into compliance with the provisions of these sign regulations within thirty (30) working days after the building official gives notice pursuant to Subsection D of this section, the building inspector may abate and remove the sign, and the owner, person having charge, control or benefit of any such sign shall pay to the city the costs incurred in such removal within thirty (30) calendar days after written notice is mailed to such person.
   H.   Confiscation of Signs: The building official shall immediately confiscate any sign located on public property in violation of these sign regulations or any other city ordinances. Confiscated signs shall be stored at a location determined by the building official for a period of thirty (30) days, during which time the owner or person having charge, control or benefit of the confiscated sign may redeem the sign after payment of fifty dollars ($50.00) and any applicable civil fines established pursuant to Chapter 21A.20 of this title. The city shall not be liable for damages incurred to signs as a result of their confiscation. In addition to civil penalties sign owners and persons having charge, control or benefit of any sign erected in violation of this chapter shall be liable for any damages caused to public property, public facilities or public utilities by reason of the placement, attachment and/or removal of such unlawful signs. Signs not redeemed within thirty (30) days shall be destroyed.
   I.   Violation/Penalty: Any person whether acting as owner or occupant of the premises involved, or contractor, or otherwise, who violates or refuses to comply with any of the provisions of this chapter shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be punished as provided in Section 1.12.050 of this code. A separate offense shall be deemed to be committed on each day an offense occurs or continues. (Ord. 44-23, 2023: Ord. 35-99 §§ 84, 85, 1999: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)

21A.46.160: BILLBOARDS:

   A.   Purpose Statement: This section is intended to limit the maximum number of billboards in Salt Lake City to no greater than the current number. This chapter further provides reasonable processes and methods for the replacement or relocation of existing nonconforming billboards to areas of the city where they will have less negative impact on the goals and policies of the city which promote the enhancement of the city's gateways, views, vistas and related urban design elements of the city's master plans.
   B.   Definitions: The definitions in this section apply in addition to those in section 21A.46.020 of this chapter.
   BILLBOARD: A form of an off premises sign. A freestanding ground sign located on industrial, commercial or residential property if the sign is designed or intended to direct attention to a business, product or service that is not sold, offered or existing on the property where the sign is located.
   BILLBOARD BANK: An accounting system established by the city to keep track of the number and square footage of nonconforming billboards removed pursuant to this chapter.
   BILLBOARD CREDIT: An entry into a billboard owner's billboard bank account that shows the number and square footage of demolished nonconforming billboards.
   BILLBOARD OWNER: The owner of a billboard in Salt Lake City.
   DWELL TIME: The length of time that elapses between text, images, or graphics on an electronic billboard or electronic sign.
   ELECTRONIC BILLBOARD: Any off premises sign, video display, projected image, or similar device with text, images, or graphics generated by solid state electronic components. Electronic billboards include, but are not limited to, billboards that use light emitting diodes (LED), plasma displays, fiber optics, or other technology that results in bright, high resolution text, images, and graphics.
   ELECTRONIC SIGN: Any on premises sign, video display, projected image, or similar device with text, images, or graphics generated by solid state electronic components. Electronic signs include, but are not limited to, signs that use light emitting diodes (LED), plasma displays, fiber optics, or other technology that results in bright, high resolution text, images, and graphics.
   EXISTING BILLBOARD: A billboard which was constructed, maintained and in use or for which a permit for construction was issued as of July 13, 1993.
   FOOT-CANDLE: The English unit of measurement for luminance, which is equal to one lumen, incident upon an area of one square foot.
   GATEWAY: The following streets or highways within Salt Lake City:
      1.   Interstate 80;
      2.   Interstate 215;
      3.   Interstate 15;
      4.   4000 West;
      5.   5600 West;
      6.   2100 South Street from Interstate 15 to 1300 East;
      7.   The 2100 South Expressway from I-15 west to the city limit;
      8.   Foothill Drive from Guardsman Way to Interstate 80;
      9.   400 South from Interstate 15 to 800 East;
      10.   500 South from Interstate 15 to 700 East;
      11.   600 South from Interstate 15 to 700 East;
      12.   300 West from 900 North to 900 South;
      13.   North Temple from Main Street to Interstate 80;
      14.   Main Street from North Temple to 2100 South Street;
      15.   State Street from South Temple to 2100 South; and
      16.   600 North from 800 West to 300 West.
   ILLUMINANCE: The intensity of light falling on a subsurface at a defined distance from the source.
   MOTION: The depiction of movement or change of position of text, images, or graphics. Motion shall include, but not be limited to, visual effects such as dissolving and fading text and images, running sequential text, graphic bursts, lighting that resembles zooming, twinkling, or sparkling, changes in light or color, transitory bursts of light intensity, moving patterns or bands of light, expanding or contracting shapes, and similar actions.
   NEW BILLBOARD: A billboard for which a permit to construct is issued after December 31, 1993.
   NONCONFORMING BILLBOARD: An existing billboard which is located in a zoning district or otherwise situated in a way which would not be permitted by the provisions of this chapter.
   SPECIAL GATEWAY: The following streets or highways within Salt Lake City:
      1.   North Temple between 600 West and 2200 West;
      2.   400 South between 200 East and 800 East;
      3.   State Street between 600 South and 2100 South; and
      4.   Main Street between 600 South and 2100 South.
   TEMPORARY EMBELLISHMENT: An extension of the billboard resulting in increased square footage as part of an artistic design to convey a specific message or advertisement.
   TWIRL TIME: The time it takes for static text, images, and graphics on an electronic billboard or electronic sign to change to a different text, images, or graphics on a subsequent sign face.
   C.   Limit On The Total Number Of Billboards: No greater number of billboards shall be allowed in Salt Lake City than the number of existing billboards.
   D.   Permit Required For Removal Of Nonconforming Billboards:
      1.   Permit: Nonconforming billboards may be removed by the billboard owner only after obtaining a permit for the demolition of the nonconforming billboard.
      2.   Application: Application for demolition shall be on a form provided by the zoning administrator.
      3.   Fee: The fee for demolishing a nonconforming billboard shall be as shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule.
   E.   Credits For Nonconforming Billboard Removal: After a nonconforming billboard is demolished pursuant to a permit issued under subsection D1 of this section, or its successor, the city shall create a billboard bank account for the billboard owner. The account shall show the date of the removal and the zoning district of the demolished nonconforming billboard. The account shall reflect billboard credits for the billboard and its square footage. Demolition of a conforming billboard shall not result in any billboard credit.
   F.   Priority for Removal of Nonconforming Billboards: Nonconforming billboards shall be removed subject to the following priority schedule:
      1.   Billboards in districts zoned residential, historic, residential R-MU prior to January 1, 2025, or downtown D-1, D-3 and D-4 shall be removed first;
      2.   Billboards in districts zoned commercial CN or CB prior to January 1, 2025, or gateway or on gateways shall be removed second;
      3.   Billboards which are nonconforming for any other reason shall be removed last; and
      4.   A billboard owner may demolish nonconforming billboards of a lower priority before removing billboards in a higher priority; however, the billboard credits for removing the lower priority billboard shall not become effective for use in constructing a new billboard until two billboards specified in Subsection F1 of this section, or its successor, with a total square footage equal to or greater than the lower priority billboard, are credited in the billboard owner's billboard bank account. If a billboard owner has no Subsection F1 of this section, or its successor, nonconforming billboards, two Subsection F2 of this section, or its successor, priority billboards may be credited in the billboard owner's billboard bank account to effectuate the billboard credits of a Subsection F3 of this section, or its successor, billboard to allow the construction of a new billboard. For the purposes of this section, the two higher priority billboards credited in the billboard bank account can be used only once to effectuate the billboard credits for a lower priority billboard.
   G.   Life Of Billboard Credits: Any billboard credits not used within thirty six (36) months of their creation shall expire and be of no further value or use except that lower priority credits effectuated pursuant to subsection F4 of this section, or its successor, shall expire and be of no further value or use within sixty (60) months of their initial creation.
   H.   Billboard Credits Transferable: A billboard owner may sell or otherwise transfer a billboard and/or billboard credits. Transferred billboard credits which are not effective because of the priority provisions of subsection F of this section, or its successor, shall not become effective for their new owner until they would have become effective for the original owner. The transfer of any billboard credits do not extend their thirty six (36) month life provided in subsection G of this section, or its successor.
   I.   Double Faced Billboards: Demolition of a nonconforming billboard that has two (2) advertising faces shall receive billboard credits for the square footage on each face, but only as one billboard.
   J.   New Billboard Construction: It is unlawful to construct a new billboard other than pursuant to the terms of this chapter. In the event of a conflict between this chapter and any other provision in this code, the provisions of this chapter shall prevail.
   K.   Permitted Zoning Districts: New billboards may be constructed only in the area identified on the official billboard map.
   L.   New Billboard Permits:
      1.   Application: Anyone desiring to construct a new billboard shall file an application on a form provided by the zoning administrator.
      2.   Fees: The fees for a new billboard construction permit shall be:
         a.   Building permit and plan review fees required by the uniform building code as adopted by the city; and
         b.   Inspection tag fees as shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule.
   M.   Use Of Billboard Credits:
      1.   A new billboard permit shall only be issued if the applicant has billboard credits of a sufficient number of square feet and billboards to allow construction of the new billboard.
      2.   When the permit for the construction of a new billboard is issued, the zoning administrator shall deduct from the billboard owner's billboard bank account:
         a.   The square footage of the new billboard; and
         b.   The number of billboards whose square footage was used to allow the new billboard construction.
      3.   If the new billboard uses less than the entire available billboard credits considering both the number of billboards and square footage, any remaining square footage shall remain in the billboard bank.
   N.   New Billboards Prohibited On Gateways: Except as provided in subsection O of this section, or its successor, no new billboard may be constructed within six hundred feet (600') of the right of way of any gateway.
   O.   Special Gateway Provisions:
      1.   If a nonconforming billboard is demolished within a special gateway, the billboard owner may construct a new billboard along the same special gateway in a zoning district equal to or less restrictive than that from which the nonconforming billboard was removed and subject to subsections P, Q, R and S of this section, provided that the size of the new billboard does not exceed the amount of billboard credits in the special gateway billboard bank.
      2.   The demolition of a nonconforming billboard pursuant to this section shall not accrue billboard credits within the general billboard bank. Credits for a billboard demolished or constructed within a special gateway shall be tracked within a separate bank account for each special gateway. A permit for the construction of a new billboard pursuant to this section must be taken out within thirty six (36) months of the demolition of the nonconforming billboard.
   P.   Maximum Size: The maximum size of the advertising area of any new billboard shall not exceed fifteen feet (15') in height and fifty feet (50') in width.
   Q.   Temporary Embellishments:
      1.   Temporary embellishments shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the advertising face of any billboard, and shall not exceed five feet (5') in height above the billboard structure.
      2.   No temporary embellishment shall be maintained on a billboard more than twelve (12) months.
   R.   Height: The highest point of any new billboard, excluding temporary embellishments shall not be more than:
      1.   Forty five feet (45') above the existing grade; or
      2.   If a street within one hundred feet (100') of the billboard, measured from the street at the point at which the billboard is perpendicular to the street, is on a different grade than the new billboard, twenty five feet (25') above the pavement elevation of the street.
      3.   If the provisions of subsection R2 of this section, or its successor subsection, apply to more than one street, the new billboard may be the higher of the two (2) heights.
   S.   Minimum Setback Requirements: All freestanding billboards shall be subject to pole sign setback requirements listed for the district in which the billboard is located. In the absence of setback standards for a particular district, freestanding billboards shall maintain a setback of not less than five feet (5') from the front or corner side lot line. This setback requirement shall be applied to all parts of the billboard, not just the sign support structure.
   T.   Spacing:
      1.   Small Signs: Billboards with an advertising face three hundred (300) square feet or less in size shall not be located closer than three hundred (300) linear feet from any other small billboard or eight hundred feet (800') from a large billboard on the same side of the street;
      2.   Large Signs: Billboards with an advertising face greater than three hundred (300) square feet in size shall not be located closer than eight hundred (800) linear feet from any other billboard, small or large, on the same side of the street.
      3.   Electronic Billboards: Electronic billboards shall not be located closer than one thousand six hundred (1,600) linear feet from any other electronic billboard on the same or opposite side of the street.
   U.   Electronic Billboards:
      1.   Prohibitions: Except as provided in subsection U2 of this section, after the effective date of this subsection U:
         a.   No electronic billboard shall be constructed or reconstructed for any reason, and
         b.   The conversion, remodeling, or rehabilitation of any existing billboard to an electronic format is prohibited.
      2.   Standards When Construction/Conversion Required By Law: If after the effective date of this subsection U the city is required by law to allow construction of a new electronic billboard, or to allow conversion of an existing billboard to an electronic format, any such electronic billboard shall be operated pursuant to the following standards:
         a.   Any motion of any kind is prohibited on an electronic sign face. Electronic billboards shall have only static text, images, and graphics.
            (1)   The dwell time of any text, image, or display on an electronic billboard may not exceed more than once every eight (8) seconds. Twirl time between subsequent text, images, or display shall not exceed one-fourth (0.25) second.
            (2)   The illumination of any electronic billboard shall not increase the ambient lighting level more than three-tenths (0.3) foot-candle when measured by a foot-candle meter perpendicular to the electronic billboard face at:
               (A)   One hundred fifty feet (150') for an electronic billboard with a surface area of not more than two hundred forty two (242) square feet;
               (B)   Two hundred feet (200') for an electronic billboard with a surface area greater than two hundred forty two (242) square feet but not more than three hundred seventy eight (378) square feet;
               (C)   Two hundred fifty feet (250') for an electronic billboard with a surface area greater than three hundred seventy eight (378) square feet but not more than six hundred seventy two (672) square feet; and
               (D)   Three hundred fifty feet (350') for an electronic billboard with a surface area greater than six hundred seventy two (672) square feet.
         b.   Electronic billboards may not be illuminated or lit between the hours of twelve o'clock (12:00) midnight and six o'clock (6:00) A.M. if they are located in, or within six hundred feet (600') of a residential, mixed use, downtown, Sugar House business district, gateway, neighborhood commercial, community business, or community shopping center zoning district.
         c.   Controls shall be provided as follows:
            (1)   All electronic billboards shall be equipped with an automatic dimmer control or other mechanism that automatically controls the sign's brightness and display period as provided above.
            (2)   Prior to approval of any permit to operate an electronic billboard, the applicant shall certify that the sign has been tested and complies with the motion, dwell time, brightness, and other requirements herein.
            (3)   The owner and/or operator of an electronic billboard shall submit an annual report to the city certifying that the sign complies with the motion, dwell time, brightness, and other requirements herein.
   V.   Landscaping in Residential and Commercial CN and CB Zoning Districts: Properties in any residential zone and in any areas zoned commercial CN or CB prior to January 1, 2025 on which a billboard is the only structure shall be landscaped as required by Sections 21A.26.020 and 21A.26.030 as applicable prior to January 1, 2025 and Chapter 21A.48 of this title, or its successor chapter. No portion of such property shall be hard or gravel surfaced.
   W.   Landscaping In Other Zoning Districts: Property in all districts other than as specified in subsection V of this section, or its successor subsection, upon which a billboard is the only structure, shall be landscaped from the front of the property to the deepest interior point of the billboard for fifty (50) linear feet along the street frontage distributed, to the maximum extent possible, evenly on each side of the billboard.
   X.   Xeriscape Alternative: If all the properties adjacent to and across any street from the property for which billboard landscaping is required pursuant to subsection W of this section, or its successor subsection, are not developed or, if a water line for irrigation does not exist on the property or in the street right of way adjacent to such property, the zoning administrator may authorize xeriscaping as an alternative for the required landscaping.
   Y.   Existing Billboard Landscaping: Existing billboards shall comply with the landscaping provisions of this section on or before January 1, 1996.
   Z.   Compliance With Tree Stewardship Ordinance: Construction, demolition or maintenance of billboards shall comply with the provisions of the Salt Lake City tree stewardship ordinance.
   AA.   Subdivision Registration: To the extent that the lease or other acquisition of land for the site of a new billboard may be determined to be a subdivision pursuant to state statute no subdivision plat shall be required and the zoning administrator is authorized to approve, make minor subsequent amendments to, and record as necessary, such subdivision.
   BB.   Special Provisions:
      1.   Applicability: The provisions of this section shall apply to specified billboards located:
         a.   Four (4) existing billboards between 1500 North and 1800 North adjacent to the west side of Interstate 15; and
         b.   One existing billboard on the east side of Victory Road at approximately 1100 North.
      2.   General Applicability: Except as modified by this section, all other provisions of this chapter shall apply to the five (5) specified billboards.
      3.   Special Priority: The five (5) specified billboards shall be considered as gateway billboards for the purposes of the priority provisions of subsection F of this section, or its successor subsection.
      4.   Landscaping: The five (5) specified billboards shall be landscaped pursuant to the provisions of subsection W of this section, or its successor subsection.
   CC.   State Mandated Relocation Of Billboards: Except as otherwise authorized herein, existing billboards may not be relocated except as mandated by the requirements of Utah state law. (Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 4-12, 2012: Ord. 24-11, 2011)

21A.46.170: STREET BANNERS ON UTILITY POLES IN THE PUBLIC WAY:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of this section is to designate the use of certain utility poles for the display of street banners to benefit local neighborhoods and the city as a whole by allowing street banners for the limited purpose of encouraging and promoting community identity, community organizations, and community events. In allowing this limited signage on utility poles, in certain designated locations, the city does not intend to create a public forum, but rather intends to create a limited or nonpublic forum for the purposes set forth herein.
   B.   Definitions:
   APPLICANT: Any person or organization that makes application for a street banner permit as described herein.
   COMMUNITY EVENT: A significant occurrence, happening, or activity in a given local neighborhood at a given place and time of specific and limited duration.
   COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION: A city recognized, community based organization, as defined in section 2.60.020 of this code, or a local nonprofit 501(c)(3) tax exempt status organization.
   COORDINATED STREET BANNER PROGRAM: A program described in subsection G of this section.
   LOGO: A business trademark or symbol.
   SIGN: A "sign" as defined in section 21A.46.020 of this chapter.
   STREET BANNER: A temporary secured banner to be located along designated arterial or collector streets as shown on the adopted "Salt Lake City transportation master plan (major street plan: roadway functional classification)" map, or along Terminal Drive at the Salt Lake City International Airport, and displayed on a utility pole located in the public way.
   C.   Authority To Display: In order to encourage and promote community identity, community organizations, and community events, an eligible participant, as defined herein, may, after applying for and receiving a permit to do so, place street banners on existing utility poles in the public way.
   D.   Eligible Participants: The city will accept applications for a permit to display street banners only from community organizations, city and county government, the state of Utah, or from governmentally owned educational institutions. Applications for political and for profit promotional street banners will not be accepted. Street banners may be placed on existing utility poles in the public way or on public property only for the limited purpose of promoting and encouraging community identity, community organizations, or community events. Street banners located within the boundaries of a coordinated street banner program shall be managed by the respective coordinated street banner program administrators.
   E.   Approved Display Areas:
      1.   Approved Areas: Street banners may be placed on any existing utility poles that are located along designated arterial or collector streets according to the adopted "Salt Lake City transportation master plan (major street plan: roadway functional classification)" map, or on utility poles along Terminal Drive at the Salt Lake City International Airport, if done in compliance with the requirements of this section.
      2.   Location:
         a.   Placement of street banners within locations identified on the "Salt Lake City transportation master plan (major street plan: roadway functional classification)" map, or on utility poles along Terminal Drive at the Salt Lake City International Airport, must be reviewed in relationship to proximity and use of other existing or proposed street banners and their sponsoring institutions. In certain locations, such banner uses may have the potential for adverse impacts if located without careful planning. Such impacts may interfere with the enjoyment of adjacent property and uses.
         b.   Street banners approved and managed by a coordinated street banner program shall be located within the boundaries of the program's specified management area.
   F.   Display Content And Design:
      1.   Allowable Displays: The following displays are permitted on street banners:
         a.   Advertisements or promotions of community organizations;
         b.   Advertisements or promotions of community events;
         c.   Advertisements or promotions of activities sponsored by the city, Salt Lake County, the state of Utah, or a governmentally owned educational institution;
         d.   Advertisements or promotions of community events that are commercially sponsored;
         e.   Welcome messages, such as those for class reunions, conventions, conferences, athletic tournaments, or local winners of major events;
         f.   Advertisements or promotions of sales and fundraising events for youth organizations, community organizations, and community service organizations for their program support; or
         g.   Nonpartisan and noncandidate voting information.
      2.   Nonallowable Displays: The following displays are not permitted on street banners:
         a.   Personal messages;
         b.   Promotion of a commercial for profit enterprise, activity, or event;
         c.   Advertisements for clubs, churches or for profit organizations promoting an event with an admission charge;
         d.   Advertisements for religious organizations with a message not described in subsection F1 of this section;
         e.   Messages of political parties or political groups that are not described in subsection F1 of this section; or
         f.   Advertisements of clubs or organizations for events that are primarily open only to members of those clubs or organizations.
   G.   Management Of Coordinated Street Banner Programs: The city may enter into agreements with community, government, or educational organizations to manage a coordinated street banner program within a specified geographic area. Coordinated street banner programs shall be subject to requirements as set forth herein. Such agreements must be approved by the city and may establish regulations governing the application, approval, and placement of street banners within the geographic area specified by the agreement.
   H.   Application For Permit:
      1.   Street Banners To Be Located Outside The Boundaries Of A Coordinated Street Banner Program: Any person or entity who desires to display street banners to be located outside of the boundaries of a coordinated street banner program shall submit an application to the city transportation division. An application form must be submitted to the transportation division not more than six (6) months nor less than two (2) months before the first date the street banners are proposed to be displayed and must contain the following:
         a.   The name, address, and telephone number of the applicant, or if an organization, the name, address and telephone number of a contact person;
         b.   The name, address, and telephone number of any licensed contractor hired to place or remove street banners;
         c.   A photograph, drawing, or other visual representation of the proposed street banners;
         d.   The proposed number of street banners and the proposed locations where the street banners will be placed;
         e.   The proposed dates for placement and removal of the street banners;
         f.   If the city does not own the real property or the utility pole upon which a street banner is proposed to be placed, evidence of written permission from the owner consenting to such placement; and
         g.   An application fee as shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule.
      2.   Street Banners To Be Located Within The Boundaries Of A Coordinated Street Banner Program: Any person or entity who desires to display street banners within the boundaries of a coordinated street banner program shall submit an application to the managing entity of the coordinated street banner program. The applicant shall submit any payment or fee required by the coordinated street banner program.
   I.   Standards For Granting Of The Permit: A street banner permit application shall be reviewed and a permit issued by the city transportation division on a first come, first served basis upon a determination that the application has been properly completed, and that:
      1.   The location and placement of the street banners will not endanger public safety, including motorists and pedestrians, by interfering with street lighting, obstructing traffic signs or other control devices, or otherwise creating dangerous distractions; and
      2.   The street banners would comply with all other requirements of this section.
   J.   Time For Approval Or Disapproval Of Application: Within thirty (30) days after receiving the application for a permit, the city transportation division shall grant, modify, or deny the permit request.
   K.   Judicial Review Of Denial: Any person adversely affected by the granting or denial of the permit may appeal such decision to a court of competent jurisdiction after receiving notice of the decision. The decision granting or denying the permit shall be effective on the date of written notice issued by the city transportation division.
   L.   Street Banner And Hardware Standards:
      1.   Materials: Street banners must be constructed of a material that can withstand the normal and reasonably expected forces of nature for the period of time they are displayed. Torn or damaged street banners shall not be hung and shall be promptly replaced by the applicant if they are torn or damaged after being hung.
      2.   Dimensions:
         a.   The street banners shall not exceed an overall length of ninety six inches (96") and a width of thirty inches (30"). There shall be a six inch (6") sleeve at the top of the street banner to slide over the bracket. The bottom shall have a two inch (2") hem, and the sides shall have a minimum hem of 0.75 inch. There shall be two (2) grommets at the bottom of the street banner. The graphic area shall not exceed twenty six inches by eighty eight inches (26" x 88").
         b.   Promotional street banners may carry a sponsor's logo. The sponsor logo is limited to the bottom twenty percent (20%) of the banner. Sponsor information shall not exceed six inches (6") in height.
      3.   Banner Hanging Hardware: Any hardware installed on utility poles to hold banners must first be approved by the city transportation division. All street banners and hardware shall be installed such that the top of the street banner is at least eighteen feet (18') above the ground. If the street banner hangs over the trafficway, the top of the banner must be at least twenty two feet (22') above the ground. If the city does not own the utility pole or if the utility pole is not on city property, installation must be approved by the pole owner.
   M.   Duration Of Display: The street banners may be permitted to be in place for a period of at least seven (7) days but not more than thirty (30) days. As long as no other applicant has applied for permission to place street banners in the same location, that initial thirty (30) day maximum display period may be extended for additional periods of thirty (30) days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the city may order that street banners be removed prior to the expiration of any permit period, if such street banners are determined to constitute a safety hazard, blight, or otherwise not meet the requirements of this section. The city reserves the right to remove street banners after the display period expires. If the applicant does not remove the street banners, the city may remove them and may charge the applicant for the cost of such removal.
   N.   Installation, Maintenance And Removal: Street banners and any hardware necessary to display them may be installed only by a licensed contractor approved by the city. Except as may be otherwise determined by the city, the applicant is responsible for all costs associated with installation, maintenance, and removal of street banners and any hardware necessary to display them. The applicant is also responsible for any damage that may occur to the street banners, hardware, or utility poles while the street banners are being installed, displayed, or removed. The applicant shall immediately replace, repair or clean, as applicable, damaged or dirty street banners. At the expiration of the permit period, the applicant shall remove the street banners within five (5) business days. After installation, any hardware installed on utility poles shall become the property of the city and shall remain on the utility poles after removal of the street banners unless the city transportation division instructs the applicant to remove the hardware.
   O.   Local Street Banners: Nothing in this section shall apply to: 1) holiday decorations (such as lights, wreaths, garlands, or similar decorations) attached to utility poles, or 2) banners on utility poles located on local streets as shown on the adopted "Salt Lake City transportation master plan (major street plan: roadway functional classification)" map that provide information about localized community events such as block parties, street fairs, or neighborhood celebrations and that contain no commercial content.
   P.   Effect Of Invalidity: If any portion of this section is determined to be illegal, invalid, unconstitutional, or superseded, in whole or in part, this entire section shall forthwith be voided and terminated, subject to the following provisions: 1) in the event of a judicial, regulatory, or administrative determination that all or some part of this section is illegal, invalid, unconstitutional, or superseded, such action shall be effective as of the date of a final appealable court order; and 2) in the event of any state or federal legislative action that renders any portion of this section illegal, invalid, unconstitutional, or superseded, such action shall be effective as of the effective date of such legislative action. (Ord. 24-11, 2011)

21A.46.180: CONSTRUCTION IMPACT AREA MITIGATION SIGNS:

   A.   Purpose: The purpose of this section is to designate the use of certain temporary signs deemed necessary to offset the impact of building demolition activity and/or construction activity. Additional temporary signage for impacted businesses will benefit local neighborhoods and the city as a whole by promoting business identity and informing the public of continued business operations while demolition and construction activity is ongoing.
   B.   Nonpublic Forum: In allowing limited temporary signage in certain designated locations, the city does not intend to create a public forum, but rather intends to create a limited or nonpublic forum for the purposes set forth herein.
   C.   Definitions:
   APPLICANT: Any person or organization located within a designated construction impact area that makes application for a construction impact area mitigation sign permit as described herein.
   CITY ADMINISTRATION: The community and neighborhoods director with consultation with the planning director, transportation director and city engineer.
   CONSTRUCTION IMPACT AREA: A specific location designated by the mayor or the mayor's designee likely to be impacted by temporary construction activities that are anticipated to occur for a period greater than six (6) months and which activities will likely disrupt pedestrian and/or vehicular traffic in such a manner to negatively affect nearby business activities. A construction impact area designation shall be effective for no longer than eighteen (18) months, unless extended by the mayor or mayor's designee for good cause.
   CONSTRUCTION IMPACT AREA MITIGATION SIGN: A temporary sign that informs the public a business is open during the period of nearby construction activity.
   D.   Approval Of Construction Impact Areas: In order to encourage and promote business identity during periods of construction activity, the mayor or mayor's designee may recognize via a public meeting, business areas that are impacted by construction activity.
   E.   Authority To Display: The designation of a construction impact area authorizes the city administration to develop guidelines limiting sign types, size and location for permitting temporary construction impact area mitigation signs within affected business areas.
   F.   Construction Impact Area Mitigation Signs: Construction impact area mitigation signs are subject to the following minimum standards in addition to any administrative implementing guidelines developed for a specific construction impact area:
      1.   Signs for a business with a storefront:
         a.   Quantity of signs allowed is one banner or A-frame sign per business establishment with a storefront on a street within a designated construction impact area.
         b.   Size of banner or A-frame signs is limited to sixteen (16) square feet in area.
         c.   Additional window signs are limited to twenty five percent (25%) of the window area above the base zoning sign area allowed.
      2.   Signs for a building with multiple businesses without individual storefronts:
         a.   Quantity of signs allowed is a single banner sign or A-frame sign for the entire building.
         b.   Size of signs is limited to thirty two (32) square feet in area.
         c.   Additional window signs are limited to twenty five percent (25%) of the window area above the base zoning sign area allowed.
      3.   Directional signs identifying parking and businesses open are limited to eight (8) square feet in area and the location is subject to transportation division approval and subject to subsection 21A.46.070D of this chapter.
      4.   All temporary signs within the public way must be placed in a manner as not to damage roadway and sidewalk surfaces.
      5.   Duration of display period is up to six (6) months from building permit issuance and is intended to terminate coincidentally with the end of the construction impact. Administrative renewal of a permitted temporary sign is limited to six (6) month periods.
   G.   Location Of Construction Impact Area Mitigation Signs: The location where temporary signs are permitted can be varied subject to demolition and construction activity within a designated construction impact area. The determination of specific areas is a function of the administrative group given authority to allow temporary signage. Sign locations are also subject to the following criteria for safety purposes:
      1.   Signs, particularly A-frames, can only be located in a manner that they do not pose a hazard or block the free flow of pedestrian or vehicular travel in the public right of way.
      2.   Signs on sidewalks should not preclude normal pedestrian passage and should not be located such that they block more than half of the clear walking width or leave less than four feet (4') of passage width to maintain accessibility.
      3.   Signs in the public right of way cannot be placed in a manner that they preclude drivers within intersections or driveways from having sufficient sight ability of oncoming traffic to maneuver safely.
      4.   Any approved sign allowed on the public right of way is subject to modification or revocation for public safety purposes.
   H.   Effect On Overlay Districts: Construction impact mitigation signs are not subject to the requirements and standards of overlay districts established in chapter 21A.34 of this title. (Ord. 49-16, 2016: Ord. 77-08 § 2, 2008)

21A.48.010: PURPOSE AND INTENT:

The purpose of this chapter is to promote water conservation, preserve and expand Salt Lake City's urban tree canopy, improve air quality, and reduce urban heat islands and stormwater runoff. These regulations are intended to encourage low impact development principals into overall landscape design in a way that is attractive, and to mitigate impacts through buffering between dissimilar zoning districts. (Ord. 12-24, 2024)

21A.48.020: APPLICABILITY:

   A.   The provisions of this chapter apply to all properties within the city.
   B.   Any modification of required landscaping shall come into greater compliance with this chapter. (Ord. 12-24, 2024)

21A.48.030: AUTHORITY:

   A.   The requirements of this chapter may be modified by the zoning administrator, on a case-by-case basis where innovative landscaping design that furthers the purpose and intent of this chapter is implemented, or in response to input from:
      1.   Police Department;
      2.   Public Utilities; or
      3.   Urban Forestry. (Ord. 12-24, 2024)

21A.48.040: RESPONSIBILITY AND MAINTENANCE:

   A.   All landscaping shall:
      1.   Maintain a clearance from grade level to 7 feet above the sidewalk, or 10 feet above a street;
      2.   Not create a hedge or visual barrier between the sidewalk and street;
      3.   Not create obstructions within a sight distance triangle, as defined and illustrated in Chapter 21A.62 of this title;
      4.   Be maintained in live condition to present a reasonably healthy appearance; and
      5.   Be kept free of refuse, debris, and noxious weeds.
   B.   Landscape Yards: The owner of the property shall be responsible for the correct installation, maintenance, repair, or replacement of all landscaping, and obtain permits as required by the provisions of this chapter.
   C.   Park Strips.
      1.   The owner of the property abutting the park strip shall be responsible for the correct installation, maintenance, repair, or replacement of all landscaping and obtain permits as required by the provisions of this chapter.
      2.   Exclusions: Any street tree planting or maintenance pursuant to Subsections 21A.48.040.D.1 and 21A.48.040.D.2.
   D.   Street Trees.
      1.   Salt Lake City's expectation is to preserve street trees. Planting, cutting, removing, pruning, and any other maintenance of street trees is subject to approval by the Salt Lake City Urban Forestry Division as described in Section 2.26.210 of this code.
      2.   It is the abutting property owner's responsibility to:
         a.   Contact the Salt Lake City Urban Forestry Division to request maintenance on a street tree and obtain required approval for any changes made to a street tree.
         b.   Provide sufficient irrigation to a street tree located in the abutting park strip.
      3.   Root Zone Protection: The root zone of all street trees shall be protected when impacted by any construction work on the abutting property or within the right-of-way when a street tree is present.
      4.   Irrigation.
         a.   When a Landscaping Plan is required, as described in Section 21A.48.050, street trees shall be irrigated with a permanent automatic irrigation system.
         b.   Street tree irrigation systems are the responsibility of the abutting property owner to install and maintain. It shall provide water adequately and efficiently to each street tree, as determined by the Salt Lake City Urban Forestry Division.
   E.   Irrigation Systems:
      1.   Shall be maintained in good operating condition to eliminate water waste or run-off into the public right-of-way.
      2.   Shall be appropriate for the designated plant material and achieves the highest water efficiency.
      3.   All irrigation systems, including drip irrigation shall be equipped with a pressure regulator, filter, flush-end assembly, and backflow preventer.
      4.   Each valve shall irrigate landscaping with similar site, slope, soil conditions, and similar watering needs.
      5.   Turf and planting beds shall be irrigated on separate irrigation valves; and,
      6.   Drip emitters and sprinklers shall be placed on separate irrigation valves.
      7.   Irrigation systems are required to use an irrigation controller that can automatically adjust the frequency and duration of irrigation in response to changing weather conditions and have a US-EPA WaterSense label.
      8.   Any fountain, pond, and other similar water feature supplied through the culinary water system shall have a recirculating system.
      9.   Backflow preventer assemblies shall be designed and installed and maintained according to the standards as outlined in the "Salt Lake City Landscape BMPs For Water Resource Efficiency and Protection" or the documents' successor. (Ord. 12-24, 2024)

21A.48.050: LANDSCAPE PLAN:

   A.   Landscape Plan Required: A landscape plan shall be required for the following:
      1.   New construction of a primary structure.
      2.   Any addition, expansion or intensification of a property that increases the floor area by 50% or more, increases the number of parking stalls required by 50% or more, or modifies any required landscaping by 50% or more. Single- and two-family uses are exempt from this provision.
      3.   When required elsewhere in this title.
   B.   Modifications to an Approved Landscape Plan: Any change to an approved landscape plan requires the approval of the zoning administrator, except for changes from one plant species to another plant species that have similar watering needs and meet all other standards within this chapter.
   C.   Unauthorized Modifications: Landscape improvements made to a lot that are not authorized and not in conformance with a required and approved landscape plan shall be a violation of this title, and subject to the fines and penalties established in Chapter 21A.20.
   D.   Contents of a Complete Landscape Plan: A complete landscape plan shall include at least the following information unless specifically waived by the zoning administrator. All plans shall be drawn at the same scale:
      1.   Planting Plan:
         a.   Property lines, easements, and street names.
         b.   Location and dimensions of existing and proposed structures, parking lots, drive aisles, and fencing.
         c.   Location of existing and proposed sidewalks, bicycle paths, ground signs, refuse disposal, freestanding electrical equipment, and all other structures.
         d.   The location of existing buildings, structures, and trees on adjacent property within 20 feet of the site.
         e.   The location, size, and common names of all existing trees.
         f.   Sight distance triangles at curb cuts or corners, as defined and illustrated in Chapter 21A.62.
         g.   Root Zone Protection Plan required when construction work will occur near a street tree or other protected tree and is subject to approval from the Urban Forestry Division.
         h.   Minimum tree soil standards set by the Salt Lake City Urban Forestry Division.
         i.   The location, quantity, size at maturity, and name (botanical and common) of proposed plants and trees.
         j.   Summary table that specifies the following for each landscaping location separately:
         (1)   Area and percentage of each required landscape location.
         (2)   Area and percentage of each landscape location covered in turf grasses, impervious surfaces.
         (3)   Area and percentage of each landscape location covered in adapted or native plant species and adapted or native trees at maturity.
         k.   A signature by a Landscape Architect licensed with the State of Utah, or an US-EPA WaterSense certified professional verifying planting plan compliance with the standards of this chapter.
      2.   Grading Plan:
         a.   Property lines, street names, existing and proposed structures, turf areas, and paved areas.
         b.   Existing and proposed grading of the site indicating contours at 2-foot intervals.
         c.   Any proposed berming shall be indicated using 1-foot contour intervals.
         d.   Delineate and label areas with a grade greater than 25% (4 feet Horizonal: 1 foot Vertical).
      3.   Irrigation Plan:
         a.   Layout of the irrigation system and a legend summarizing the type and size of all components of the system.
         b.   Delineate and label each hydrozone in accordance with the Salt Lake City Plant List and Hydrozone Schedule.
         c.   Location and coverage of individual sprinkler heads.
         d.   Use of a water efficient irrigation system.
         e.   Type of US-EPA WaterSense automatic controller.
         f.   A signature by a Landscape Architect licensed with the State of Utah, or an US-EPA WaterSense certified professional verifying irrigation plan compliance with the standards of this chapter.
         g.   Separate plans from the irrigation plan are required for:
         (1)   Backflow Prevention Plan.
         (2)   Water Feature Recirculating Plan, if applicable.
   E.   Specific Landscape Regulations: Various zoning districts in this title have specific landscaping regulations in addition to the requirements found in this chapter. Refer to the respective zoning district for specific landscaping regulations. Landscape plans for properties subject to zoning district specific landscape regulations shall be in compliance with all applicable landscape and district specific requirements.
   F.   Compliance Certification: A letter of compliance shall be prepared and submitted to the city upon completion of the landscape plan installation and prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, or commencement of the use of the property. Compliance certification shall be signed by a landscape architect licensed with the State of Utah, or an US-EPA WaterSense certified professional verifying that all landscape plan elements have been installed in compliance with the approved landscape plan.
   G.   Planting Season Installation: The landscape plan installation may be delayed until the next optimal planting season. A Temporary Certificate of Occupancy (TCO) may be issued and subsequent TCO fees waived between October 15 and the following April 1 where it is not favorable to install landscaping. The landscape plan shall be installed, and a letter of compliance submitted within 30 days following April 1. Temporary Certificate of Occupancy fees pursuant to Section 18.32.035 of this code shall be reinstated where no letter of compliance is submitted by the end of the 30-day period. (Ord. 12-24, 2024)

21A.48.060: LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS:

   A.   Landscape Locations:
      1.   Applicability: The following graphics illustrate required landscape locations that are regulated by the standards identified in this chapter.
      2.   Landscape Yards: All required front and corner side yards shall be maintained as landscaped yards, unless otherwise exempted in this title.
      3.   Landscape Buffers: Landscape buffers and freeway buffers may be located within a required side or rear yard.
      4.   Coverage and Quantity calculations:
         a.   Vegetation coverage is measured at plant maturity.
         b.   The total area of an existing tree canopy, or a tree canopy at the time of planting, may be included in the vegetation coverage calculations of the required landscaping location the tree is within, except for park strips in the MU-8, MU-11, Downtown (D), and G-MU zones.
         c.   Fractional landscaping quantities shall be measured to the nearest whole number.
         d.   Streets, drives and sidewalks necessary for reasonable access may be excluded from impervious surface calculations.
         e.   Park strip standards shall be applied cumulatively along the adjacent street frontage. Lots with park strips on 2 or more street frontages shall be calculated separately for each street frontage.
      5.   Conflicting Standards:
         a.   Where there are conflicting standards in this chapter, the more restrictive requirements shall apply.
         b.   Where the standards in this chapter conflict with specific district regulations, the specific district regulations shall prevail.
   B.    Park Strip Standards:
Park Strips
Street Trees
Minimum of 1 street tree planted on center between back of street curb and the sidewalk.
Additional street trees shall be provided at the following rate per each frontage length: 1 small tree per 20 feet, or 1 medium tree per 30 feet, or 1 large tree per 40 feet. The largest tree that is appropriate to the park strip size shall be used.1, 2
Street Tree Soil Volume
In the Downtown, Jordan River Fairpark, and Gateway zoning district (Chapter 21A.30), street trees shall be planted in areas with adequate soil volume to promote street tree health and longevity. The soil volume surrounding a tree shall be a minimum of 750 feet3 per tree, provided that this area is exclusive of the soils volume calculation for adjacent trees. The soil volume may be reduced if underground utilities are present within the soil volume and the soil volume cannot be extended horizontally due to other obstructions or barriers. The urban forester may also approve a reduced soil volume below 750 feet3 if that volume is not necessary for the proposed tree health.
Vegetation
Minimum 33% coverage.
Turf
Prohibited
Impervious Surfaces
The combination of all paving materials shall not exceed 20% of the total park strip area.
1. Street trees shall be an appropriate species chosen from the Urban Forestry Street Tree List based on park strip size, shall have sufficient separation from public utilities, and shall be approved by the Urban Forestry Division.
2. Park strips with a width of 36" or less are exempt from this provision.
 
   C.   Landscape Yard Standards:
      1.   Residential Districts (all districts included in Chapter 21A.24):
 
Landscape Yards
Vegetation
Minimum 33% coverage.
Turf
Maximum 33%1
(Landscape yard areas less than 250 sq. ft. are exempt)
Impervious Surfaces
Maximum 20%
1. Turf limitations established in 21A.48.080.B shall apply.
 
      2.   Manufacturing Districts (all districts included in Chapter 21A.28):
 
Landscape Yards
Vegetation
Minimum 33% coverage.
Turf
Prohibited.
Impervious Surfaces
Maximum 20% up to a maximum of 1,200 sq. ft.
 
      3.   All Other Districts Not Included in Chapters 21A.24 and 21A.28:
 
Landscape Yards
Vegetation
Minimum 33% coverage (may be decreased if specified within specific district regulations).
Turf
Only permitted in active recreation areas.1
Impervious Surfaces
Maximum 20% (may be increased if specified within specific district regulations).
1. Turf limitations established in Subsection 21A.48.080.B shall apply.
 
   D.   Landscape Buffer Standards:
District
When Abutting1
Required Landscape/ Freeway Buffer Widths
District
When Abutting1
Required Landscape/ Freeway Buffer Widths
All districts (except Single- and Two-Family, Foothill, Special Development Pattern, FB-UN1, and those districts listed below that require a greater buffer width)
Single- and Two-Family, FB-UN1, Foothill, & Special Development
10'
All districts
Freeway2
20'
All other non-residential districts (except MU-2, MU-3, FB-UN1, and those districts listed below that require a greater buffer width)
RMF-30, RMF-35, RMF-45, & RMF-75
10'
M-1 & M-1A
Any district that allows residential uses, AG districts, & OS
15'
M-2
Any district that allows residential uses
50'
AG districts & OS
30'
BP & RP
All residential districts (in Chapter 21A.24)
30'
EI
All districts
30'
MH
All districts
20'
1. Or when required elsewhere by this title.
2. The zoning administrator may approve a reduced freeway buffer if there's an existing sound wall or required off-street parking cannot be met. If such a reduction is necessary, the buffer may not be less than 10' in width.
Landscape Buffer Standards
1 tree for every 30 linear feet of landscape buffer.
1 shrub every 3 feet, with a mature height of no less than 4', along the entire length of the buffer.
A 6-foot solid fence along the length of the required landscape buffer unless modified by the zoning administrator to better meet the fence height provisions in Section 21A.40.120.
Turf is limited to active recreation areas.
Freeway Landscape Buffer Standards (buffer standards for those properties abutting a freeway)
1 tree for every 15 linear feet of required freeway landscape buffer. Trees shall be staggered along the length of the buffer.
100% coverage required, may include adapted or native grasses, wildflower, and shrubs. Turf is prohibited.
 
(Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 3-25, 2025: Ord. 12-24, 2024)

21A.48.070: PARKING LOT LANDSCAPING:

   A.   Applicability:
      1.   Hard surfaced parking lots with 15 or more parking spaces shall provide landscaping in accordance with the provisions of this section. The following graphic depicts landscape location required and corresponding standards identified in this chapter.
      2.   Parking lots with less than 15 parking spaces are exempt from parking lot landscaping but shall provide the required landscape yards and landscape buffers.
   B.   Interior Parking Lot Landscaping:
      1.   Minimum Area: A minimum of 5% of the parking lot shall be interior parking lot landscaping in the locations identified below and dispersed throughout the parking lot. Landscaping areas located along the perimeter of a parking lot shall not be included toward satisfying this requirement.
      2.   Location: Interior landscape areas shall be provided in the following locations:
         a.   At each end of a parking row containing 6 stalls or more, where not abutting required perimeter landscaping.
         b.   Parallel to parking lot stalls, at a rate of 1 interior landscape area for every 6 parking spaces, or along the interior length of double-loaded parking rows.
      3.   Size: Interior landscape areas shall have a minimum width equal to the width of average parking stall within the parking lot, as measured from the inside of the curbing, and shall have a minimum length equal to the length of the abutting parking spaces. Where interior landscape areas do not abut parking spaces, a minimum length of 10' is required.
      4.   Planting Requirements:
 
Interior Landscape Areas
Shade trees
A minimum of 1 tree is required per interior landscape area. Additional trees are required at a rate of 1 tree for every additional 140 square feet in each required interior landscape area.
Shrubs
A minimum of 2 shrubs are required per interior landscape area. Additional shrubs are required at a rate of 2 shrubs for every additional 140 square feet in each landscape area. Adapted or native ornamental grasses or wildflowers with a minimum height of 3' may be used as an alternative.
Ground cover/ Mulch
Landscape area outside of shrub masses shall be established in ground cover or mulched consistent with the standards of this chapter. Turf is prohibited.
 
      5.    Modifications to Interior Parking Lot Landscaping: The zoning administrator may waive interior landscape area requirements if a solar energy system is integrated into the roof structure of a carport, or if the parking lot perimeter landscaping width is increased to 15' and with an equal number of trees, as required in the interior, and perimeter parking lot landscaping, are provided.
   C.   Parking Lot Perimeter Landscaping:
      1.   Applicability: Landscaping along the perimeter of the parking lot shall be provided when the parking lot is located:
         a.   Within a required yard (where permitted in Sections 21A.44.060 or 21A.36.020);
         b.   Within 20 feet of a lot line; or
         c.   Abutting a principal building.
      2.   Where both landscape buffers and perimeter parking lot landscaping are required, the more restrictive shall apply.
      3.   Where a surface parking lot is adjacent to another surface parking lot, on the same or separate parcels or lots, the perimeter parking lot landscaping provision may be waived by the zoning administrator if the required number trees are located elsewhere within the development.
      4.   Size:
         a.   In a required yard or within 20 feet of a property line: 8 feet in width, as measured from the back of the parking lot curb and extending into any parking space overhang area.
         b.   Abutting a building on the same property: A minimum 5-foot-wide required landscaping and 3-foot walkway shall be required to buffer buildings from parking spaces.
      5.   Planting Requirements:
 
Perimeter Parking Lot Landscaping:
Shade Tress
1 tree per 300 square feet of perimeter parking lot area. Trees may be clustered or spaced throughout the landscaping areas. Perimeter landscaping abutting a building does not need to be included in the square footage calculation.1
Shrubs
1 shrub per 3 feet, on center, along 100 percent of the yard length. Shrubs with mature height not more than 3 feet
Ground cover/ Mulch
Required landscaping outside of shrub masses shall be established in ground cover or mulched consistent with the standards of this chapter. Turf is prohibited.
Parking Lot Fences/Walls
Fences or walls along parking lot perimeters may be required to satisfy landscape buffer requirements outlined in Section 21A.48.060 of this chapter.
1. Required perimeter trees species shall be chosen from the Urban Forestry Street Tree List and shall be approved by the Salt Lake City Urban Forestry Division.
 
[image]
   D .    Curbing: Concrete curbing shall be installed at the perimeter of internal landscape areas and perimeter parking where parking lots vehicular access aisles or stalls directly abuts required landscaping. Biodetention areas are exempt from curbing requirements, however a vehicle stop is required when biodetention areas directly abut parking stalls.
   E.   Biodetention in Parking Lot Interior and Perimeter Landscaping Areas: Retention of the 80th percentile storm is required for all impervious surface parking lots with 50 or more parking spaces. Where this is not feasible, as defined in the SLCDPUs Standard Practices Manual, an approved Stormwater Best Management Practices (Stormwater BMPs) is required. All proposed Stormwater BMPs are subject to Public Utilities Division review, approval, and inspection.
   F.   Stormwater BMP Approval Required: A SLC Approved Stormwater Best Management Practice (Stormwater BMP) for all hard surfaced parking lots is required prior to discharge to the public storm drain and gutter, as required in Subsection 21A.44.060.A.2:
      1.   All Stormwater BMPs are subject to Public Utilities Division review, approval, and inspection.
      2.   Plantings within BMPs are to be drought tolerant, salt tolerant, winter hardy, and able to be submerged. (Ord. 12-24, 2024)

21A.48.080: GENERAL STANDARDS:

All required landscape plans shall be prepared based on the following standards. All landscape improvements in the required landscape locations, as described in Sections 21A.48.060 and 21A.48.070 shall meet the regulations described in this section.
   A.   Installation: All landscaping shall be installed in accordance with the current planting procedures established by the American Association of Nurserymen. The installation of all plants required by this chapter may be delayed until the next optimal planting season, as determined by the zoning administrator.
      1.   At the time of planting:
         a.   Deciduous Trees: All deciduous trees shall have a minimum trunk size of 1.5 inches in caliper.
         b.   Evergreen Trees: All evergreen trees shall have a minimum size of 5 feet in height.
         c.   Shrubs: All shrubs shall have a minimum height or spread of 10 inches depending on the plant's natural growth habit, unless otherwise specified. Plants in 2-gallon containers will generally comply with this standard.
   B.   General Landscaping Standards:
      1.   Drought Tolerant or Native Species: 100% of required shrubs, perennial plants, and groundcover used on a site shall be drought tolerant, adapted or native species. The city has compiled a list titled "Salt Lake City Plant List and Hydrozone Schedule", established and maintained by Public Utilities, shall be used to satisfy this requirement. Other plants that are not on the list but are considered drought tolerant, adapted or native and require similar watering needs may also be used.
      2.   Turf: Turf is not permitted:
         a.   In the park strip.
         b.   In parking lot perimeter and interior landscaping areas.
         c.   In areas that are less than 8 feet in any dimension at the narrowest point.
         d.   In areas with a slope greater than 25% (4 feet horizontal: 1 foot vertical).
         e.   In required landscape buffer areas.
      3.   Mulch: Mulch shall be:
         a.   At least 3 inches in depth.
         b.   Used in areas that are not covered with landscaping.
         c.   Permeable to air and water.
         d.   Permanent fiber barriers, plastic sheeting, or other impervious barriers are prohibited as an underlayment.
         e.   Crushed rubber is prohibited.
         f.   Rock used as a mulch material is limited to 20% of an area where landscaping is required by this chapter.
      4.   Artificial turf is prohibited in any location where landscaping is regulated by this chapter.
      5.   Berming is prohibited in parking lot and park strip landscaping unless required in specific district regulations.
   C.   Specific Park Strip Standards: In addition to General Landscape Standards these provisions shall apply to park strips.
      1.   Street Trees:
         a.   Substitutions. The Urban Forester may approve a substitute of the required street tree provision for a cash in lieu payment if the number of required trees cannot be met due to conflicts related to public utilities or right-of-way regulations. A cash in lieu payment, in the amount of cost to purchase and plant the required number of street trees, shall be contributed to the city's Tree Fund;
         b.   Tree Grates: If new street trees are proposed in a location where the area surrounding the tree will have an impervious surface, tree wells with grates shall be provided with adequate dimensions and sufficient soil volume to accommodate the proposed tree species, subject to review by the Urban Forestry Division.
         c.   Tree Root Protection: Rock or gravel shall maintain a 2-foot separation from the trunk of a street tree.
      2.   Vegetation with Thorned, Spined, or Other Sharp Rigid Parts: Vegetation with thorns, spines, or other sharp, rigid parts hazardous to pedestrians and bicyclists, and difficult to walk across are prohibited within 3 feet of a curb, sidewalk, walkway, or driveway.
      3.   Storm Drain Protection:
         a.   Rock or gravel shall be set at or below top back of curb or abutting sidewalk grade.
         b.   Rock or gravel shall have 1 inch or greater diameter. Grades abutting public streets exceeding 4%, as indicated by Public Utilities Division's "4% Grade Streets Map", shall have rock or gravel 3 inch or greater diameter.
      4.   Pathways: Impervious surface pathways provided between the curb and sidewalk, are permitted subject to the following:
         a.   Shall not be more than 5 feet in width and shall be located to provide the most direct route from curb to sidewalk.
         b.   A maximum of 1 pathway per 20 linear feet of park strip is permitted.
         c.   The pathway area shall be included in impervious surface percentage calculation.
      5.   Stormwater Curb Controls: Integration of LID (Low Impact Development) practices are encouraged in park strip areas. Stormwater curb cuts are permitted to allow stormwater to enter the landscaped area subject to the following provisions:
         a.   The design and construction of the stormwater curb cut shall comply with the SLCDPU Standards Practices Manual.
         b.   All stormwater curb controls are subject to Public Utilities Division review and approval.
      6.   Encroachments in the Right-of-Way: Structural encroachments are only permitted when specifically approved by city divisions and applicable decision-making bodies (or their designee) and may require an encroachment permit.
         a.   All encroachments are subject to the following standards, unless specifically allowed elsewhere in this title:
         (1)   Any raised structure shall be setback from the curb a minimum of 24 inches,
         (2)   There are no other practical locations for the structure on the private property, and
         (3)   The proposed structures will serve the general public and are part of general public need, or the proposed structures are necessary for the functional use of the property.
         b.   Bus Stops and Bike Share Stations: Concrete pads for bus stop benches and/or shelters and bike share stations may be permitted with zoning administrator approval. Impervious surface limitations may be modified upon review.
         c.   Outdoor Dining: Park strip materials and structural standards may be modified by the Zoning Administrator when outdoor dining is approved pursuant to Section 21A.40.065 of this title.
         d.   Bike Paths: Bike paths that are separated from the travel lanes with cars are permitted in any existing park strip. Any space between the bike path and the sidewalk and/or curb of the travel lanes are subject to the requirements of this section. (Ord. 12-24, 2024)

21A.48.090: PRIVATE LANDS TREE PRESERVATION:

   A.   Purpose Statement: The purpose of these tree preservation provisions is to recognize and protect the valuable asset embodied in the trees that exist on private lands within the city and ensure that the existing trees of Salt Lake City continue to provide benefit to its citizens. Essential to effective tree preservation is the understanding of tree growth requirements having to do with space, water, and soil quality needs, among other qualities. Good, early planning, site design, and construction management practices are key to allowing trees to prosper. Preconstruction planning and mitigation of potential impacts that development may have on trees is necessary and one of the purposes of this section. Numerous community and personal benefits arise from the presence of trees in urbanized areas - both on residential and nonresidential lands - and it is the intent of this section through the preservation of the trees to:
      1.   Enhance the quality of life in the city and protect public health and safety;
      2.   Preserve and enhance the visual and aesthetic qualities of the city;
      3.   Enhance public and private property for greater enjoyment and usability due to the shade, cooling, and the aesthetic beauty afforded by trees;
      4.   Protect and improve the real estate values of the city;
      5.   Preserve and enhance air and water quality;
      6.   Reduce noise, glare, dust, and heat, and moderate climate, including urban heat island effect;
      7.   Increase slope stability, and control erosion and sediment runoff into streams and waterways;
      8.   Protect the natural habitat and ecosystems of the city;
      9.   Conserve energy by reducing heating and cooling costs; and
      10.   Preserve the function of mature trees to absorb greenhouse gases such as carbon dioxide.
   B.   Applicability:
      1.   General: The standards in this section shall apply to new development in the city unless exempted in accordance with Subsection C, "Exemptions", of this section. The standards in this section shall apply at the time of a development application for "development" as defined in the zoning ordinance.
      2.   Other Regulations: Title 2, Chapter 2.26 of this code, the Salt Lake City urban forestry ordinance, addressing the protection of trees located on public property owned by the city and in rights of way, shall remain in effect.
      3.   Specimen Trees: The city forester shall maintain a list of trees or tree types that are deemed to be specimen trees subject to Subsection E, "Standards", of this section.
   C.   Exemptions: The following specimen tree removal activities may be exempt from the standards of this section upon confirmation and approval by the city forester:
      1.   The removal of dead, damaged, or naturally fallen trees, or in cases of community emergency;
      2.   When in conjunction with the construction of a single- or two-family residence not part of a proposed new subdivision;
      3.   The removal of trees on an existing legal lot when not associated with new development;
      4.   The removal of trees in such a condition that they pose a threat to structures or natural features on the site, on adjoining properties, or in the public right of way;
      5.   The removal of diseased trees posing a threat to adjacent trees;
      6.   The selective and limited removal of trees necessary to obtain clear visibility at driveways or intersections;
      7.   The removal of trees associated with development at the Salt Lake City International Airport only as necessary to provide safe operations;
      8.   The removal of trees when requested by the city forester for the purposes of conflict with utilities or streets; and
      9.   The removal of trees deemed appropriate by the city forester, based on tree species, site conditions, or other variables.
   D.   Standards:
      1.   Preservation of Specimen Trees: Specimen trees shall be preserved to the maximum extent practicable as determined by the city forester, in consultation with the zoning administrator, unless exempted pursuant to Subsection C, "Exemptions", of this section.
         a.   In determining if preservation is impracticable, the city shall consider the following criteria, including, but not limited to:
         (1)   Whether an alternative location or configuration of the development including elements such as parking or structures on the site would be feasible to accomplish tree preservation, without negatively impacting adjacent properties,
         (2)   Whether preservation of the specimen tree would render all permitted development on the property infeasible, or
         (3)   If development of the property will provide significant community benefits that outweigh tree preservation.
         b.   The zoning administrator may modify any dimensional standard, such as setbacks and height limits, by up to 20% if such modification will result in preservation of a specimen tree.
      2.   Cutting, Removal, or Damage Prohibited: Specimen trees, required to be preserved, shall not be cut, removed, pushed over, killed, or otherwise damaged.
      3.   Paving, Fill, Excavation, or Soil Compaction Prohibited: The tree protection zone of any protected specimen tree shall not be subjected to paving, filling, excavation, or soil compaction.
      4.   Mitigation: Where the city determines it is not practicable to preserve a specimen tree on the development site, the following mitigation provisions shall apply.
         a.   Replacement Tree Required: 2 caliper inches of replacement trees shall be provided for each dbh of specimen tree removed (for example, if a 24 inch dbh specimen tree is removed, it must be replaced with at least 24 trees of a minimum 2 inch caliper or 8 trees with a 6 inch caliper). Each replacement tree shall be a minimum of 2 inches in caliper, and shall either be replanted prior to certificate of occupancy or within a conditional time frame as approved by the city forester. Consult the "Salt Lake City Plant List and Hydrozone Schedule" for recommendations on tree selection.
         Replacement trees shall be planted on the lot or site where the specimen tree was removed except where the city forester, in consultation with the zoning administrator, finds the following:
         (1)   The site does not provide for adequate landscape surface area to accommodate the total number of replacement trees; or
         (2)   That due to unique soil types, topography, or unusual characteristics of the site, the likelihood of successful tree growth is diminished.
         In such cases, the applicant shall mitigate for the loss of the specimen tree in the form of payment to the city's tree fund as provided below.
         b.   Cash in Lieu Payment/Tree Fund Contribution: Applicants who are permitted to remove a specimen tree but not plant a replacement tree on site shall make a cash in lieu payment, in the amount of the cost to purchase and plant the required number of replacement trees, into the city's tree fund.
   E.   Specimen Tree Protection During Construction:
      1.   Owner's Responsibility: During construction, the owner of the property shall be responsible for the ongoing health of specimen trees located on the site. This includes basic tree maintenance and watering throughout the term of construction. The owner shall also ensure the erection of barriers necessary to protect any specimen tree from damage during and after construction.
      2.   Tree Protection Zone Fencing: Tree protection fencing shall be erected to protect all preserved trees from excavation, fill, compaction, or other impacts that would threaten tree health. Specimen trees shall be fenced in accordance with this subsection before any grading, excavating, or other land disturbing activity begins on a construction site. No construction, grading, equipment or material storage, or any other activity shall be allowed within the tree protection zone, as delineated by the required tree protection fencing, except in accordance with the standards in Subsection F.3, "Encroachments Into Tree Protection Zones and Root Zones", of this section. Fencing shall be maintained until the land disturbance activities are complete, and shall not be removed or altered without first obtaining written consent from the city forester.
      The tree protection fencing shall be clearly shown on the required development applications such as a site plan, building permit, or grading permit application.
         a.   Location: Fencing shall extend at least 1 foot in distance from the edge of the drip line of a specimen tree or group of specimen trees or as directed by the city forester to best protect a specimen tree's critical root zone and still allow construction access.
         b.   Type of Fencing: The developer shall erect a chainlink fence, a minimum of 4 feet in height, secured to metal posts driven into the ground. Such fencing shall be secured to withstand construction activity and weather on the site and shall be maintained in a functional condition for the duration of work on the property. This is not considered permanent fencing subject to Section 21A.40.120, "Regulation of Fences, Walls and Hedges", of this title.
         c.   Timing: All required tree protection measures shall be installed, inspected and approved by the city forester prior to the commencement of any land disturbing activities.
      4.   Encroachments Into Tree Protection Zones and Root Zones: Encroachments into a tree protection zone or within the critical root zones of trees protected in accordance with this subsection shall occur only in rare instances, and only upon obtaining written authorization from the city forester. If such encroachment is anticipated, tree preservation measures including, but not limited to, the following may be required:
         a.   Tree Crown and/or Root Pruning: The pruning, or cutting, of specimen tree branches or roots shall only be done under the supervision of an ISA certified arborist, and only upon approval of the city forester.
         b.   Soil Compaction Impact Mitigation: Where compaction might occur due to planned, temporary traffic through or materials placed within the protection zone, the area shall first be mulched with a minimum 4 inch layer of woodchips or a 6 inch layer of pine straw. Plywood sheet or metal plate coverage of the impacted area may be accepted by the city forester when high moisture conditions warrant. Equipment or materials storage shall not be allowed within the tree protection zone.
         c.   Grade Change Impact Mitigation: In the event proposed site development requires soil elevation changes tree protection measures designed to mitigate harm to the tree(s) shall be coordinated with the city forester and the zoning administrator.
         d.   Construction Debris/Effluent Strictly Prohibited: In no instance shall any debris or effluent, associated with the construction process, including equipment or vehicle washing, concrete mixing, pouring, or rinsing processes, be permitted to drain onto lands within tree protection zones, as delineated by the chainlink tree protection fencing.
   F.   Enforcement: These tree preservation provisions shall be subject to the zoning and development enforcement codes as adopted by the city. (Ord. 12-24, 2024)

21A.48.100: APPEAL:

Any person adversely affected by a final decision of the zoning administrator on a landscaping or buffer requirement may appeal to the appeals hearing officer in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 21A.16 of this title. (Ord. 12-24, 2024)
TABLE 21A.36.020B OBSTRUCTIONS IN REQUIRED YARDS1
Type Of Structure Or Use Obstruction
Front And Corner Side Yards
Side Yard
Rear Yard
Type Of Structure Or Use Obstruction
Front And Corner Side Yards
Side Yard
Rear Yard
Accessory buildings subject to the provisions of Chapter 21A.40, and located at least 1 foot from the side property line, except for the FP and FR Districts where no accessory building is permitted in any required yard. Accessory buildings shall be at least 10 feet from a principal residential building on an adjacent lot
 
X3
X
Architectural ornament not elsewhere regulated so long as it projects no more than 1 foot and is at least 2 feet from lot lines
X
X
X
Awnings and canopies, in residential districts only, that project not more than 2 1/2 feet into front, corner side, or side yards and not more than 5 feet into rear yards
X
X
X
Balconies projecting no more than 5 feet
 
 
X
Basketball hoop and backboard on or adjacent to permitted driveways
X
X
X
Bay windows which are 1 story high, not more than 10 feet long, project 2 feet or less and are located not less than 4 feet from a lot line
X
X
X
Below grade obstructions when there is no exterior evidence of the underground structure other than entrances and required venting, provided there are no conflicts with any easements or publicly owned infrastructure or utilities
X
X
X
Mechanical equipment, subject to complying with the setback and screening requirements in 21A.40.100, except for swamp coolers and window mounted units, which shall be a minimum 2 feet from a lot line
X
X
X
Grade changes subject to the following:
 
 
 
   Changes of established grade in a nonresidential district to accommodate site retention or detention as required by the Department of Public Utilities
X
X
X
   Changes of established grade of 4 feet or less, provided that:
      1.   Grade changes over 2 feet located on a property line be supported by a retaining wall;
      2.   No portion of the retaining wall may exceed 4 feet in height above the established grade; and
      3.   For a terrace of retaining walls each retaining wall shall be separated by a minimum of 3 horizontal feet
 
X
 
X
 
X
   Changes of grade within the Northwest Quadrant Development Area and Eco-Industrial Buffer Area as identified in Section 21A.34.140 to reach an elevation as required for drainage by the Department of Public Utilities
X
X
X
Chimneys so long as they project 2 feet or less into the yard and must be located not less than 2 feet from a lot line
 
X
X
Decks (uncovered) 2 feet high or less
X
X
X
Decks (uncovered) over 2 feet high, and associated steps, not more than 32 square feet in area
 
 
X
Eaves, not including gutters projecting 2 feet or less into the required yard. Where a 20 foot yard is provided, eaves may project 4 feet into the yard
X
X
X
Fences or walls subject to applicable height restrictions of chapter 21A.40
X
X
X
Fire escapes projecting 4 feet or less
 
 
X
Flagpoles: (subject to provisions of subsection c, table 21a.36.020c of this section)
 
 
 
   Residential Districts: 1 permanent flagpole per street frontage
X
X
X
   Nonresidential Districts: 3 flagpoles per street frontage
X
X
X
Ground mounted utility boxes subject to the provisions of Section 21A.40.160
X
X
X
Ham radio antennas subject to provisions of subsection 21A.40.090D
 
 
X
Light poles for sport fields such as ballparks, stadiums, soccer fields, golf driving ranges, and similar uses when such a use is permitted
X
X
X
Other accessory structures not regulated elsewhere and not exceeding 10 feet in height and 120 square feet in area
X
X
X
Patios on grade
X
X
X
Porches projecting 5 feet or less
 
 
X
Recreational:
 
 
 
   Playground equipment, private
 
 
X
   Playground equipment, public park or public open space
X
X
X
   Swimming pools (measured to the water line), game courts, and similar uses located at least 5 feet from all lot lines
 
 
X
Refuse and recycling dumpster4
 
 
X
Accessibility ramps and lifts
X
X
X
Steps and required landings 4 feet or less above or below grade which are necessary for access to a permitted building and located not less than 4 feet from a lot line
X
X
X
Window wells projecting not more than 3 feet into a front or side yard
X
X
X
 
Notes:
   1.   "X" denotes where obstructions are allowed.
   2.   The Planning Director or designee may allow grade changes in the FP and FR District to exceed 4 feet in height if necessary to ensure access to the property.
   3.   The accessory structure shall be located in accordance with Section 21A.40.050.A.3.
   4.   Only permitted in nonresidential zoning districts or in residential zoning districts where there are 4 or more dwellings units at a property.
   C.   Height Exceptions: Exceptions to the maximum building height in all zoning districts are allowed as indicated in table 21A.36.020C of this subsection.
TABLE 21A.36.020C HEIGHT EXCEPTIONS
Type
Extent Above Maximum Building Height Allowed By The District
Applicable Districts
Type
Extent Above Maximum Building Height Allowed By The District
Applicable Districts
Chimney
As required by local, State or Federal regulations
All zoning districts
Church steeples or spires
No limit
All zoning districts
Elevator/stairway tower or bulkhead
16 feet
All zoning districts except those listed in chapter 21A.24
Flagpole
Maximum height of the zoning district in which the flagpole is located or 60 feet, whichever is less.
All zoning districts
Light poles for sport fields such as ballparks, stadiums, soccer fields, golf driving ranges, and similar uses1
Maximum height of the zoning district or 70 feet whichever is greater provided the lights are located a minimum of 30 feet from adjacent residential structures
All zoning districts that allow sport field activities and stadiums excluding parks less than 4 acres in size
Parapet wall, railing, fence, or other similar safety feature or structure
5 feet
All zoning districts, other than the FP, FR, R-1, R-2, SR, and OS districts
Rooftop amenities2
5 feet
All zoning districts except those listed in chapter 21A.24
Unenclosed shade structures3
10 feet
All zoning districts except hose listed in chapter 21A.24
 
Note:
   1.    Lighting shall be shielded to eliminate excessive glare or light into adjacent properties and have cutoffs to protect the view of the night sky.
   2.   Amenities shall be setback at least 5 feet from all property lines. Physical separation shall be provided to delineate the rooftop amenity area.
   3.   Shade structures shall be setback a minimum of 5 feet from the properly line and may not cover more than 60% of the total rooftop area. The shade structures may not have any walls that are greater than 5 feet in height.
   D.   Measuring of Height: Unless otherwise stated in the zoning district, height shall be measured from finished grade.
   E.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code, all structures shall comply with the Sight Distance Triangle Requirements as defined and illustrated in Chapter 21A.62 of this title. Clear sight zone areas shall be provided as indicated in the Salt Lake City Off Street Parking Standards Manual. The planning director, in consultation with the transportation director, may approve alternative design solutions that result in similar visual clearance and effectively mitigate safety concerns.
(Ord. 83-24, 2024: Ord. 37-24, 2024: Ord. 29-24, 2024: Ord. 10-24, 2024: Ord. 75-23, 2023: Ord. 46-23, 2023: Ord. 64-21, 2021: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 59-17, 2017: Ord. 65-14, 2014: Ord. 12-14, 2014: Ord. 75-13, 2013: Ord. 62-13, 2013: Ord. 82-12, 2012: Ord. 73-11, 2011: Ord. 19-11, 2011: Ord. 62-09 § 4, 2009: Ord. 21-08 § 7 (Exh. F), 2008: Ord. 20-06 § 1, 2006: Ord. 13-04 §§ 13, 14 (Exhs. G, H), 2004: Ord. 73-02 § 6 (Exh. C), 2002: Ord. 59-02 § 1, 2002: Ord. 35-99 §§ 46 - 48, 1999: Ord. 30-98 § 3, 1998: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995: Ord. 26-95 § 2(18-2), 1995)
TABLE OF CURRENT REGULATORY AGENCIES
Environmental Category
Agency(ies)
Environmental Category
Agency(ies)
Noise
Salt Lake Valley Health regulation noise control
Air pollution
Salt Lake Valley Health regulation air pollution control
 
State of Utah Division of Air Quality
Odors
Salt Lake Valley health regulation air pollution control
Toxic substances
Salt Lake Valley health regulations solid waste management facilities
 
State of Utah division of solid and hazardous waste
Water pollution
State of Utah division of water quality
 
State of Utah division of drinking water
Radiation hazards
State of Utah division of radiation control
 
(Ord. 1-06 § 30, 2006: Ord. 26-95 § 2(18-18), 1995)
STANDARDS FOR THE FR-1, FR-2, FR-3, R-1/12,000,
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs
Number Of Signs Permitted
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs
Number Of Signs Permitted
Construction sign
16 square feet
4 feet
1 per street frontage
Development entry sign2
50 square feet
4 feet
1 per entry; 2 maximum
Flat and monument signs for permitted/conditional nonresidential uses2,4
24 square feet each
4 feet
1 per street frontage
Garage/yard sale sign
6 square feet
4 feet
1 per street frontage
Nameplate
1 square foot
n/a
1 per dwelling
New development sign1 (new subdivision only)
120 square feet per sign; up to a total of 160 square feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage; 2 maximum
Private directional sign
8 square feet
8 feet
No limit
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet
No limit
Real estate sign
8 square feet
4 feet
1 per street frontage
Signs for nonconforming businesses (see subsection A4a of this section)
See subsection A4a of this section
See subsection A4a of this section
See subsection A4a of this section
Special event sign
16 square feet
6 feet
1 per street frontage
 
Notes:
   1.   10 foot setback required.
   2.   Monument and development signs shall have a 5 foot setback, unless integrated into the fence structure. Height requirements for fence apply.
   3.   Reserved
   4.   Backlit awnings excluded.
      4.   Supplementary Regulations:
         a.   Signs for Nonconforming Business Uses: Signs for permitted nonconforming business uses shall conform to Subsection 21A.46.090.A.4 of this chapter, sign regulations for the MU-2 district, but shall not be internally illuminated.
         b.   Illumination: Signs for residential uses shall not be internally illuminated, except for new development signs and development entry signs.
   B.   Sign Regulations For Multi-Family Residential Districts:
      1.   Purpose: Signage in the multi-family districts should allow for appropriate identification of multi-family buildings. The purpose of these regulations is to protect the residential living environment of residents while providing for appropriate building identification and other forms of signage consistent with the needs of multi-family residents.
      2.   Applicability: Regulations in subsection B3 of this section shall apply to all uses within the RMF-30, RMF-35, RMF-45 and RMF-75 districts. The regulations apply to each multi-family building, whether on a separate lot of record, or as part of a multi-family development which may have multiple buildings on a lot. Regulations on new development signs and development entry signs shall apply to the lot, regardless of the number of buildings on the lot.
STANDARDS FOR THE RMF-30, RMF-35, RMF-45 AND RMF-75 DISTRICTS
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs
Number Of Signs Permitted
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs
Number Of Signs Permitted
Construction sign
16 square feet
4 feet
1 per street frontage
Development entry sign2
50 square feet
4 feet
1 per entry; 2 maximum
Flat sign for residential uses4,5
10 square feet
See note 3
1 per street frontage
Flat signs for permitted/ conditional nonresidential uses2,5
24 square feet
See note 3
1 per street frontage
Garage/yard sale sign
6 square feet
4 feet
1 per street frontage
Marquee sign4
10 square feet
See note 3
1 per building
Monument sign2,4
24 square feet
4 feet
1 per lot
Nameplate
2 square feet
n/a
1 per building entry
New development sign1
80 square feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Political sign
16 square feet
4 feet
No limit
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet
No limit
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet
No limit
Real estate sign
8 square feet
4 feet
1 per street frontage
Signs for nonconforming businesses (see subsection B4a of this section)
See subsection B4a of this section
See subsection B4a of this section
See subsection B4a of this section
Special event sign
16 square feet
6 feet
1 per street frontage
 
Notes:
   1.   10 foot setback required.
   2.   Monument signs shall have a 5 foot setback unless integrated into the fence structure. Height requirements for fence apply.
   3.   Reserved
   4.   Shall not be permitted for one- through seven-family dwellings.
   5.   Backlit awnings excluded.
      4.   Supplementary Regulations:
         a.   Nonconforming Business Uses: Signs for permitted nonconforming business uses shall conform to Subsection 21A.46.090A3 of this chapter, sign regulations for the MU-2 district.
         b.   Illumination: Illuminated signs for multi-family buildings or developments shall be limited to new development signs, development entry signs, flat signs, marquee signs and monument signs.
(Ord. 47A-25, 2025: Ord. 64-24, 2024: Ord. 44-23, 2023: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)
STANDARDS FOR THE MANUFACTURING DISTRICTS
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Awning/ canopy signs
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront (sign area only)
See note 1
May extend 6 feet from face of building, but shall not cross a property line
1 per first floor door/wind ow
None
Canopy, drive-through
40% of canopy face if signage is on 2 faces; 20% of canopy face if signs are on 4 faces
See note 1
n/a
1 per canopy face
None
Construction sign
64 square feet
12 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Development entry sign
160 square feet maximum per sign; 200 square feet total for 2 signs
10 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Flat sign (storefront orientation)4
2 square feet per linear foot of store frontage6
See note 1
n/a
1 per business or storefront
None
Monument sign5
150 square feet
5 feet at the minimum setback and increases 1 foot for each additional 1 foot of setback for a maximum of 20 feet
5 feet
1 sign for the first 100' of street frontage and 1 additional sign for every additional 250' of street frontage. Each sign shall be separated by at least 150'.
1 sign for the first 100' of street frontage and 1 additional sign for every additional 250' of street frontage. Each sign shall be separated by at least 150'.
New development sign
160 square feet per sign; 200 square feet total
12 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Pole sign5
1 square foot per linear foot of street frontage; 200 square feet maximum for a single business, 300 square feet maximum for multiple businesses
25 feet
15 feet
1 per street frontage
1 sign per street frontage
Political sign
32 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
No limit
None
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Projecting Business Storefront Sign
6 square feet per sign side; total of 12 square feet
n/a
May extend 4 feet from face of the building but no closer than 2 feet to the back of curb. Minimum height of 8 feet above sidewalk.7
1 per leasable space or entry.
None
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet
10 feet
No limit
None
Real estate sign
64 square feet
12 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Sexually oriented business signs
See Section 21A.36.140
Wall sign or flat sign4
1.5 square feet per linear foot of each building face
See note 1
n/a
1 per building face
None
Window sign
25% of total frontage window area per floor
See note 1
n/a
No limit
None
 
Notes:
   1.   For height limits on building signs, see Subsection 21A.46.070.I of this chapter.
   2.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   3.   The total number of signs permitted from the sign types combined.
   4.   Storefront flat signs limited to locations on the lower 2 floors.
   5.   See Subsection 21A.46.100.A.4.a.
   6.   A single-tenant building may combine the square footage total of both the storefront orientation and the general building orientation flat signs to construct 1 larger sign.
   7.   Projection over a public right of way must comply with the city's encroachment policy.
      4.   Supplementary Regulations:
         a.   Lot Frontage Requirements: A minimum lot frontage of one hundred feet (100') shall be required for pole signs or monument signs. (Ord. 3- 25, 2025: Ord. 71-24, 2024: Ord. 64-24, 2024: Ord. 17-14, 2014)
STANDARDS FOR THE D-1 AND D-4 DISTRICTS
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Awning signs
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront (sign area only)
See note 1
May extend 6 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per first floor door/wind ow
None
Canopy, drive- through
40% of canopy face if signage is on 2 faces; 20% of canopy face if signs are on 4 faces
See note 1
n/a
1 per canopy face
None
Canopy signs
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront (sign area only); 20 square feet maximum per canopy
See note 1
May extend from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per first floor building entry
None
Constructi on sign
64 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1 per storefront
None
Corporate flag
32 square feet
See subsection A4c of this section
8 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per 50 feet of street frontage, 50 foot minimum street frontage required
2 per street frontage
Flat sign (general building orientation )
4 square feet per linear foot of building face5
See note 1
n/a
1 per building face
None
Flat sign (storefront orientation )4
2 square feet per linear foot of each store frontage5
See note 1
n/a
1 per business storefront
None
Marquee sign
Subject only to Subsection 21A.46.07 0.O
See Subsection 21A.46.07 0.O
See Subsection 21A.46.07 0.O
1 per storefront
None
Monument sign
1 square foot per linear foot of street frontage
20 feet
None
1 per street frontage
1 sign per street frontage
Nameplate , building
3 square feet
8 square feet
None
1 per building
None
New developme nt sign
200 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Outdoor television monitor4,7
62 square feet
See note 1. Sign face limited to 8 feet in height
None
1 per building
None
Pole sign
1 square foot per linear foot of street frontage; 200 square feet maximum for a single business, 300 square feet maximum for multiple businesses
45 feet
None, but shall not extend across a property line
1 per street frontage
None
Political sign
32 square feet
8 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Projecting building sign
125 square feet per side; 250 square feet total
See note 1.(See 21A.46.11 0.A.4.b)
May extend 6 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per street frontage (See 21A.46.11 0.A.4.b)
None
Projecting business storefront sign
9 square feet per side; 18 square feet total
See note 1. Sign face limited to 4 feet in height
May extend 4 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per public business entry to the street
None
Projecting parking entry sign
9 square feet; 18 square feet total
See note 1. Sign face limited to 4 feet in height
May extend 4 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per driveway or parking lot entry
None
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 square feet
None
No limit
None
Real estate sign
32 square feet
8 feet
None
1 per street frontage
None
Roof signs
4 square feet per linear foot of building face or 6 square feet per linear foot of building face on buildings taller than 100 feet
See note 1
n/a
1 per street frontage
None
Window sign
25% of total frontage window area per use
No limit
n/a
No limit
None
 
Notes:
   1.   For height limits on building signs, see Subsection 21A.46.070.I of this chapter.
   2.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   3.   The total number of signs permitted from the sign types combined.
   4.   Storefront flat signs and outdoor television monitors limited to locations on the lower 2 floors.
   5.   A single-tenant building may combine the square footage total of both the storefront orientation and the general building orientation flat signs to construct 1 larger sign.
   6.   Projection over a public right of way must comply with the city's encroachment policy.
   7.   Allowed in conjunction with television stations only and are allowed only if the building contains a permanent broadcast studio for the television station of at least 15,000 square feet.
         b.   Sports Arena and Convention Center Sign Regulations. The following signs shall be permitted on the blocks that contain the sports arena and convention center, described as follows: beginning at the southwest corner of the intersection of South Temple and West Temple Streets, heading south to the intersection of 200 South and West Temple Streets, thence west to the intersection of 200 South and 200 West Streets, thence north to the intersection of 100 South and 200 West, thence west to the intersection of 100 South and 400 West Streets, thence north to the intersection of South Temple and 400 West, thence east to the point of beginning. Modifications to sign regulations within this overlay may be approved as part of the design review process for any building that is subject to 21A.59. Signs shall not include off-premise advertising. For the purpose of this section, signs may include advertising any business, facility, event or event or facility sponsor which are located within the boundaries of the sports arena and convention center sign regulations overlay.
STANDARDS FOR THE SPORTS ARENA AND CONVENTION CENTER
Types of Signs Permitted7, 8, 9
Maximum Area per Sign Face
Maximum Height of Freestanding Signs
Minimum Setback2
Number of Signs Permitted per Sign Type
Types of Signs Permitted7, 8, 9
Maximum Area per Sign Face
Maximum Height of Freestanding Signs
Minimum Setback2
Number of Signs Permitted per Sign Type
Awning/ canopy signs
5 square feet per linear foot of canopy length (sign area only)
Shall not be located above the second floor level of the building for both awning and canopy signs
May extend 6 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet from back of curb
1 per first floor window/door, may be combined with adjacent doors/ windows
Flat sign (general building orientation)
5 square feet per linear foot of building face
 
n/a
1 per building face
Flat sign (storefront orientation)
Flat sign (storefront orientation)
 
n/a
3 per business storefront
Flat sign display, electronic changeable copy3
No larger than 1,400 square feet per sign
 
n/a
5 per city block
Freestanding sign, electronic changeable copy4
Not more than 1,600 square feet per sign, which may be located in a continuous round display
45 feet
n/a
2 per city block
Monument sign
3 square feet per linear foot of street frontage
20 feet
None
5 per street frontage
Private directional sign5
100 square feet
20 feet
No setback
No limit
Roof sign
5 square feet per linear foot of building frontage
20 feet above the roof line or parapet wall
n/a
1 per building
Roof surface sign
30,000 square feet6
n/a
n/a
1 per roof surface
Special event light pole sign
10 square feet
20 feet
n/a
2 per light pole
Special event sign
Sign may cover up to 60% of total building face7
May not exceed the height of building
n/a
1 per street frontage
Window sign
90% of total frontage window area (interior or exterior) for sports arena events, not to exceed 6 months in duration for each calendar year unless otherwise allowed by the zoning administrator.
No Limit
n/a
No Limit
 
Notes:
   1.   Reserved.
   2.   Public property lease and insurance required for projection over property line.
   3.   Flat sign, electronic changeable copy may display static or rotating messages or operate as outdoor television monitors.
   4.   An advertising face on a freestanding sign with electronic changeable copy that is not oriented to a public street may be operated to allow full motion video display.
   5.   Private directional sign may include electronic changeable copy within the sign area.
   6.   To be located on the horizontal plane of a roof surface, primarily viewable from planes and surrounding buildings located above the arena.
   7.   Advertising or corporate logos are limited to on premises advertising of sports arena events and sponsors only.
   8.   Dwell and Twirl time: Text, images, or graphics on an electronic message center shall not change more than once every eight (8) seconds. Twirl time between subsequent static text, images, or graphics shall not exceed one-fourth (0.25) second. Outdoor television monitors are exempt.
   9.   Brightness: No electronic message center shall exceed a brightness level of three-tenths (0.3) foot-candle as measured at a pre-set distance. The measurement distance shall be determined based on the area of the electronic message center using the following formula: the square root of (the electronic message center area times 100). Fractions shall be rounded to the nearest foot.
         c.   Live Performance Theater and Ancillary Uses Located in the Interior of the Block between State and Main Streets, between 100 and 200 South Streets:
STANDARDS FOR THE LIVE PERFORMANCE THEATRE AND ANCILLARY USES LOCATED IN THE INTERIOR OF THE BLOCK BETWEEN STATE AND MAIN STREETS, BETWEEN 100 AND 200 SOUTH STREETS
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestandi ng Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestandi ng Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Awning signs
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront (sign area only)
See note 1
May extend 6 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per first floor door/wind ow
None
Canopy, drive- through
40% of canopy face if signage is on 2 faces; 20% of canopy face if signs are on 4 faces
See note 1
n/a
1 per canopy face
None
Canopy signs
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront (sign area only); 20 square feet maximum per canopy
See note 1
May extend from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per first floor building entry
None
Constructi on sign
64 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1 per storefront
None
Corporate flag
32 square feet
See Subsection 21A.46.11 0.A.4.c
8 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per 50 feet of street frontage, 50 foot minimum street frontage required
2 per street frontage
Flat sign (general building orientation )
4 square feet per linear foot of building face5
See note 1
n/a
2 per building face
None
Flat sign (storefront orientation )4
2 square feet per linear foot of each store frontage5
See note 1
n/a
1 per business storefront
None
Marquee sign
Subject only to Subsection 21A.46.07 0.O
See Subsection 21A.46.07 0.O
See Subsection 21A.46.07 0.O
1 per storefront
None
Monument sign
1 square foot per linear foot of street frontage
20 feet
None
1 per street frontage
1 sign per street frontage
Nameplate, building
3 square feet
8 square feet
None
1 per building
None
New development sign
200 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Pole sign
1 square foot per linear foot of street frontage; 200 square feet maximum for a single business, 300 square feet maximum for multiple businesses
45 feet
None, but shall not extend across a property line
1 per street frontage
None
Pole sign, parking garage access
1 square foot per linear foot of street frontage; 165 square feet maximum for a single business
Sign may be located off premises to indicate garage access point, as deemed appropriat e by zoning administrat or
45 feet
None, but shall not extend across a property line
1 per street frontage
1
Political sign
32 square feet
8 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Projecting building sign7,8
165 square feet per side; 330 square feet total
See note 1
May extend 6 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
2 per street frontage
None
Projecting business storefront sign7,8
9 square feet per side; 18 square feet total
See note 1. Sign face limited to 4 feet in height
May extend 7 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per public business entry
None
Projecting parking entry sign7,8
40 square feet; 80 square feet total
See note 1. Sign face limited to 4 feet in height
May extend 10 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per driveway or parking lot entry
None
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 square feet
None
No limit
None
Real estate sign
32 square feet
8 feet
None
1 per street frontage
None
Roof signs
4 square feet per linear foot of building face or 6 square feet per linear foot of building face on buildings taller than 100 feet
See note 1
n/a
1 per street frontage
None
Window sign
25% of total frontage window area per use
No limit
n/a
No limit
None
 
Notes:
   1.   For height limits on building signs, see Subsection 21A.46.070.I of this chapter.
   2.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   3.   The total number of signs permitted from the sign types combined.
   4.   Storefront flat signs limited to locations on the lower 2 floors.
   5.   A single-tenant building may combine the square footage total of both the storefront orientation and the general building orientation flat signs to construct 1 larger sign.
   6.   Projection over a public right of way must comply with the city's encroachment policy.
   7.   This applies only to signs not placed on the street frontages of State Street, Main Streets, 100 South Street and 200 South Street. All signs of this type intended for these street frontages are to be governed by Subsection 21A.46.110.A.3.a.
   8.   These sign types may have animated elements as defined in Subsection 21A.46.020.B of this chapter, restricted to the non-mechanical animation of lights and lighting.
      4.   Supplementary Regulations:
         a.   Sign Setbacks: All freestanding signs shall be set back not less than five feet (5') from the front or corner side lot line. In the case of pole signs, this setback requirement shall be applied to the sign support structure, allowing the sign itself to extend to the front lot line if adequate ground clearance is provided as required in this title.
         b.   Projecting Building Signs: Projecting building signs are allowed for the following uses only:
            (1)   Theaters (live or cinematic theaters with business frontage and direct access to the street) and ancillary uses;
            (2)   Anchor retail (large retailers with over 35,000 square feet of usable floor area) or shopping centers or malls (containing multiple stores with a combined commercial/retail floor area of over 100,000 square feet);
            (3)   Historic buildings as outlined in subsection 21A.46.070V of this chapter.
Businesses using projecting building signs may not also use projecting business storefront signs. The content of a projecting building sign is limited to the building, business or shopping center name and logo.
         c.   Corporate Flags: The pole support must be attached directly to the building and located so that all portions of the flag clear the pedestrian level of the building. Flags shall not interfere with street trees, light poles, utility lines, etc., and shall maintain a ten foot (10') clearance from the sidewalk. Corporate flags may be additionally anchored at the bottom with a cable, chain, rope or other nonrigid device, to prevent excessive movement. However, if more than one structural support is provided, the flag shall be considered a fabric "projecting sign".
   B.   Sign Regulations For The D-2 District:
      1.   Purpose: Sign regulations for the D-2 District are intended to respond to the existing diversity in signage characteristics within this district. The D-2 District is supportive of the D-1 District and reflects a similar purpose as the center for business and culture for the region.
      2.   Applicability: Regulations in Subsection B.3 of this section shall apply to all uses within the D-2 District.
      3.   Sign Type, Size and Height Standards:
STANDARDS FOR THE D-2 DISTRICT
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Awning/canopy sign
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront (sign area only)
See note 1
May extend 6 feet from face of building 2 feet from back of curb7
1 per first floor door/window
None
Canopy, drive- through
40% of canopy face if signage is on 2 faces; 20% of canopy face if signs are on 4 faces
See note 1
n/a
1 per canopy face
None
Construction sign
64 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Flat sign (storefront orientation)4
2 square feet per linear foot of each store frontage5
See note 1
n/a
1 per business or storefront
None
Monument sign6
1 square foot per linear foot of street frontage
20 feet
None
1 per street frontage
1 sign per street frontage
Nameplate, building
3 square feet
8 square feet
None
1 per building
None
New development sign
200 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Pole sign6
1 square foot per linear foot of street frontage; 200 square feet maximum for a single business, 300 square feet maximum for multiple businesses
45 feet
None, but shall not extend across a property line
1 per street frontage
1 sign per street frontage
Political sign
32 square feet
8 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Projecting building sign
0.5 square foot per linear foot of street frontage; not to exceed 40 square feet
See note 1
May extend 6 feet from face of building, but shall not cross a property line
1 per street frontage
None
Projecting business storefront sign
6 square feet per sign side; total of 12 square feet
n/a
May extend 4 feet from face of the building but no closer than 2 feet to the back of the curb. Minimum height of 8 feet above sidewalk.7
1 per leasable space or entry
None
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Real estate sign
64 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Wall sign or flat sign (general building orientation)
4 square feet per linear foot of building face5
See note 1
n/a
1 per building face
None
Window sign
25% of total frontage window area per use
See note 1
n/a
No limit
n/a
 
Notes:
   1.   For height limits on building signs, see Subsection 21A.46.070.I of this chapter.
   2.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   3.   The total number of signs permitted from the sign types combined.
   4.   Storefront flat signs limited to locations on the lower 2 floors.
   5.   A single-tenant building may combine the square footage total of both the storefront orientation and the general building orientation flat signs to construct 1 larger sign.
   6.   See Subsection 21A.46.110.B.4.a.
   7.   Projection over a public right of way must comply with the city's encroachment policy.
      4.   Supplementary Regulations:
         a.   Lot Frontage Requirements: A minimum lot frontage of one hundred feet (100') shall be required for pole signs or monument signs.
   C.   Sign Regulations For The D-3 Downtown Residential/Warehouse District:
      1.   Purpose: Signage in the D-3 District should respond to the special character of the area resulting from the presence of existing warehouse buildings, some of which are historically significant, and the mix of residential and commercial uses allowed in the district. Consistent with the intent of the district to preserve the existing buildings while promoting new uses within them, signage within the district should contribute to the vitality of the area without detracting from the significance of the architecture. The sign regulations for this district are designed to allow for the identification of uses within the district but to restrain the size and location of signs in order to complement the architectural characteristics of buildings.
      2.   Applicability: Regulations in subsection C3 of this section shall apply to all uses within the D-3 District.
      3.   Sign Type, Size and Height Standards:
STANDARDS FOR THE D-3 DISTRICT
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Awning/canopy signs
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront (sign area only)
See note 1
May extend 6 feet from face of building 2 feet from back of curb6
1 per first floor door/window
None
Canopy, drive- through
40% of canopy face if signage is on 2 faces; 20% of canopy face if signs are on 4 faces
See note 1
n/a
1 per canopy face
None
Construction sign
64 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
2 per building
None
Flat sign (storefront orientation)4
1.5 square feet per linear foot of store frontage5
See note 1
n/a
1 per business or storefront
None
Monument sign
100 square feet
12 feet
None
1 per street frontage
1 sign per street frontage
Nameplate, building
3 square feet
8 square feet
n/a
1 per building
None
New development sign
80 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1 per development
None
Pole sign
75 square feet for a single business; 100 square feet for multiple businesses
25 feet
None, but shall not extend across a property line
1 per street frontage
1 sign per street frontage
Political sign
32 square feet
8 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Projecting business storefront sign
6 square feet per sign side; total of 12 square feet
n/a
May extend 4 feet from face of the building but no closer than 2 feet to the back of curb. Minimum height of 8 feet above sidewalk.6
1 per leasable space or entry
None
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Real estate sign
64 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1 per building
None
Wall sign or flat sign (general building orientation)
1.5 square feet per linear foot of building face5
See note 1
n/a
1 per building face
 
Window sign
25% of total frontage window area per use
See note 1
n/a
No limit
None
 
Notes:
   1.   For height limits on building signs, see Subsection 21A.46.070.I of this chapter.
   2.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   3.   The total number of signs permitted from the sign types combined.
   4.   Storefront flat signs limited to locations on the lower 2 floors.
   5.   A single-tenant building may combine the square footage total of both the storefront orientation and the general building orientation flat signs to construct 1 larger sign.
   6.   Projection over a public right of way must comply with the city's encroachment policy.
(Ord. 64-24, 2024: Ord. 63-24, 2024: Ord. 44-23, 2023: Ord. 44-19, 2019: Ord. 63-17, 2017: Ord. 51-17, 2017: Ord. 19-11, 2011: Ord. 10-10 § 14, 2010: Ord. 62-09 § 1, 2009: Ord. 80-04 § 1 (Exh. A), 2004: Ord. 68-04 § 1, 2004: Ord. 62-03 § 2, 2003: Ord. 28-01 §§ 3, 4, 2001: Ord. 61-00 §§ 7, 8, 2000: Ord. 53-00 § 10, 2000: Ord. 35-99 § 80, 1999: Ord. 83-98 § 10, 1998: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)
STANDARDS FOR THE GATEWAY DISTRICT (G-MU)
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs3
Awning
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront (sign area only)
See note 1
May extend 6 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per first floor door/window
None
Canopy signs
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront (sign area only) 20 square feet maximum per canopy
See note 1
May extend from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per first floor building entry
None
Construction sign
64 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
2 per building
None
Corporate flag
32 square feet
See subsection A4b of this section
May extend 8 feet from the face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per 50 feet of street frontage. 50 foot minimum street frontage required
2 per street frontage
Flat sign (general building orientation)
1.5 square feet per linear foot of building face5
See note 1
n/a
1 per building face
None
Flat sign (storefront orientation)4
1.5 square feet per linear foot of store frontage5
See note 1
n/a
1 per business or storefront
None
Marquee sign
Subject only to subsection 21A.46.070O of this chapter
 
 
1 per storefront
None
Monument and projecting building signs:
 
 
Monument sign
100 square feet
12 feet
None
1 per street frontage
1 sign per street frontage
Projecting building sign
125 square feet per side; 250 square feet total
See note 1. (See subsection A4a of this section)
May extend 6 feet from the face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of the curb6
1 per street frontage (See subsection A4a of this section)
Nameplate, identifying building name
3 square feet
8 feet
n/a
1 per building
None
New development sign
80 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1 per development
None
Political sign
32 square feet
8 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Projecting business storefront sign
9 square feet per side; 18 square feet total
See note 1. Sign face limited to 4 feet in height
May extend 4 feet from the face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of the curb6
1 per public business entry to the street
None
Projecting parking entry sign
9 square feet; 18 square feet total
See note 1. Sign face limited to 4 feet in height
May extend 4 feet from face of building but not within 2 feet of the back of curb6
1 per driveway or parking lot entry
None
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet
5 feet
No limit
None
Real estate sign
64 square feet
12 feet
5 feet
1 per building
None
Window sign
25% of total frontage window area per use
See note 1
n/a
No limit
None
 
Notes:
   1.   For height limits on building signs, see subsection 21A.46.070J of this chapter.
   2.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   3.   The total number of signs permitted from the sign types combined.
   4.   Storefront flat signs limited to locations on the lower 2 floors.
   5.   A single-tenant building may combine the square footage total of both the storefront orientation and the general building orientation flat signs to construct 1 larger sign.
   6.   Public property lease and insurance required for projection over property line.
      4.   Specific Signs:
         a.   Projecting Building Signs: Projecting building signs are allowed for the following uses only:
            (1)   Theaters (live or cinematic theaters with business frontage and direct access to the street),
            (2)   Anchor retail (large retailers with over 35,000 square feet of usable floor area) or shopping centers or malls (containing multiple stores with a combined commercial/retail floor area of over 100,000 square feet),
            (3)   Historic buildings as outlined in subsection 21A.46.070V of this chapter.
Businesses using projecting building signs may not also use projecting business storefront signs. The content of a projecting building sign is limited to the building, business or shopping center name and logo.
         b.   Corporate Flags: The pole support must be attached directly to the building and located so that all portions of the flag shall not interfere with the street trees, light poles, utility lines, etc., and shall maintain a ten foot (10') clearance from the sidewalk. Corporate flags may be additionally anchored at the bottom with a cable, chain, rope or other nonrigid device, to prevent excessive movement. However, if more than one structural support is provided, the flag shall be considered a fabric "projecting sign". (Ord. 68-01 §§ 1, 2, 2001: Ord. 53-00 § 11, 2000: Ord. 83-98 § 11 (Exh. F), 1998)
STANDARDS FOR THE RP AND BP DISTRICTS
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted
Construction sign
64 square feet
12 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Development entry sign
160 square feet maximum per sign; 200 square feet for 2 signs
10 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Flat sign3,4
1 square foot per linear foot of building frontage
See note 1
n/a
1 per business storefront
Monument sign
60 square feet
5 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Nameplate
2 square feet
n/a
n/a
1 per building entry
New development sign
160 square feet maximum per sign; 200 square feet for 2 signs
12 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Political sign
32 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
No limit
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet
5 feet
No limit
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet
10 feet
No limit
Real estate sign
32 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Window sign
12 square feet
See note 1
n/a
No limit
 
General Provision:
Research and business parks may have private sign regulations. Sign regulations in this section are not intended to relieve the applicant from compliance with private research or business park regulations.
Notes:
   1.   For height limits on building signs, see subsection 21A.46.070J of this chapter.
   2.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   3.   Storefront flat signs limited to locations on the lower 2 floors.
   4.   Backlit awnings excluded.
   B.   Sign Regulations For The FP District:
      1.   Purpose: In recognition of the need to protect the visual character of foothill areas, sign regulations for the FP district are intended to limit the use of signage to the minimum level required for single-family residential use.
      2.   Applicability: Regulations in subsection B3 of this section shall apply to all lots within the FP district.
      3.   Sign Type, Size And Height Standards:
STANDARDS FOR THE FP DISTRICT
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Use
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Use
Construction sign
16 square feet
6 feet1
1 per street frontage
Garage/yard sale sign
6 square feet
4 feet1
1 per street frontage
Nameplate
1 square foot
n/a
1 per dwelling
Political sign
8 square feet
4 feet1
No limit
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet1
No limit
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet1
No limit
Real estate sign
8 square feet
4 feet1
1 per street frontage
Special event sign
16 square feet
6 feet1
1 per street frontage
 
Note:
   1.   A 5 foot setback is required.
      4.   Illumination: No illumination of signs shall be permitted.
   C.   Sign Regulations For The AG, AG-2, AG-5, And AG-20 Districts:
      1.   Purpose: Signage in the AG, AG-2, AG-5 and AG-20 districts should be limited to signage appropriate for single-family residential and agricultural uses.
      2.   Applicability: Regulations in subsection C3 of this section shall apply to all lots within the AG, AG-2, AG-5 and AG-20 districts.
      3.   Sign Type, Size And Height Standards:
STANDARDS FOR THE AG, AG-2, AG-5 AND AG-20 DISTRICTS
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Use
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Use
Construction sign
16 square feet
4 feet1
1 per street frontage
Garage/yard sale sign
6 square feet
4 feet1
1 per street frontage
Nameplate
1 square foot
n/a
1 per dwelling
Political sign
8 square feet
4 feet1
No limit
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet1
No limit
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet1
No limit
Real estate sign
8 square feet
4 feet1
1 per street frontage
Signs advertising agricultural uses and/or products grown on site
16 square feet
8 feet1
1 per street frontage
Special event sign
16 square feet
6 feet1
1 per street frontage
 
Note:
   1.   A 5 foot setback is required.
      4.   Illumination: No illumination of signs shall be permitted.
   D.   Sign Regulations For The A Airport District:
      1.   Purpose: Signage in the A district should respond to the airport setting promoted by this district, with signage functioning principally to identify building occupants. Freestanding signs should accent the landscape and building signs should accent the buildings.
      2.   Applicability: Regulations in subsection D3 of this section shall apply to all lots within the A districts.
      3.   Sign Type, Size And Height Standards:
STANDARDS FOR THE A DISTRICT
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted
Awning/canopy sign
1 square foot per linear foot of storefront (sign area only)
 
May extend 6 feet from face of building
1 per first floor door/window
Construction sign
64 square feet
12 feet
10 feet
2 per tenant
Development entry sign
200 square feet
10 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Monument sign
100 square feet
12 feet
10 feet
1 per business/storefront
New development sign
160 square feet maximum per sign; 200 square feet for 2 signs
12 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Pole sign
50 square feet
25 feet
10 feet
1 per business
Political sign
32 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
No limit
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet
n/a
No limit
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet
10 feet
No limit
Real estate sign
16 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 per building
Wall or flat sign
2 square feet per linear foot of building frontage
See note 1
n/a
2 per tenant
Window sign
12 square feet
2 feet
n/a
No limit
 
Notes:
   1.   For height limits on building signs, see subsection 21A.46.070J of this chapter.
   2.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   E.   Sign Regulations For The UI, PL, PL-2, I, OS And NOS Districts:
      1.   Purpose: Sign regulations for the PL, PL-2, I, UI, OS and NOS Districts are established to control signage for public and semipublic uses and facilities. These regulations are intended to respond to larger campus type settings as well as development on individual lots.
      2.   Applicability: Regulations in subsections E3, E4, E5 and E7 of this section, respectively, shall apply to all lots within the UI, PL, PL-2, I, OS and NOS Districts.
      3.   Sign Type, Size And Height Standards For The UI District:
STANDARDS FOR THE UI DISTRICT
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted
Construction sign
32 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Development entry sign
40 square feet each
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Flat sign
0.5 square foot per linear foot of building frontage; total not to exceed 60 square feet
See note 1
n/a
1 for each frontage of each use
Monument sign
60 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 per building frontage
Nameplates
2 square feet
See note 1
n/a
1 per building entry
New development sign
160 square feet maximum per sign; 200 square feet for 2 signs
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Political sign
16 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
No limit
Private directional sign3
8 square feet
4 feet
5 feet
No limit
Public safety sign3
8 square feet
6 feet
10 feet
No limit
Real estate sign
32 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Window sign
12 square feet
See note 1
n/a
No limit
 
Notes:
   1.   For height limits on building signs, see subsection 21A.46.070J of this chapter.
   2.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   3.    Trail wayfinding signs are a type of directional and public safety sign that are required to be set back from the trail edge with a maximum height of 6 feet and a minimum setback of 5 feet from a public right-of-way line.
      4.   Sign Type, Size And Height Standards For The PL, PL-2 And I Districts:
         a.   Standards For The PL, PL-2 And I Districts:
Standards For The PL, PL-2 And I Districts
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted
Construction sign
32 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Development entry sign
40 square feet per sign
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Flat sign
0.5 square foot per linear foot of building frontage
See note 1
n/a
1 for each frontage of each use
Monument sign
60 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 per building frontage
Nameplates
2 square feet
See note 1
n/a
1 per building entry
New development sign
160 square feet maximum per sign; 200 square feet for 2 signs
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Political sign
16 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
No limit
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet
5 feet
No limit
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet
10 feet
No limit
Real estate sign
32 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Window sign
12 square feet
See note 1
n/a
No limit
 
Notes:
   1.   For height limits on building signs, see subsection 21A.46.070J of this chapter.
   2.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
         b.   Standards for the Ballpark Located on the Southeast Corner of 1300 South and West Temple: Flat signs, construction signs, political signs, real estate signs, new development signs, window signs, public safety signs, and nameplates shall comply with the table for standards for the PL, PL-2 and I Districts.
 
Types of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area per Sign Face
Maximum Height of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number of Signs Permitted
Awning signs
1 square foot per linear foot of awning
See note 1
May extend 6 feet from face of building, 2 feet from back of curb face5
1 per first floor door/window and not to extend beyond 1 foot on each side of the door or window width
Monument signs3,4
60 square feet of total sign face area including a base. The base shall be 25% of the sign height.
8 feet
10 feet
1 per building
Pole signs (triangle frame structure)
180 square feet per gross sign face.
540 square feet for the structure
30 feet
No sign projection over the property line
1 pole sign which allows 4 sign panels per sign face, 1 of which may contain electronic changeable copy4 and 1 logo sign (12 total signs for the triangular pole sign)
Private direction signs3
8 square feet of total sign face area including a base. The base shall be 25% of the sign height.
4 feet
2 feet behind property lines
2 per driveway approach and as necessary for pedestrian direction
 
Notes:
   1.   For limits on the height of building signs, see Subsection 21A.46.070.J of this chapter.
   2.   Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   3.   Modified from the standards for the PL, PL-2 and I Districts and required for the Ballpark Overlay District.
   4.   Electronic changeable copy shall only be permitted on arterial street frontages. Electronic changeable copy panels shall not exceed 50 square feet.
   5.   Public property lease and insurance required for projection over property line.
         c.   Library Square Located On The Block Between 400 South And 500 South Between 200 East And 300 East Streets:
STANDARDS FOR LIBRARY SQUARE LOCATED ON THE BLOCK BETWEEN 400 AND 500 SOUTH BETWEEN 200 AND 300 EAST STREETS
 
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Minimum Setback
Number Of Signs Permitted
Flat sign (general building orientation)
2 square feet per linear foot of building face
See note 1
n/a
1 per building face
Monument sign
60 square feet
8 feet
5 feet
1 per street frontage
Special event light pole sign2
See note 4
May not exceed the height of the light pole
n/a
2 per light pole
Special event sign2
Sign may cover up to 60 percent of the total building face3
See note 1
n/a
1 per street frontage
Window signs
12 square feet5
No limit
n/a
No limit
 
Notes:
   1.    For height limits on building signs, see subsection 21A.46.070J of this chapter.
   2.    Special event signs may hang during the entirety of a special event and may be installed 3 weeks prior to the event. Special event signage shall be removed from the building within 7 days of the end of the event.
   3.    Amount only allowed on buildings where the majority of the building houses a museum. For those buildings where the majority of the building is utilized as a library only 25 percent of the building may be covered with this type of signage. Signs shall only advertise for on premises activities and events.
   4.    Special event light pole signs must not act as a barrier to pedestrian movement and must advertise for events on premises. They shall not extend more than 18 inches from the light pole and shall not extend higher than the light poles. Signs shall only advertise for on premises activities and events.
   5.    Amount only allowed on buildings where the majority of the building houses a museum. For those buildings where the majority of the building is utilized as a library these types of signs are not allowed.
      5.   Sign Type, Size And Height Standards For The OS Open Space District:
STANDARDS FOR THE OS OPEN SPACE DISTRICT
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Free-standing Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Free-standing Signs1
Minimum Setback2
Number Of Signs Permitted
Construction sign
24 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Development entry sign
32 square feet each
4 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Flat sign
0.5 square foot per linear foot of building frontage; total not to exceed 60 square feet
No limit
n/a
1 for each frontage of each use
Government sign
8 square feet
6 feet
None
No limit
Monument sign
60 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 per building frontage
Monument sign in parks 28 acres or greater3
60 square feet
10 feet
10 feet
1 per building frontage
New development sign
160 square feet maximum per sign; 200 square feet for 2 signs
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Park banner sign, park identity banner3,4,5
12 square feet
18 feet
10 feet
1 set of 3 signs per 5 acres of park land relating to the specific park
Park banner sign, permanent venue3,4
12 square feet
18 feet
10 feet
1 set of 3 banners per permanent venue
Pole sign7
24 square feet
12 feet
10 feet
1 for each frontage of each use
Political sign
16 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
No limit
Private directional sign8
8 square feet
4 feet
5 feet
No limit
Public parks and open space interpretative or orientation sign6
32 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
No limit
Public safety sign8
8 square feet
6 feet
10 feet
No limit
Real estate sign
24 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Window sign
12 square feet
See note 1
n/a
No limit
 
Notes:
   1.    For height limits on building signs, see subsection 21A.46.070J of this chapter.
   2.    Not applicable to temporary signs mounted as flat signs.
   3.    Allowed only in parks 28 acres or larger, and does not apply to public property used for cemeteries, golf courses, river banks, trails or natural open space areas.
   4.    Park banner signs must be grouped within an 18 foot radius.
   5.    Park banner signs must have a consistent design.
   6.    Interpretive or orientation signs are allowed on publicly owned open space zoned lands subject to location and number approved by the appropriate agencies governing such properties consistent with this section.
   7.    Pole signs without clearance standards are permitted on public open space lands subject to being placed in manner that they do not project over any walk or pathway and are subject to minimum setback standards and location approval by the appropriate agencies governing such properties consistent with this section.
   8.    Trail wayfinding signs are a type of directional and public safety sign that are required to be set back from the trail edge with a maximum height of 6 feet and a minimum setback of 5 feet from a public right-of-way line.
      6.   Illumination: Illuminated signs where permitted shall be limited to flat signs, monument signs, window signs, and development entry signs.
      7.   Sign Type, Size And Height Standards For The NOS Natural Open Space District:
STANDARDS FOR THE NOS NATURAL OPEN SPACE DISTRICT1
 
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Free-standing Signs
Minimum Setback
Number Of Signs Permitted
Development entry sign
18 square feet each
4 feet
10 feet
1 per street frontage
Government sign
8 square feet
6 feet
None
No limit
Open space interpretative or orientation sign2
32 square feet
8 feet
10 feet
No limit
Pole sign3
24 square feet
12 feet
10 feet
1 for each frontage of each use
Private directional sign4
6 square feet
4 feet
5 feet
No limit
Public safety sign4
8 square feet
6 feet
10 feet
No limit
 
Notes:
   1.    Signs within the NOS Natural Open Space District shall not be illuminated.
   2.    Interpretive or orientation signs are allowed on publicly owned natural open space zoned lands subject to location and number approved by the appropriate agencies governing such properties consistent with this section.
   3.    Pole signs without clearance standards are permitted on public natural open space lands subject to being placed in manner that they do not project over any walk or pathway and are subject to minimum setback standards and location approval by the appropriate agencies governing such properties consistent with this section.
   4.    Trail wayfinding signs are a type of directional and public safety sign that are required to be set back from the trail edge with a maximum height of 6 feet and a minimum setback of 5 feet from a public right-of-way line.
   F.   Sign Regulations For The MH Mobile Home Park District:
      1.   Purpose: Signage for the MH District should be limited to situations typically accessory to single-family dwellings within a mobile home development. The sign regulations of this district are intended to limit the number, size and duration of signage in order to prevent the creation of nuisance impacts on the use and enjoyment of surrounding property.
      2.   Applicability: Regulations in subsection F3 of this section shall apply to all land within the MH District.
      3.   Sign Type, Size And Height Standards:
STANDARDS FOR THE MH DISTRICT
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height
Number Of Signs Permitted
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height
Number Of Signs Permitted
Construction sign
8 square feet
4 feet1
1 per dwelling
Development entry sign2
40 square feet
8 feet1
1 per entry
Garage/yard sale sign
6 square feet
4 feet1
1 per dwelling
Monument sign2
60 square feet
8 feet
1 per street frontage
Nameplate
1 square foot
6 feet
1 per dwelling
New development sign
160 square feet maximum per sign; 200 square feet total
10 feet1
1 per public street frontage
Political sign
8 square feet
4 feet1
No limit
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet1
No limit
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet
No limit
Real estate sign
8 square feet
4 feet1
1 per dwelling
Special event sign
16 square feet
6 feet1
1 per building
 
Notes:
   1.   A 5 foot setback is required.
   2.   Shall have a 5 foot setback, unless integrated into the fence structure. Height requirements for fence apply.
      4.   Illumination: Signs for residential uses shall not be internally illuminated, except for new development signs and development entry signs.
   G.   Sign Regulations For The EI Extractive Industries District:
      1.   Purpose: Sign regulations for the EI District are intended to provide for appropriate identification for mining/extractive industries. The principal need for signage in this district is the identification of the use, including entry into the site.
      2.   Applicability: Regulations in subsection G3 of this section shall apply to all lots within the EI District.
      3.   Sign Type, Size And Height Standards:
STANDARDS FOR THE EI DISTRICT
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs2
Types Of Signs Permitted
Maximum Area Per Sign Face
Maximum Height Of Freestanding Signs1
Number Of Signs Permitted Per Sign Type
Limit On Combined Number Of Signs2
Construction sign
32 square feet
8 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Development entry sign
20 square feet per linear foot of street frontage; 100 square feet maximum
8 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Flat sign
2 square feet per linear foot of building frontage
See note 1
1 per building frontage
1 per building frontage
Monument sign
60 square feet
8 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Pole sign
50 square feet
30 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Political sign
16 square feet
4 feet
No limit
None
Private directional sign
8 square feet
4 feet
No limit
None
Public safety sign
8 square feet
6 feet
No limit
None
Real estate sign
32 square feet
8 feet
1 per street frontage
None
Wall sign
1 square foot per linear foot of building frontage; not to exceed 60 square feet
See note 1
1 per building frontage
1 per building frontage
Window sign
25% of total frontage window area per building
See note 1
No limit
None
 
Notes:
   1.    For limits on height of building signs, see subsection 21A.46.070J of this chapter.
   2.    The total number of signs permitted from the sign types combined.
      4.   Supplementary Regulations:
         a.   Sign Setbacks: A pole sign shall be set back thirty feet (30') from the property line with a six foot (6') maximum projection into the setback. All other freestanding signs shall be set back not less than five feet (5') from any property line. (Ord. 44-23, 2023: Ord. 13-19, 2019: Ord. 56-14, 2014: Ord. 75-12, 2012: Ord. 19-11, 2011: Ord. 80-05 § 1 (Exh. A), 2005: Ord. 73-02 §§ 13, 14 (Exh. F), 2002: Ord. 53-00 § 5, 2000: Ord. 14-00 §§ 13, 14, 2000: Ord. 35-99 §§ 81-83, 1999: Ord. 44-98 § 2, 1998: Ord. 88-95 § 1 (Exh. A), 1995)